Couplings Siemens

© Siemens AG 2011

FLENDER Standard Couplings Catalog MD 10.1 • 2011

FLENDER Couplings Answerss for industr Answer in dustr y.

© Siemens AG 2011

Related catalogs ARPEX Composite Couplings

MD 10.5 10.5

E86060-K5710-A151-A2-7400 ARPEX High Performance Couplings

MD 10.9 10.9

MD 10.1 10.10 0

MD 10.1 10.11 1

MD 20.1 20.1

MD 20.1 20.11 1

MD 20.1 20.12 2

MD 20.2 20.2

E86060-K5720-A121-A2-6300 PLANUREX 2 Planetary Gear Units

E86060-K5720-A131-A2-6300

Products for Automation and Drives

Mall Information and ordering platform in the Internet:

www.siemens.com/industrymall

E86060-K5720-A221-A1-6300 Bucket Elevator Drives

Marine Reduction Gear boxes

DVD: E86060-D4001-A500-C9-7600

E86060-K5720-A211-A1-6300 Gear Units Fast Track

Conveyor Drives

MD 20.6 20.6

MD 20.7 20.7

E86060-K5720-A171-A1-7400

E86060-K5720-A111-A2-6300 Gear Units Sizes 23–28

MD 20.5 20.5

E86060-K5720-A161-A2-6300

E86060-K5710-A221-A2-7400 Gear Units Sizes 3–22

Paper Machine Drives

E86060-K5720-A151-A1-6300

E86060-K5710-A211-A2-6300 ARPEX Torque Limiters

MD 20.4 20.4

E86060-K5720-A141-A1-7400

E86060-K5710-A191-A2-7400 ARPEX Couplings Miniature

Girth Gear Units for tube mills

MD 20.3 20.3

CA 01

© Siemens AG 2011

FLENDER Standard Couplings Catalog MD 10.1 · 2011 Dear Customer, We take pleasure in presenting you with the new Catalog MD 10.1 2011 Edition, which replaces the 2009 Edition. This catalog contains the whole up-to-date product range of our standard couplings, such as: 7

ZAPEX ZW, ZAPEX ZN – Torsionally rigid gear couplings couplings

7

ARPEX – Torsionally rigid all-steel couplings couplings

7

N-EUPEX, N-EUPEX DS – Flexible couplings couplings

7

RUPEX – Flexible couplings couplings

7

BIPEX – Flexible couplings couplings

7

ELPEX-B, ELPEX-S, ELPEX – Highly flexible couplings couplings

7

FLUDEX – Fluid couplings couplings

We hope that you will enjoy using Catalog MD 10.1 for all your ordering information. Any ideas and suggestions for improvement will be gratefully received. Couplings can also be selected in the product configurator of the X.CAT NG PC NG PC software, specified using selection menus and assigned their respective order numbers. You can download download X.CAT NG free NG free of charge on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/couplings The X.CAT NG software NG software is also available as an installation CD-ROM from your Siemens contact partner. You can also access our catalog and online online ordering system (Industry Mall) on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/industrymall

Yours truly,

Nicola Warning Head of BSS FLENDER Couplings Siemens AG, Industry Sector, Drive Technologies, Mechanical Drives

FLENDER couplings Answers for industry.



s

© Siemens AG 2011

© Siemens AG 2011

FLENDER Couplings Standard Couplings Catalog MD 10.1 · 2011

The products and systems described in this catalog are manufactured/distributed under application of a certified quality management system in acco accordanc rdance e with DIN EN ISO 9001 (Certified Registration No. 01 100 000708). 000708). The certificate is recognized by all IQNet countries.

Introduction

1

Technical Information

2

Coupling Preselection and Options

3

Torsionally Rigid Gear Couplings

ZAPEX ZW

4

ZAPEX ZN

5

Torsionally Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings

ARPEX

6

Flexible Couplings

N-EUPEX

7

RUPEX

8

BIPEX

9

Supersedes: Catalog MD 10.1 · 2009 Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of this catalog: www.siemens.com/industrymall

The products contained in this catalog can also be found in the e-Catalog C A 01. Order No.: E86060-D4001-A500-C9-7600

Highly Flexible Couplings

ELPEX-B

10

ELPEX-S

11

ELPEX

12

FLUDEX

13

Please contact your local Siemens branch © Siemens AG 2011

Fluid Couplings

Printed on paper from sustainab sustainably ly managed managed forest forestss and controlled controlled sources. sources. PEFC/04-31-1185

www.pefc.org

Taper Clamping Bushes

14

Appendix

15

Fitting recommendations, Contact partners

© Siemens AG 2011

Answers for for industry. industry. Siemens Industry answers the challenges in the manufacturing and the process industry as well as in the building automation business. Our drive and automation solutions based on Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) and Totally Integrated Power (TIP) are empl employ oyed ed in all kinds of indust industry. ry. In the manufacturin manufacturing g and the process industry. In industrial as well as in functional buildings. Siemens offers automation, drive, and low-voltage switching technology as well as industrial software software from from standard products up to entire industry solutions. The industry software enables our industry customers to optimize the entire value chain – from product design and development through manufacture and sales up to after-sales after-sales service. Our electrical and mechanical components offer integrated technologies for the entire drive train – from couplings to gear units, from motors to control and drive solutions for all engineering industries. industries. Our technology platform platform TIP offers robust solutions for power distribution.

1/2

Siemens MD 10.1 · 2011

Check out the opportunities our automation and drive solutions provide. And discover how you can sustainably enhance your competitive edge with us.

© Siemens AG 2011

FLENDER Standard Couplings

Introduction

The mechanical drive train comprises individual units such as motor, gear unit and driven machine. The coupling connects these component assemblies. As well as the transmission of rotary motion and torque, other requirements may be made of the coupling. • Compensatio Compensation n for shaft misalignment misalignment with low restorative restorative forces • Control Control of characteristic characteristic angular angular vibration frequency frequency and damping • Interruption Interruption or limitation limitation of of torque torque • Noise insulati insulation, on, electrica electricall insulation insulation Couplings are frequently chosen after the machines to be connected have already been selected. Thanks to a lar ge number of different coupling assembly options, specified marginal conditions for clearance and connection geometry can be met from the standard range. The coupling also performs secondary functions, e.g. providing a brake disk or brake drum for operating or blocking brakes, devices to record speed or the attachment of sprockets or pulleys.

Rigid couplings, designed as clamp, flanged or mechanism couplings, connect machines which must not undergo any shaft misalignment. Hydrodynamic couplings, often also called fluid or Föttinger couplings, are used as starting couplings in drives with high mass moments of inertia of t he driven machine. In drive technology very often flexible, positive couplings, which may be designed to be torsionally rigid, torsionally flexible or highly flexible, are used. Torsionally rigid couplings are designed to be rigid in a peripheral direction and flexible in radial and axial directions. The angle of rotation and torque are conducted through the coupling without a phase shift. Torsionally flexible couplings have resilient elements usually manufactured from elastomer materials. Using an elastomer material with a suitable ShoreA hardness provides the most advantageous torsional stiffness and damping for the application. Shaft misalignment causes the resilient elements to deform. Highly flexible couplings have large-volume (elastomer) resilient elements of low stiffness. The angle of rotation and torque are conducted through the coupling with a considerable phase shift.

Couplings are divided into two main groups, couplings and clutches. Clutches interrupt or limited the transmissible torque. The engaging and disengaging forces on externally operated clutches are introduced via a mechanically, mechanically, electrically, hydraulically or pneumatically operating mechanism. Overload, centrifugal or freewheel clutches draw their engaging energy from the transmitted output.

Shaft couplings

Couplings

rigid

Clutches

flexible

Clamp couplings Flanged couplings Mechanism couplings

externally operated Clutches

friction Hydrodynamic couplings Magnetic couplings Friction couplings

torque-controlled speed controlled Safety couplings

Centrifugal clutches

Torsionally flexible

Highly flexible

rotation direction controlled Freewheel clutches Overrunning clutches

positive

Torsionally rigid

Gear couplings Steel-spring couplings All-steel membrane Pin-and-bush couplings couplings Universal-joint couplings Claw couplings Parallel-crank couplings Rubber element couplings

Rubber-tire couplings Rubber-disk couplings Rubber spacer ring couplings


1 0 0 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

1/3

1

© Siemens AG 2011


Introduction Notes

1

1/4


© Siemens AG 2011

Technical Information 2/2 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/5 2/6 2/6

Shaft misalignment Restorative forces Balancing Shaft-hub connections Assembly Contact protection Maintenance Corrosion protection Ambient conditions ATEX and EC Machinery Directive Overload conditions Coupling behavior under overload conditions Torsional and b ending vibrations Standards Formula symbols


© Siemens AG 2011


Technical Information Shaft misalignment

2

Shaft misalignment is the result of displacement during assembly and operation and, where machines constructed with two radial bearings each are rigidly coupled, will cause high loads being placed on the bearings. Elastic deformation of base frame, foundation and machine housing will lead to shaft misalignment which cannot be prevented, even by precise alignment.

Furthermore, because individual components of the drive train heat up differently during operation, heat expansion of the machine housings causes shaft misalignment. Poorly aligned drives are often the cause of seal, rolling bearing or coupling failure. Alignment should be carried out by specialist personnel in accordance with Siemens operating instructions.

Depending on the direction of the effective shaft misalignment a distinction is made between: 



  



Axial misalignment

Radial misalignment

Couplings can be categorized into one of the following groups: • Single-joint couplings couplings Couplings with flexible elements mainly made of elastomer materials. Shaft misalignment results in deformation of the elastomer elements. The elastomer elements can absorb shaft misalignment as deformations in an axial, radial and angular direction. The degree of permissible misalignment depends on the coupling size, the speed and the type of elastomer element. Single-joint couplings do not require an adapter and are therefore short versions. • Exam Exampl ple: e: In the case of a RUPEX RWN 198 coupling with an outer diameter of 198 mm and a speed speed of 1500 rpm, the permitted permitted radial radial misalignment is ∆Kr = 0.3 0.3 mm.



Angular misalignment

• Two-joint couplings Two-joint couplings are always designed with an adapter. The two joint levels are able to absorb axial and angular misalignment. Radial misalignment occurs via the gap between the two joint levels and the angular displacement of the joint levels. The permitted angular misalignment per joint level is frequently about 0.5°. The permitted shaft mis alignment of the coupling can be adjusted via the length of the adapter. If there are more than two joint levels, it is not possibl e to define the position of the coupling par ts relative to the axis of rotation. (The less frequently used parallel-crank couplings are an exception). • Exam Exampl ple: e: ARPEX ARS-6 NEN 210-6 coupling with a shaft distance of 160 mm with a permitted radial misalignment of (angle per joint joint level level 0.7°). 0.7°). ∆Kr = 1.77 mm (angle

r

4 1 0 0 0 _ X X _ 0 1 D M _ G

K







Restorative forces Shaft misalignment causes restorative forces to act on the coupled shafts which are determined by the displacement stiffness of the coupling. These restorative forces are frequently comparatively weak and can usually be disregarded. Where bearings or shafts are under heavy loads, the restorative forces should be taken into account.

2/2


© Siemens AG 2011



Balancing Because of primary shaping processes and machining, the coupling components are manufactured with a mass distribution about the axis of rotation of the motor, gear unit or driven machine which is not always ideal. Balancing means improving the mass distributi on of a rotating body so that it rotates on its bearings with a sufficiently limited effect of free centrifugal forces.  

 









The imbalance force increases linearly with the distance between the center of gravity of the body and the axis of rotation, the weight of the body and the rotor speed squared. F = imbalance force S = center of gravity of the body e = distance of center of grav ity of body from the pivot axis In the case of rotating unbalanced coupling par ts rotary, imbalance forces develop which impose loads on the bearings of the machine shafts and excite vibration. High vibration values on drives are frequently detected as early as initial start-up if the balance of the machine shafts or the mounted coupling par ts is insufficient or the balancing specifications are incompatible. The balance condition of the coupling can be measured on balancing machines. By adding or drilling away material, a balance condition which meets the requirements can be achieved. Balance quality levels The so-called so-called quality quality level G to DIN ISO 1940 indicates indicates a range of permitted residual imbalance from zero up to an upper limit. Applications can be grouped on the basis of similarity analysis. For many applications a coupling balance quality of G 16 is sufficient. On drives susceptible to vibration the balance quality should be G 6.3. Only in special cases is a better balance quality required. Single- and two-level balancing

Full parallel key standard The parallel key is inserted in the shaft keyway, then balancing is carried out. The coupling hub must be balanced without parallel key after keyseating. Marking of shaft and hub with “F” (for “full”). Half parallel key standard The balancing standard normally applied today. Before balancing, a half parallel key is inserted in the shaft and another in the coupling hub. Alternatively, balancing can be carried out before cutting the keyway. The balanced parts must be marked with an “H”. This marking can be dispensed with if it is absolutely clear which parallel key standard has been applied. No parallel key standard Balancing of shaft and coupling hub after keyseating, but without parallel key. Not used in practice. Marking of shaft and hub with “N” (for “no”). The length of the parallel key is determined by the shaft keyway. keyway. Coupling hubs may be designed considerably shorter than the shaft. To To prevent imbalance forces caused b y projecting parallel key factors when balancing in accordance with the half parallel key standard in the case of applications with high balancing quality requirements, grooved spacer rings can be fitted or stepped parallel keys used. Siemens Balancing Standard The balancing quality level, together with the operating speed, results in the maximum permissible eccentricity of the center of gravity of the coupling or the coupling subassembly. In the Siemens product code the balancing quality can be preset with the help of the order code. Additionally, also the balance quality level to DIN ISO 1940 can be preset together with the operating speed belonging to it, which then be taken as priority. The procedure to determine the Siemens balancing quality is as follows: Operating speed and required balancing qualit y level are known from the application. Using these values, the required eccentricity of the center of gravity can be calculated using the specified formula context or the following graph. The eccentricity of the center of gravity of the coupling must be less than the required eccentricity of the center of gravity to achieve the required balancing quality. The associated product code must be stated in the order; only if standard balancing has been selected is the product code to be dispensed with G e perm = 9600 ⋅ ---n ecoupl ≤ eperm.

For discoid bodies (such as brake disks, coupling hubs) socalled single-level balancing is carried out. The mass compensation for the imbalance is undertaken at a single level only. For historical reasons single-level balancing is also known as static balancing. On long bodies such as adapters mass compensation must be implemented at two levels to reduce the couple imbalance. Two-level Two-level balancing is carri ed out while the rotor body is rotating. Historically, this is known as dynamic balancing.

permitted: Eccentricity of center of gravity Eccentricity of center of gravity of the coupling Balancing quality level Coupling speed

Balancing standard in accordance with DIN ISO 8821

Eccentricity of center of gravity of coupling ecoupl

Siemens balancing quality

Order code

maximum 100 µm maximum 40 µm maximum 16 µm better than 16 µm

standard ba balancing fine balancing micro-balancing special balancing

without sp specification W 02 W 03 on request

Besides the required balance quality, it is necessary to set standards which define how the mass of the par allel key is to be taken into consideration when balancing. In the past, motor rotors have frequently been balanced in accordance with the full parallel key standard. The “appropriate” balance condition of the coupling hub was described as “balancing with open keyway” or “balancing after keyseating”. Today it is usual for the motor rotor, as well as the gear unit and driven machine shaft, to be balanced in accordance with the half parallel key standard.

eperm. in µm ecoupl in µm G in mm/s in rpm n

Order code to determine the balance quality level to DIN ISO 1940 and the operating speed: Y95 {G = __; n = __rpm}.


2/3

2

© Siemens AG 2011



Shaft-hub connections

103 8 6 4

2

a 7 0 0 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

m 2 µ n 102 i . m 8 r e 6 p e 4 y t i v 2 a r g f 10 o 8 r e 6 t n 4 e c f o 2 y t i c 1 i r t n 102 e c c E

G 40 40 G 25 25 G 16 16 G 10 10 G 6.3 G4 G 2.5 G 1.6 G1

2

4

6

8 103

2

4

6

8 104

Coupling speed in rpm Standard balancing Fine balancing

On request

Example: Coupling speed = 1450 rpm required balancing quality level G 6.3 G 6.3 eperm. = 9600 ⋅ ---- = 9600 ⋅ µm 1450 n

Assembly, start-up, maintenance and servicing of the coupling are described in the operating instructions. Contact protection

For many applications the following balancing quality recommendation applies: Standard ba balancing v = v = DA ⋅ n/19100 v ≤ ≤ 30 m/s

Fine ba balancing

≤ 15 m/s v ≤

m/s v > v > 15 m/s

m/s v > v > 30 m/s

Couplings are rotating components which can pose a risk to the environment. Siemens prescribes fitting couplings with a suitable contact guard, also called a coupling guard in the operating instructions. The contact guard, must provide a fi rm cover to protect against contact with the rotating coupling. The coupling must also be protected against blows from objects striking it. The coupling guard must enable the coupling to be adequately ventilated. The following guidelines give information on designing the contact guard: 2006/42/EC EC Machinery Directive; EN 134 1346363-1 1 Sectio Section n 13.3.2 13.3.2.1; .1; EN 134 13463-1 63-1 Section Section 7.4; 7.4; EN 134 1346363-1 1 Section Section 8.1. 8.1. Maintenance

v DA n LG

in m/s in mm in rpm in mm

The following standards on balancing must be observed: • couplings couplings are balanced balanced in subassemblies. subassemblies. • hub parts without without finished finished bore are are unbalanced. unbalanced. • the number number of balancing levels levels (one- or two-level two-level balancing) balancing) is specified by Siemens. • without without special specificatio specification n balancing is done in accordance accordance with the half-parallel-key standard. Balancing in accordance with the full-parallel-key standard must be specified in the order number. • for FLUDEX couplings couplings special special balancing balancing standards standards specified specified in Section 13 appl y. • ARPEX couplings couplings in standard standard balancing quality quality are unbalunbalanced. Thanks to steel components machined all over and precisely guided adapters the balancing quality of standard balancing is nearly always adhered to.

2/4

In the case of the shaft-hub connection with parall el key, the coupling hub must be axially secured, e.g. with a set screw or end washer. washer. The parallel key must be secured against axial displacement in the machine shaft.

Assembly

Thus, the required eccentricity of center of gravity is 41.7 µm. The fine balancing with a maximum eccentricity of center of gravity of 40 µm fulfills this requirement; therefore, the order code W02 has to be specified when ordering.

Peripheral speed Couplin Coupling g outer outer diamet diameter er Coupling speed Couplin Coupling g length length

The form stability of the shaft/hub connection can only be demonstrated when shaft dimensions and details of the connection are available. The coupling torques specified in the tables of power ratings of the coupling series do not apply to the shafthub connection unrestrictedly. unrestrictedly.

All Siemens couplings with a finished bore and parallel keyway are designed with a set screw. Exceptions are some couplings of the FLUDEX series, in which end washer s are used. During assembly, Taper Taper clamping b ushes are frictionally connected to the machine shaft.

Micro-balancing

Coupling Short version with LG ≤ 3 x D A Long version with LG > 3 x DA

The bore and the shaft-hub connection of the coupling are determined by the design of the machine shaft. In the case of IEC standard motors, the shaft diameters and parallel key connections are specified specified in accordance accordance with with DIN EN 50347. 50347. For diesel motors, the flywheel connections are frequently specified in accordance cordance with SAE J620d or DIN 6288. Besides Besides the very widely widely used connection of shaft and and hub with parallel keys to DIN 6885 and cylindrically bored hubs, couplings with Taper Taper clamping bushes, clamping sets, shrink-fit connections and splines to DIN 5480 are common common..


All-steel membrane couplings of the ARPEX series require no maintenance. If the operating and mounting conditions have been adhered to, only regular visual inspection is required. Elastomer elements, elastomer seals and lubricants are subject to wear through ageing and loads. To avoid damage to the coupling or failure of the drive, the ZAPEX, N-EUPEX, N-EUPEX DS, RUPEX, BIPEX, ELPEX, ELPEX-S, ELPEX-B and FLUDEX series must be maintained in accordance with the operating instructions. On gear couplings, the lubricant must be changed at regular intervals. On flexible or highly flexible couplings, the torsional backlas h or the torsion angle must be checked at regular intervals under load. If a limit value is exceeded, the elastomer element must be replaced. It is very important to maintain couplings which are operated in a potentially explosive environment, as couplings which are not maintained can become ignition sources.

© Siemens AG 2011



Corrosion protection

Coupling behavior under overload conditions

Depending on the environmental conditions, suitable corrosion protection must be specified for the coupling. Unless otherwise specified in the order, steel and cast iron surfaces are shipped with a simple preservative.

Coupling behavior under overload where the torque is considerably above the limits of use of the coupling concerned is determined by the engineering design of the coupling series.

Ambient conditions Because of the environment, the coupling has to meet a lar ge number of additional requirements. Couplings must be as suitable for use in a potentially explosive environment as for use at a high or low ambient temperature. The environment may be defined as chemically aggressive or be subject to laboratory conditions or requirements of food manufacture. ATEX and EC Machinery Directive Wherever a potentially explosive environment cannot be r uled out, the machinery used must meet special conditions in order to prevent the outbreak of fire as far as possible. Within the European Union, Directive 94/9/EC applies to these applications. This directive, also called ATEX 95, harmonizes the individual states' legal requirements for explosion prevention and clear ly defines the procedure for checking and circulating machines and parts. Whether or not a machine is used in a potentially explosive environment, the manufacturer is required under EC Machinery Directive 98/37/EC to assess and as far as possible prevent hazards which may arise from his product. The operator has an obligation to ascer tain whether an environment is potentially explosive. Details of this are laid down in Directive 1999/92/EC, also known as ATEX ATEX 137. The manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the product is safe as defined in the EC Machinery Directive and conforms to Directive 94/9/EC if the EX requirement is specified by the operator. The drive train mostly comprises individual pieces of equipment which are put together to form a subassembly. If the individual pieces of equipment, such as motor, coupling, gear unit or driven machine conform to Directive 94/9/EC, the manufacturer of the overall unit can limit the risk assessment to the additional hazards which arise from the combination of different individual pieces of equipment. The hazards which can arise from the individual pieces of equipment are assessed by the relevant suppliers. The coupling series suitable for use in potentially explosive environments are marked with EX in the catalog. FLENDER couplings are to be rated as components according to the new EC Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC. Therefore, Siemens do not issue a declaration of incorporation for this products.

The ZAPEX, ARPEX, N-EUPEX, RUPEX and BIPEX coupling series can withstand overloads until the breakage of metal parts. These coupling series are designated as fail-safe. Coupling types which can withstand overload, i.e. fail-safe types, are used e.g. in crane systems. In cas e of coupling breakage due to overloads, the splintering metall parts may cause injury to persons and property damages. The N-EUPEX DS, ELPEX-B, ELPEX-S and ELPEX coupling series throw overload. The elastomer element of these couplings is irreparably damaged without damage to metal parts when subjected to excessive overload. These coupling series are designated as non-fail-safe. The types that fail can be fitted with a failsafe device. This component enables emergency operation, even after the rubber element of the coupling has b een irreparably damaged. The fluid couplings of the FLUDEX series withstand a load for a short time. Persistent overload causes the FLUDEX coupling to heat up beyond limits, causing the fuse to operate and so emptying the coupling and interrupting the torque transmission. Torsional and bending vibrations On drives which are prone to torsional and bending vibrations, measurements or calculations such as natural frequency calculations, torsional vibration simulations or bending vibration calculations are necessar y. The drive train may, may, depending on complexity, complexity, be regarded as a two-mass vibration-generating system or N-mass vibration-generating system. The vibration-generating masses are defined by the rotating bodies and the couplings by the coupling stiffnesses and shaft stiffnesses. The effect of torsional vibration excitations on the behavior of the system i s calculated. Torsional vibration excitations may occur during the starting of an asynchronous motor, motor, during a motor short circuit or in diesel engine drives. Bending vibrations may be critical if the coupling is insufficiently balanced and/or at an operating speed close to the critical speed. The details needed for calculating torsional vibration are specified in the coupling catalog: • Dynamic Dynamic torsion torsional al stiffn stiffness ess • Damping Damping (specification (specification of the damping damping coefficient coefficient ψ or or Lehr's damping damping D = ψ /4 π). • Mass moment moment of inertia inertia of the the coupling coupling halves. halves.

Overload conditions Overload conditions are operating conditions that go beyond the limit loads of the coupling. Overload conditions may occur under abnormal operating conditions, e.g. drive blockage, short circuit or supply deviations, as well as under normal operating conditions, e.g. during starting or breaking. Particularly i n the case of high mass moments of inertia of the driven machine, torques that are a multiple of the motor starting torque may become effective during direct starting or star-delta starting. Overload conditions may damage not only the coupling but also the entire drive train. Overload conditions can frequently be prevent with special design measures. SIRIUS soft starters or SINAMICS frequency converters are suitable for considerably reducing starting torques of asynchronous motors. If drive blockages and overloads of the driven machine cannot be ruled out, torque limiting SECUREX couplings can prevent damage to the drive train.


2/5

2

© Siemens AG 2011



2

Standards

Formula symbols

Machines

Key to the formula symbols

2006 2006/4 /42/ 2/EC EC 94/9/ /9/EC 1999 1999/9 /92/ 2/EC EC DIN DIN EN 1346 13463 3 DIN DIN EN 1127 1127 DIN EN 50347 50347

EC Mach Machin iner ery y Dire Direct ctiv ive e (for (forme merl rly: y: 98/9 98/9/E /EC) C) ATEX 95 Dir Directive tive – Man Manufac ufactu turrer – and ATEX TEX Guid Guide eline line to Directive 94/9/EC ATEX TEX 137 137 Dir Directi ective ve – Ope Opera rato torr – and and ATE ATEX X Guid Guidel elin ine e to to Directive 199/92/EC NonNon-el elec ectr tric ic equ equip ipme ment nt for for use use in in pote potent ntia iall lly y expl explos osiv ive e areas Pote Potent ntia iall lly y expl explos osiv ive e atmo atmosp sphe here res, s, expl explos osio ion n prot protec ecti tion on Gener Generalal-pur purpos pose e thr threeee-pha phase se induc inductio tion n motors motors having having standard dimensions and output data

Couplings DIN 740 Flexible shaft couplings Pa Part 1 an and Pa Part 2 VDI Guideline Guideline 2240 Shaft couplings - Systematic Systematic subdivision according to their properties VDI Technical Group Engineering Design 1971 API 610 Centrifug al al P um ump s for P et etroleum, C he hemical and Gas Industry Services API 67 6 70 Machinery Protection System API 671 S pe pecial Purp os ose Coupling s for Petroleum, C he hemical and Gas Industry Services ISO ISO 1 104 0441 41 Petr Petrol oleu eum, m, petr petroc oche hemi mica call and and natu natura rall gas gas indu indust stri ries es – Flexible couplings for mechanical power transmissionspecial-purpose applications

Balancing DIN DIN ISO ISO 1940 1940 DIN DIN ISO ISO 8821 8821

Requ Requir irem emen ents ts for for the the bala balanc ncin ing g qua quali lity ty of rigi rigid d rot rotor ors s Mech Mechan anic ical al vib vibra rati tion ons; s; sta stand ndar ard d gove govern rnin ing g the type of parallel key during balancing of shafts and composite parts

Name Torsional stiffness, dynamic Excitation frequency Moment of inertia

Symbol Unit Explanation Nm/rad Nm/rad For calculati calculating ng torsional torsional vibratio vibration n C Tdyn f err

Hz

J

kgm2

Axial misalignment

∆Ka

mm

Radial misalignment Angular misalignment Service factor

∆Kr

mm

∆Kw

°

FB

Frequency factor

FF

Temperature factor FT

Weight Rated speed Maximum coupling speed Rated power

m n N n Kmax

kg rpm rpm rpm

P N

kW

Rated torque

T N

Nm

Fatigue torque

T W

Nm

Maximum torque

T max

Nm

Overload torque

T OL

Nm

Rated coupling torque

T KN

Nm

Shaft-hub connections DIN DIN 6885 SAE J620d DIN 6288

ASME B17.1 DIN DIN EN 5034 50347 7 BS 46-1 46-1:1 :195 958 8

2/6

Driv Driver er conne nnecti ctions with witho out tape taperr act actio ion n – par para alle llel key keys s– keyways Flyw he heels for ind us ustrial eng in ines ..... Internal-combustion piston engines Connection dimensions and requirements for flywheels and flexible coupling Keys and keyseats Gene Genera rall-pu purp rpos ose e thr three ee-p -pha hase se indu induct ctio ion n mot motor ors s wit with h standard dimensions and output data Keys Keys and and key keywa ways ys and and ttap aper er pins pins Spec Specif ific icat atio ion n


Maximum coupling T Kmax torque

Nm

Coupling overload torque

T KOL

Nm

Fatigue coupling torque

T KW

Nm

Resonance factor

VR

Temperature

T a

°C

Damping coefficient

ψ

Psi

Exc Excita itation tion freq freque uen ncy of mot motor or or driven machine Moment of inertia of coupling sides 1 and 2 Axia Axiall misa misali lign gnme ment nt of the the cou coupl plin ing g halves Radi Radial al m mis isal alig ignm nmen entt of the the coup coupli ling ng halves Angular mi misalig nm nment of of th the co coupling halves Factor expressing the real coupling load as a ratio of the nominal coupling load Factor expressing the frequency dependence of the fatigue torque load Factor taking into account the reduction in strength of flexible rubber materials at a higher temperature Weight of of th the co coupling Coupling speed Maxi Maximu mum m per permi miss ssib ible le coup coupli ling ng speed Rate Rated do out utpu putt on on the the coup coupli ling ng,, usu usual ally ly the output of the driven machine Rate Rated d tor torqu que e as as nom nomin inal al load load on the the coupling Ampl Amplit itud ude e of of the the dyna dynami mic c cou coupl plin ing g load More More freq freque uent ntly ly occu occurr rrin ing g maxi maximu mum m load, e.g. during starting Very ery infr infreq eque uent ntly ly occ occur urri ring ng max maxim imum um load, e.g. during short circuit or blocking conditions Torqu orque e whi which ch can can be be tra trans nsmi mitt tted ed as static torque by the coupling over the period of use. Torqu orque e whi which ch can can be be fr freque equent ntly ly transmitted (up to 25 times an hour) as maximum torque by the coupling. Torqu orque e whic which h can can very very inf infrreque equent ntly ly be transmitted as maximum torque by the coupling. Torqu orque e ampl amplit itud ude e whic which h can can be transmitted by the coupling as dynamic torque at a frequency of 10 Hz over the the period of use. use. Factor specifying the torque increase at resonance Ambi Ambien entt temp temper erat atur ure e of the the coup coupli ling ng in operation Damping pa parameter

© Siemens AG 2011

Coupling Preselection and Options 3/2 3/2

Selection of the coupling series Selection and ordering data

3/6 3/6 3/6

Selection of the coupling size Selection and ordering data Coupling load in continuous operation Coupling load under maximum and overload conditions Coupling load due to dynamic torque load Checking the maximum speed Checking permitted shaft misalignment Checking bore diameter, mounting geometry and coupling design Coupling behavior under overload conditions Checking shaft-hub connection Checking low temperature and chemically aggressive environment

3/7 3/7 3/7 3/7 3/7 3/7 3/7 3/7

3/8 3/8

Product code key Overview

3/9 3/9

Features of the standard type Ordering examples

3/10 3/10 3/10 3/10 3/11

Bore specifications Options Bore diameter - metric Bore tolerance to DIN ISO 286 Bore diameter - imperial

3/12 3/12

Special types Options


© Siemens AG 2011


Coupling Preselection and Options Selection of the coupling series

■ Selection and ordering data The coupling series is frequently determined by the driven machine and the design of the drive train. Common selection criteria are listed below and assigned to coupling properties, which are used to select the coupling series. Additionally, the price of the coupling and availability are important criteria for determining the coupling series to be used.

3

The FLUDEX coupling cannot compensate for shaft misalignment and is therefore designed in combination with a displacement coupling, a cardan shaft or a belt drive. The displacement coupling may be selected in accordance with the criteria described below.

The FLUDEX series operates series operates positively and transmits the torque with the aid of a flowing oil or water filling. FLUDEX couplings are used to reduce starting and/or overload torques. During starting, the motor may, for example, run up within a ver y short time; because of the FLUDEX coupling, the drive train with the driven machine may accelerate after a delay and without increased torque load. Selection criterion Torque range Speed range Torque load

Installa Installation tion and alignment alignment

Torsional stiffness

Torque transmission

Assembly Maintenance

Environment

Coupling material

Add-on parts / types

ZAPE ZAPEX X

Standard On request Not possible

–

3/2

N-EU N-EUPE PEX X N-EU N-EUPE PEX X DS 850 ... 92 ... ... 19 ... ... 19 ... ... 7200000 1450000 62000 21200 60 100 36 36

Rated coupling torque T KN in Nm Peripheral speed v max = DA ⋅ n max /19100 uniform non uniform rough very rough Rigid installa installation, tion, well aligned Rigid installation, roughly aligned Flexible installation Torsionally rigid Torsionally flexible – Highly flexible – Free of torsional backlash – Low torsional backlash Overload withstand capability Plug-in assembly with Taper clamping bushes – Wear parts easily dismountable Maintenance-free – Low-maintenance - interval 1 year year ATEX 94/9/EC Approval Operating temperature -20 ... range +80 +80 °C Chemically aggressive Cast iron – Steel Stainless steel – Adapter Brake disk Brake drum Axial backlash limiter Shiftgear Flange type Flange to SAE J620d


ARPE ARPEX X

– –

RUPE RUPEX X

BIPEX BIPEX

200 ... 13.5 13.5 ... 1300000 3700 60 36

– –

– –

–

– –

–

–

–

–

– –

– –

– –

– –

– – –

– – – –

–

– –

–

–

–

ELPEX ELPEX-B -B ELPE ELPEX-S X-S ELPE ELPEX X 24 ... ... 14500 35

330 ... 63000 66

1600 1600 ... 90000 60

–

– –

– – –

– –

– – –

–

–

– –

– –

–

–

–

–

–

-50 ... +100 +100 °C

– -30 ... +80 +80 °C

– -50 ... +70 +70 °C

-40 ... +120 +120 °C

– -40 ... +80 +80 °C

–

–

–

-40 ... +280 +280 °C

-50 ... +100 +100 °C

-30 ... +80 +80 °C

– –

– –

– –

– – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – –

– –

© Siemens AG 2011



Typical Typi cal coupling solutions for different example applications The specified application factors are recommendations; regulations, rules and practical experience take priority as assessment criteria. Example applications

Application factor FB

FLUD FLUDEX EX ZAPE ZAPEX X

No application factor need be taken into account with FLUDEX couplings. In the case of highly flexible couplings of the ELPEX, ELPEX-S and ELPEX-B series, deviating application factors are stated in the product descriptions. ARPE ARPEX X

N-EU N-EUPE PEX X RUPE RUPEX X

BIPE BIPEX X

ELPE ELPEXX-B B ELPE ELPEXX-S S ELP ELPEX EX

Electric motor without gear unit Centrifugal pumps Piston pumps Vacuum pumps Fans Blowers Frequency converters / generators Reciprocating compressors Screw-type compressors

1.0 ... 1.5 1.5 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 1.75 1.5 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 2.0 1.25 ... 1.75 1.75 ... 2.5 1.5 ... 1.75

– –

– – – – – – –

–

3

–

–

Internal-combustion engine without gear unit Generators Pumps Fans Hydraulic pumps, excavators, construction construction machines Compressors / screw-type compressors Agricultural machinery

1.75 ... 2.5 1.5 ... 1.75 1.75 ... 2.5 1.5 ... 1.75

– – –

–

– – –

–

–

1.5 ... 1.75 1.75 ... 2.5

– –

Other Turbine gear units Hydraulic motor - gear unit

1.5 ... 1.75 1.25 .. ... 1. 1.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

– –

–

Electric motor with gear unit Chemical industry Extruders Pumps - centrifugal pumps Pumps - piston pumps Pumps - plunger pumps Reciprocating compressors Calenders Kneaders Cooling drums Mixers Stirrers Toasters Drying drums Centrifuges Crushers Power generation and conversion Compressed air, reciprocating compressors Compressed air, screw-type compressors Air - Blowers Air - Cooling tower fans Air - Turbine blowers Generators, converters Welding generators Metal production, iron and steel works Plate tilters Ingot pushers Slabbing mill Coiling machines Roller straightening machines Roller tables Shears Rollers

–

1.5 ... 2.0 1.0 ... 1.5 1.75 ... 2.5 1.5 ... 1.75 1.75 ... 2.5 1.5 ... 1.75 1.75 ... 2.5 1.25 ... 1.5 1.25 ... 1.5 1.25 ... 1.5 1.25 ... 1.5 1.25 ... 1.5 1.25 ... 1.5 1.5 ... 2.5 1.75 ... 2.5 1.25 ... 1.5 1.5 ... 1.75 1.5 ... 1.75 1.5 ... 1.75 1.25 ... 1.5 1.25 ... 1.5 1.5 ... 2.0 1.75 ... 2.5 1.75 ... 2.5 1.5 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 2.0 1.75 ... 2.5 1.75 ... 2.0 1.75 ... 2.0

–

– – – – – –

– – –

–

– – – –

– – – – – –

– – –

– – –

–

–

–

–

– – –

– – – –

– – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – –

–

– – – – – – –

– – –

– – – – – – – –

Preferred solution Possible, less common Uncommon


3/3

© Siemens AG 2011


Coupling Preselection and Options Selection of the coupling series Example applications

3

Metal working machines Plate bending machines Plate straightening machines Hammers Planing machines Presses, forging presses Shears Grinding machines Punches Machine tools: Main drives Machine tools: Auxiliary drives Food industry Filling machines Kneading machines Mashers Sugar cane production



1.5 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 2.0 1.75 ... 2.5 1.75 ... 2.5 1.75 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 2.0 1.25 ... 1.75 1.5 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 1.75 1.25 ... 1.5

– – – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – –

1.25 ... 1.5 1.5 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 2.0

–

– – –

1.25 ... 1.5 1.5 1.5 ... ... 1.75 1.75 1.5 ... 1.75 1.5 ... 1.75 1.25 ... 1.5 1.5 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 1.75 1.5 ... 1.75 1.5 ... 1.75 1.5 ... 1.75 1.5 ... 1.75 1.5 ... 1.75 1.5 ... 1.75 1.5 ... 1.75 1.75 ... 2.0

–

–

ARPE ARPEX X


– – –

BIPE BIPEX X

– – – – – – – – –

– – – –


– –

– – – – – – – – – –

– –

– – – –

– – – –

– – – –

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

– – – – – – – –

– – – –

Production machines Construction machines, hydraulic pumps Cons Constr truc ucti tion on mac machi hine nes, s, ttra rave vers rsin ing g gear gears s Construction machines, suction pumps Construction machines, concrete mixers Printing machines Woodworking - barking drums Woodworking - planing machines Woodworking - reciprocating saws Grinding machines Textile machines - winders Textile machines - printing machines Textile machines - tanning vats Textile machines - shredders Textile machines - looms Packaging machines Brick molding machines

– –

– –

– – – – – – – – – – – –

–

–

– –

– – – – – –

– – – – – –

– – – – – –

– – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – – –

– –

– –

– –

– –

–

– – – – – – – – – – –

–

– –

– –

Transport and logistics Passenger transport - elevators Passenger transport - escalators Conveyor systems - bucket elevators Conveyor systems - hauling winches Conveyor systems - belt conveyors Conveyor systems - endless-chain conveyors Conveyor systems - circular conveyors Conveyor systems - screw conveyors Conveyor systems - inclined hoists Crane traversing gear Hoisting gear Crane lifting gear Crane traveling gear Crane slewing gear Crane fly jib hoists Cable railways Drag lifts Winches

1.5 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 2.0 2.0 ... 2.5 1.5 ... 1.75 1.5 ... 1.75 1.5 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 2.0

– –

–

– – – – – – – – – –

– –

– – – –

Cellulose and paper Paper-making machines, all Pulper drives Preferred solution Possible, less common Uncommon

–

3/4


1.5 ... 1.75 1.5 ... 1.75

–

© Siemens AG 2011



Example applications



ARPE ARPEX X


BIPE BIPEX X


Cement industry Crushers Rotary furnaces Hammer mills Ball mills Pug mills Mixers Pipe mills Beater mills Separators Roller presses

–

1.75 ... 2.5 1.5 ... 2.0 1.75 ... 2.5 1.75 ... 2.0 1.75 ... 2.0 1.5 ... 1.75 1.5 ... 1.75 1.75 ... 2.5 1.5 ... 1.75 1.75 ... 2.5

– –

– – – – – – – – – –

–

–

– – – – – – – – – –

–

– – – – – –

3

Preferred solution Possible, less common Uncommon

FLUDEX couplings are mostly mounted on the high-speed gear shaft.


3/5

© Siemens AG 2011


Coupling Preselection and Options Selection of the coupling size

■ Selection and ordering data The torque load of the coupling must be determined from the output of the driven machine and the coupling speed. Rated coupling load T N = 9550 · P N / n / n N (T N in Nm; P N in kW; n N in rpm)

3

The rated coupling load obtained in this way must be multiplied by factors and compared with the rated coupling torque. An ideal but expensive method is to measure the torque characteristic on the coupling. For this, Siemens offers special adapters fitted with torque measuring devices. The rated coupling torque T KN is the torque which can be transmitted by the coupling over an appropriate period of use if the load is applied to the coupling purely statically at room temperature. Application factors are to express the deviation of the real coupling load from the “ideal” load condition.

Examples of torque characteristic of driving machines: • uniform: uniform: Electric motors motors with soft starting, starting, steam steam turbines • uniform with with moderate moderate shock loads: Electric Electric motors without without soft starting, hydraulic motors, gas and water turbines • non uniform: uniform: Internal-co Internal-combusti mbustion on engines engines Examples of torque characteristic in driven machines: • uniform: uniform: Generators, Generators, centrifugal centrifugal pumps for light light fluids • uniform with with moderate shock shock loads: Centrifuga Centrifugall pumps for viscous fluids, elevators, machine tool drives, centrifuges, extruders, blowers, crane drives • non uniform: uniform: Excavators, Excavators, kneaders, kneaders, conveyor conveyor systems, presses, mills • very rough: rough: Crushers, Crushers, excavators, excavators, shredders, shredders, iron/smelting machinery

Coupling load in continuou continuous s operation The operating principles of the driving and driven machines are divided into categories and the application factor FB derived from these in accordance with DIN 3990-1. Application factor FB Torque characteristic of the driving machine

uniform uniform with moderate shock loads non uniform Temperature factor FT Coupling

N-EUPEX N-EUPEX N-EUPEX N-EUPEX N-EUPEX DS RUPEX RUPEX RUPEX BIPEX ELPEX ELPEX-B ELPEX-B ELPE ELPEXX-S S SN, SN, NN, NN, WN ELPEX-S NX

Torque characteristic of the driven machine uniform uniform non very rough with uniform moderate shock loads 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.75 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 .0 1.5

1.75

2.0

2.5

Elastomer material

Low temperature °C

NBR NR HNBR NBR NBR NR HN B R TPU NR NR CR

-30 -50 -30 -30 -30 -50 -30 -30 -40 -50 -15 -40 -40

NR VMQ

NR = natura naturall rubber rubber,, natura natural-sy l-synth ntheti etic c rubber rubber mixtur mixture e NBR = nitrilnitril-but butadi adiene ene-rub -rubber ber (Perbun (Perbunan) an) HNBR = hydrated hydrated acrylonitrile acrylonitrile butadiene butadiene rubber rubber CR = chlor chloropr oprene ene rubber rubber (FRAS (FRAS fire fire-re -resis sistan tantt and and anti-s anti-stat tatic) ic) VMQ = silic ilico one TPU = pol polyurethane

Coupling size T KN ≥ T N · FB · FT

1)

The N-EUPEX coupling is not suitable for shock loads when used at low temperatures.

3/6


Temperature T a on the coupling -30 -30 °C under to to to -30 -30 °C 50 °C 60 °C 70°C – 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.11) 1.0 – – – 1.0 1.0 1.0 – 1.0 1.0 1.0 – 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.0 1.0 – – 1.0 1.0 1 .0 – 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.0 1.25 1.40 1.1 1.0 – – – 1.0 1.0 1 .0 1.1 1.0 1.25 1.40 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0

to 80°C 1.0 – 1.0 1.0 1.0 – 1.0 1.0 1.60 – – 1.60 1.0

to 90°C – – 1.25 – – – 1.25 – – – – – 1.1

to 100 100 °C – – 1.25 – – – 1.25 – – – – – 1.25

to 110 110 °C – – – – – – – – – – – – 1.4

to 120 120 °C – – – – – – – – – – – – 1.6

In the case of ARPEX and ZAPEX coupling types, no temperature factor (FT = 1.0) need be taken into account.

© Siemens AG 2011


Coupling Preselection and Options Selection of the coupling size

Coupling load under maximum and overload conditions

Coupling behavior under overload conditions

The maximum torque is the highest load acting on the coupling in normal operation. Maximum torques at a frequency of up to 25 times an hour are permitted and must be lower than the maximum coupling torque. Examples of maximum torque conditions are: Starting operations, stopping operations or usual operating conditions with maximum load.

The ZAPEX, ARPEX, N-EUPEX, RUPEX and BIPEX coupling series can withstand overloads until the breakage of metal parts. These coupling series are designated as fail-safe.

T Kmax ≥ T max ⋅ FT Overload torques are maximum loads which occur only i n combination with special, infrequent operating conditions. Examples of overload torque conditions are: Motor short circuit, emergency stop or blocking because of component breakage. Overload torques at a frequency of once a month are permitted and must be lower than the overload torque of the coupli ng. The overload condition may last only a short while, i.e. fractions of a second. T KOL ≥ T OL ⋅ FT Coupling load due to dynamic torque load

The N-EUPEX DS, ELPEX-B, ELPEX-S and ELPEX coupling series throw overload. The elastomer element of these couplings is irreparably damaged without damage to metal parts when subjected to excessive overload. These coupling series are designated as non-fail-safe. These types that fail can be fitted with a so-called fail-safe device. This additional component enables emergency operation, even after the rubber element of the coupling has been irreparably damaged. Checking shaft-hub connection The torques specified in the tables of power ratings data of the coupling series do not necessarily apply to the shaft-hub connection. Depending on the shaft-hub connection, proof of form stability is required. Siemens recommends obtaining proof of form strength by using calculation methods in accordance with the current state of the art. Shaft-hub connection

Suggestion for calculation method

Keyway c co onnection to to DIN 6885-1

DIN 6892

Dynamic torque load

Shrink fit

DIN 7190

1.5 T KW ≥ T W ⋅ FF ⋅ FB – 1.0

Spline to to DIN 5480

Applying the frequency factor, the dynamic torque load must be lower than the coupling fatigue torque.

Frequency of the dynamic torque load f err ≤ 10 Hz freq frequen uency cy ffact actor or F FF F = 1.0 Frequency of the dynamic torque load frequency ncy factor factor FF = √ (f err /10 Hz) f err > 10 Hz freque For the ZAPEX and ARPEX series, the frequency factor is always FF = 1.0. Checking the maximum speed For all load situations n Kmax ≥ n max Checking permitted shaft misalignment For all load situations, the actual shaft misalignment must be less than the permitted shaft misalignment. Checking bore diameter, mounting geometry and coupling design The check must be made on the basis of the dimension tables. The maximum bore diameter applies to parallel keyways to DIN 6885. For other keyway geometries, geometries, the maximum bore diameter can be reduced. On request, couplings with adapted geometry can be provided.

Bolted flange connection

VDI 22 2230

Flange connection with close-fitting bolts

Fitting recommendations for the shaft-hub connection are given in catalog section 15. The coupling hub is frequently fitted flush with the shaft end face. If the shaft projects, the risk of collision with other coupling parts must be checked. If the shaft is set back, in addition to the loadbearing capacity of the shaft-hub connection, the correct positioning of the hub must be ensured as well. If the bearing hub length is insufficient, restorative forces may cause tilting movements and so wear to and impairment of the axial retention. Also, the position of the set screw to be positioned on sufficient shaft or parallel key material must be noted. Checking low temperature and chemically aggressive environment The minimum permitted coupling temperature is specified in the Temperature factor FT table. In the case of chemically aggressive environments, please consult the manufacturer.


3/7

3

© Siemens AG 2011


Coupling Preselection and Options Product code key

■ Overview

3

The product code consists of a combination of digits and letters and is divided into three blocks linked by hyphens for better clarity. In blocks 1 and 2 the coupling series, the type and the size are encoded. Block 3 contains information applying only to the coupling specified in blocks 1 and 2. The three blocks of the product code are supplemented by information on the bore of the coupling hub parts and information on “Special types”. The bore details with the code letter L always refer to the bore diameter D1 of the hub part shown on the left on the dimension drawing. The order code beginning with M always refers to the bore diameter D2 of the hub part shown on the right on the dimension drawing.

Structure of the product code

“Special types” are linked to the 3rd block of the product code by appending the code “-Z”. Special order requirements are, for example, fine balancing G6.3 or the ATEX design of the coupling. With this product code key, the couplings shown in the catalog can be completely specified. No further textual details are required, they should be avoided. Couplings in special variants are specified with the digit 9 in the 4th place in the product code (block 1) and additionally with 00-0AA0 in positions 11 to 16. Series, type and size should, as far as possible, be specified in accordance with the coding for the standard coupling. By appending “-Z Y99”, plain text information can be included. The plain text information can then clearly specify the features of the special coupling.

Position

1

2

3

2

L

C

4

5

6

7

- 8

9

10 11 12 - 13 14 15 16

FLENDER Standard Couplings Positions 1 to 3 digit, letter, letter Position 4 digit Positions 5 to 6 digits Positions 7 to 8 digits Positions 9 and 10 letters Position 11 digit Position 12 digit Positions 13 to 16 digit, letter, letter, digit Bore specifications specifications

Special types

3/8

Type Coupling design

0 ... 9

Series Size Type, Type, subassembly or component part Shaft-hub connection, flange connection Shaft-hub connection, flange connection, V-belt p ulley Various details Additional order codes for bores finished in delivery condition ∅ D1 and ∅ D2 Specification of a 9 in the 11th position of the product code (product code without “-Z”) “-Z”) with order codes L.. for L.. for ∅ D1 and/or specification of a 9 in the 12th position of the product code (product code without “-Z”) “-Z”) with order codes M.. for M.. for ∅ D2 Selection of order codes for diameter and tolerance in the following tables under “Bore specifications”. Additional order codes (product code with “-Z”) “-Z”) and, if required, plain text Selection of order codes in this catalog section and in catalog section 13 under “Special types”.


- Z

© Siemens AG 2011


Coupling Preselection and Options Features of the standard type

Features of the standard type Couplings All coupling series except ARPEX clamping hubs and FLUDEX with keyway to ASME B17.1 ARPEX clamping hubs FLUDEX couplings with keyway to ASME B17.1

All coupling series with bore diameter imperial Bore diameter metric in the case of ZAPEX and ARPEX coupling series as well as coupling hubs with applied brake disks or brake drums of the N-EUPEX and RUPEX series Bore diameter metric in the case of the N-EUPEX, RUPEX, BIPEX, ELPEX-S, ELPEX-B, ELPEX, FLUDEX coupling series All All cou coupl plin ing g seri series es exce except pt FLU FLUDE DEX X

Features of the standard type Bore tolerance H7

Bore tolerance H6 Hollow shafts: Bore tolerance K7 Other parts Bore tolerance M7 Parallel keyway to ASME B17.1 Parallel keyway to DIN 6885-1 keyway width P9

Parallel keyway to DIN 6885-1 keyway width JS9

Axia Axiall lock lockin ing g by mean means s of of set set screw FLUDEX co coupling se series Axial lock by means of set screw or end washer All coupling series Balancing in accordance with half parallel key standard ZAPEX, ARPEX, N-EUPEX, RUPEX, BIPEX, Balancing quality G16 ELPEX-S, ELPEX-B and ELPEX coupling series FLUDEX coupling series Balancing quality G6.3 All series Unpainted All series Preservation with cleaning emulsion FLUDEX couplings Fuse 140 °C

Ordering examples • ZAPEX ZWN 230 Variant Variant A, prebore prebored, d, unbalanced unbalanced product code: 2LC0300-5AA11-0AA0 • N-EUPEX N-EUPEX A 280 prebor prebored, ed, unbalanc unbalanced ed product code: 2LC0101-3AB11-0AA0 • N-EUP N-EUPEX EX A 280 280 finished bores, keyway to DIN 6885-1 and set screw ∅ D1 = 60H7 mm, ∅ D2 = 80H7 mm, balanced G16 in accordance with half parallel key standard product code: 2LC0101-3AB99-0AA0 L1E +M1J • N-EUP N-EUPEX EX A 280 280 finished bore, keyway to DIN 6885-1 and set screw ∅ D1 = 60H7 mm, ∅ D2 = 80H7 mm, in ATEX variant product code: 2LC0101-3AB99-0AA0-Z L1E +M1J +X99 • N-EUP N-EUPEX EX A 280 finished bore ∅ D1 = 78P6 mm, with keyway to DIN 6885-1 keyway width JS9, ∅ D2 = 3 inch M7 with keyway to ASME B17.1 product code: 2LC0101-3AB99-0AA0-Z L9Y+M7A+L40+L28+M14 plain text info for L9Y: 78 mm The product code can be obtained with the help of PC NG. The coupling can be selected in a p roduct software X.CAT NG. configurator and specified using selection menus. X.CAT NG is NG is available for free downloading at www.siemens.com/couplings The installation CD is also available through your Siemens AG contact.


3/9

3

© Siemens AG 2011


Coupling Preselection and Options Bore specifications

■ Options Additional order codes for bore specifications (without “-Z” specification) “-Z” specification)

3

Order codes have been specified for the bore specifications. Finished bores can be ordered by specifying code digit 9 in the 11th and/or 12th 12th position position of the product code code and additionally additionally the supplementary order code for ∅ D1 and/or ∅ D2 from the following table.

Bore diameters deviating from the table values must be ordered by stating the code number 9 in the the 11th 11th and/or 12th position position of the product code, adding “-Z” to “-Z” to the product code and the order L9Y with plain text for the left-hand hub and order code code L9Y with M9Y with M9Y with plain text for the right-hand hub.

H7 is selected for all coupling series where no bore tolerance is specified. Bore diameter - metric in mm Bor Bore dia diame metter 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 16 18 19 20 22 24 25 28 30 32 35 38 40 42

Orde Orderr co code for bor bore dia diame mete terr ∅ D1 ∅ D2 L0A M0A L0B M0B L0C M0C L0D M0D L0E M0E L0F M0F L0G M0G L0H M0H L0J M 0J L0K M0K L0L M0L L0M M 0M L0N M0N L0P M0P L0Q M0Q L0R M0R L0S M0S L0T M0T L0U M0U L0V M0V L0W M0W L0X M0X

Bor Bore dia diame mete terr 45 48 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 140 150 160

Order der co code for for bo bore dia diame mete terr ∅ D1 ∅ D2 L1A M1A L1B M1B L1C M1C L1D M1D L1E M1E L1F M1F L1G M1G L1H M1H L1J M1J L1K M1K L1L M1L L1M M1M L1 L 1N M1N L1 L1P M1P L1 L 1Q M1Q L1 L 1R M1R L1 L1S M1S L1 L1T M1T L1 L 1U M1U L1 L1V M1V L1W M1W L1 L1X M1X

Bor Bore dia diame mete terr 170 180 190 200 220 240 250 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440 450 460 480 500

Orde Orderr co code for bor bore di diamet ameter er ∅ D1 ∅ D2 L2 L 2A M2A L2 L 2B M2B L2 L 2C M2C L2 L 2D M2D L2 L2E M2E L2 L 2F M2F L2 L 2G M2G L2 L 2H M2H L2 L2J M 2J L2 L 2K M2K L2 L 2L M2L L2M M2M L2 L 2N M2N L2 L2P M2P L2 L 2Q M2Q L2 L 2R M2R L2 L2S M2S L2 L 2T M2T L2 L 2U M2U L2 L2V M2V L2W M2W

Bore tolerance to DIN ISO 286 Tolerance speci- Order code for specifying fication bore tolerance ∅ D1 ∅ D2 H7 L10 M 10 F7 L11 M 11 J7 L12 M 12 K7 L13 M 13 M7 L1 L 14 M 14 G7 L17 M 17

3/10


Tolerance specification N7 P7 F6 H6 G6

Order code for specifying bore tolerance ∅ D1 ∅ D2 L15 M15 L16 M16 L21 M21 L22 M22 L23 M23

Tolerance specification J6 K6 M6 N6 P6

Order code for specifying bore tolerance ∅ D1 ∅ D2 L24 M 24 L25 M 25 L2 L 26 M 26 L27 M 27 L28 M 28

© Siemens AG 2011


Coupling Preselection and Options Bore specifications

Bore diameter - imperial in inches Bor Bore dia diame metter

Orde Orderr co code for bor bore dia diame mete terr ∅ D1 ∅ D2

Bor Bore dia diame mete terr

Order der co code for for bo bore dia diame mete terr ∅ D1 ∅ D2

0.1875 0.25 0.3215 0.375 0.5 0.5625 0.625 0.6875 0.75 0.8125 0.875 0.9375 1 1.0625 1.125 1.1875 1.25 1.3125 1.375 1.4375 1.5 1.5625 1.625 1.6875 1.75 1.8125 1.875 1.9375 2 2.0625 2.125

L5A L5 L5B L5C L5D L5 L 5E L5F L5G L5H L5 L5J L5K L5L L5M L5N L5P L5Q L5R L5 L5S L5T L5U L5V L5W L5X L6A L6B L6 L6C L6D L6E L6F L6G L6H L6J

2.1875 2.25 2.3125 2.375 2.4375 2.5 2.5625 2.625 2.6875 2.75 2.8125 2.875 2.9375 3 3.0625 3.125 3.1875 3.25 3.3125 3.375 3.4375 3.5 3.5625 3.625 3.6875 3.75 3.8125 3.875 3.9375 4 4.1875

L6K L6 L6L L6M L6N L6P L6Q L6R L6S L6T L L6 6U L6V L6 L6W L6X L7A L7B L7C L7D L7 L7E L7F L7G L7H L7J L7K L7L L7M L L7 7N L7P L7Q L7R L7S L7T

M5A M5B M5C M5D M5E M5F M5G M5H M 5J M5K M5L M 5M M5N M5P M5Q M5R M5S M5T M5U M5V M5W M5X M6A M6B M6C M6D M6E M6F M6G M6H M 6J

M6K M6L M6M M6N M6P M6Q M6R M6S M6T M6U M6V M6W M6X M7A M7B M7C M7D M7E M7F M7G M7H M7J M7K M7L M7M M7N M7P M7Q M7R M7S M7T

Bor Bore dia diame mete terr 4.25 4.375 4.4375 4.5 4.75 4.875 4.9375 5 5.1875 5.25 5.4375 5.5 5.75 5.9375 6 6.25 6.5 6.75 7 7.25 7.5 7.75 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Orde Orderr co code for bor bore di diamet ameter er ∅ D1 ∅ D2 L7 L7U L7V L7W L7 L 7X L8 L8A L8B L8C L8D L8E L8 L8F L8G L8H L8 L8J L8K L8L L8 L 8M L8N L8 L8P L8Q L8 L8R L8 L 8S L8 L8T L8U L8V L8W L8X L9A L9B L9C L9D

M7U M7V M7W M7X M8A M8B M8C M8D M8E M8F M8G M8H M 8J M8K M8L M8M M8N M8P M8Q M8R M8S M8T M8U M8V M8W M8X M9A M9B M9C M9D


3

3/11

© Siemens AG 2011


Coupling Preselection and Options Special types

■ Options -Z must be appended to p roduct code) Special types or order codes (code -Z must Ord er er cod e for coup liling half 1 2

Special types

Com me ment

Shaft-hub connection

3

Parallel keyway keyway to DIN 6885 1) keyway width JS9 for metric bore diameters Parallel keyway keyway to DIN 6885 1) keyway width P9 for metric bore diameters Parallel keyway to ASME B17.1 for imperial bore diameters Two parallel keyways spaced 180° apart Two parallel keyways spaced 120° apart Shrink fit for oil-hydraulic removal Clamp connection with shaft without parallel keyway Shaft journal length as stated in order Bore diameters deviating from standard values (11th and/or 12th position in product code - code number 9)

L40 L41 L43 L46 L47 L44 L45 Y 28 L9Y

M 40 M 41 M 43 M 46 M 47 M 44 M 45 Y29 M9Y

and as stated in order and as stated in order

Standard L52

Standard M 52

before keyseating after keyseating

Balancing - balancing principle Balancing in accordance accordance with half half parallel key standard standard to DIN ISO 8821 Balancing in accordance accordance with full parallel key standard standard to DIN ISO 8821

Balancing - balance quality For standard balancing, see page 2/3. For fine balancing, see page 2/3. For micro-balancing, see page 2/3. Balancing quality level to DIN ISO 1940 and operating speed

Standard W02 W03 Y95 {G = __; n = __ rpm}

Documentation, test certificates and acceptances Operating instructions With declaration of compliance with the order acc. to DIN 10204-2.1 With test report acc. to DIN EN 10204-2.2 With inspection certificate for leakage test acc. to D IN EN 10204-3.1 With inspection certificate for fitting dimensions acc. to DIN EN 10204-3.1 With inspection certificate for balancing test acc. to D IN EN 10204-3.1 With inspection certificate for surface crack detection acc. to DIN EN 10204-3.1 With inspection certificate for ultrasonic examination acc. to DIN EN 10204-3.1/3.2 With inspection certificate for coating layer - thickness measurement acc. to DIN EN 10204-3.1 With inspection certificate for chemical analysis, mechanical parameters acc. to DIN EN 10204-3.1/3.2 Acceptance by classification society

D99 D98 E36 E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 E42 On request

Special ambient conditions ATEX variant with CE marking in accordance with Directive 94/9/EC

X99

Surface coat

Preservation Preservative

Properties

Cleaning emulsion Spray oil Tectyl 846 or or si similar Cleaning emulsion + VCI film 2)

Simple preservation Anti-corrosion agent Long-ter m preservation, wa wax-based Active system, reusable

1)

Durability Indoo ndoorr sto storage rage up to 6 months up to 12 months up to to 36 36 mo months up to 5 years

The hub keyways are designed to DIN 6885 Sheet 1 “High Form”. On some sizes, which are marked in the dimension tables, the keyway is designed to DIN 6885 Sheet 3 “Low Form”. 2) Parts which are not able to be packed into VCI films, will be preserved with Tectyl.

3/12


Depreservatives Outd Outdo oor sto stora rage ge – up to 4 months up to to 12 12 mo months up to 5 years

Aqueous cleaners Aqueous cleaners, solvents White s sp pirit, sp sp ec ecial so solvents Aqueous cleaners

Order code Standard B31 B28 B34

© Siemens AG 2011

Torsionally Rigid Gear Couplings ZAPEX ZW Series 4/2

Overview

4/2

Benefits

4/2

Application

4/2

Design

4/2

Function

4/3

Technical data

4/4 4/4

Type ZWN Selection and ordering data

4/6 4/6

Type ZZS Selection and ordering data

4/8 4/8

Type ZZW Selection and ordering data

4/10 4/10

Type ZWH Selection and ordering data

4/11 4/11

Type ZWBT Selection and ordering data

4/12 4/12

Type ZWBG Selection and ordering data

4/13 4/13

Type ZWB Selection and ordering data

4/14 4/14

Type ZWTR Selection and ordering data

4/15 4/15

Type ZBR Selection and ordering data

4/16 4/16

Type ZWS Selection and ordering data

4/17 4/17

Type ZWNV Selection and ordering data

4/18 4/18

Type ZWSE Selection and ordering data

4/19 4/19

Customized hub design for ZAPEX ZW Series Selection and ordering data

4/20 4/20

Spare and wear parts Selection and ordering data


© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Gea r Couplings — ZAPEX ZW Series General information

■ Overview

Coupling suitable for potentially explosive environments. Complies with Directive 94/9/EC for: II 2 GD c 120 °C (T4) I M2

4

■ Benefits ZAPEX gear couplings link machine shafts and compensate for shaft misalignment with weak restorative forces. High transmissible torque combined with compactness and light weight are characteristic of ZAPEX couplings. ZAPEX coupling types are constructed on a modular principle.

This means that application-specific solutions can be delivered quickly. ZAPEX couplings require very little maintenance. Regular grease or oil changes at the prescribed intervals prolongs the service life of the coupling.

■ Application ZAPEX couplings are especially suited for operation in harsh operating conditions, such as drives in the iron smelting or cement industry. ZAPEX couplings are suitable for reverse operation and horizontal mounting positions and, in the case of type ZWNV, for vertical mounting positions.

■ Design A ZAPEX coupling comprises two hub sections with external teeth which are mounted on the machine shafts. Each set of external teeth engages in a flanged socket with mating internal teeth. The flanged sleeves are connected via two flanges with close-fitting bolts. The teeth are lubricated with oil or grease. On the ZAPEX type ZW, DUO sealing rings are used to seal the tooth space. The DUO sealing rings prevent the lubricant from escaping and dirt from entering the tooth space. The parallel keyways must be sealed during assembly to prevent lubricant from escaping. Customized hub designs are described after the types.

ZAPEX ZW gear coupling types Type ZWN ZZS ZZW ZWH Z WB T Z WBG Z WB ZWTR Z BR ZWS ZWNV ZWSE

Description Standard type with adapter with intermediate shaft with coupling sleeve with offset brake disk with straight brake disk with brake drum for rope drums with shear pins Clutch Vertical type Simple clutch-coupling combination

Further application-related coupling types are available. Dimension sheets for and infor mation on these are available on request.

■ Function The torque is transmitted through the coupling teeth. The teeth are crowned, so angular displacement per tooth plane is possible. Radial displacement can be compensated for via the space VA between the tooth planes. The internal teeth of the flanged sleeves are significantly wider than the external teeth of the hub parts, permitting a relatively high axial misalignment.

4/2


A small angular misalignment on the coupling teeth results in an advantageous distribution of the lubricant film and a very low wear rate. This favorable condition can be deliberately set by aligning the drive with the machine shafts with a slight radial misalignment.

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Couplings — ZAPEX ZW Series General information

■ Technical data Power ratings Size

Rated torque

Maximum torque

Overload torque

Fatigue torque

Torsional stiffness

Permitted shaft misalignment

ZW T KN

T Kmax

T KOL

T KW

CTdyn

∆Ka

Nm

Nm

Nm

Nm

kNm/rad

mm

112

1300

2600

5200

520

2000

1.0

128

2500

5000

10000

1000

3600

1.0

146

4300

8600

17200

1720

6900

1.0

175

7000

14000

28000

2800

9360

1.0

198

11600

23200

46400

4640

15600

1.0

230

19000

38000

76000

7600

26300

1.0

255

27000

54000

108000

10800

33400

1.5

290

39000

78000

156000

15600

44000

1.5

315

54000

108000

216000

21600

64100

1.5

342

69000

138000

276000

27600

81600

1.5

375

98000

196000

392000

39200

115600

1.5

415

130000

260000

520000

52000

106000

1.5

465

180000

360000

720000

72000

134600

2.0

505

250000

500000

1000000

100000

168700

2.0

545

320000

640000

1280000

128000

216900

2.0

585

400000

800000

1600000

160000

263200

2.0

640

510000

1020000

2040000

204000

356000

2.0

690

660000

1320000

2640000

264000

431000

2.0

730

790000

1580000

3160000

316000

538000

2.0

780

1000000

2000000

4000000

400000

696000

3.0

852

1200000

2400000

4800000

480000

926000

3.0

910

1600000

3200000

6400000

640000

1118000

3.0

1020

1900000

3800000

7600000

760000

1339000

3.0

1080

2200000

4400000

8800000

880000

1605000

3.0

1150

2700000

5400000

10800000

1080000

2120000

3.0

1160

3350000

6700000

13400000

1340000

2474000

3.0

1240

3800000

7600000

15200000

1520000

3079000

3.0

1310

4600000

9200000

18400000

1840000

3693000

4.0

1380

5300000

10600000

21200000

2120000

4383000

4.0

1440

6250000

12500000

25000000

2500000

5056000

4.0

1540

7200000

14400000

28800000

2880000

6115000

4.0

4

In the case of type ZW TR, the rated torques which deviate from the above are specified in the dimension table. The stated torsional stiffness “ZW” applies to coupling types ZWN and ZWNV. Torsional stiffness of the remaining types on request. The axial misalignment ∆Ka must be understood as the maximum permitted enlargement of the hub distance S of the coupling. Angular misalignment ∆Kw • Types ZWN, ZZS, ZZS, ZZW, ZZW, ZWH, ZWB, ZWB, ZBR, ZWS: ∆Kw = 1° • Types ZWBT ZWBT and and ZWBG: ZWBG: ∆Kw = 0.2° 0.2° • Type ZWSE: ZWSE: ∆Kw = 0.4° 0.4° Radial misalignment ∆Kr • Types ZWN, ZZS, ZZS, ZZW, ZZW, ZWH, ZWB, ZWB, ZBR, ZWS: tan 1° ∆Kr ≤ VA ⋅ tan • Types ZWBT ZWBT and and ZWBG: ZWBG: ∆Kr ≤ VA ⋅ tan tan 0.2° 0.2° • Type ZWSE: ZWSE: ∆Kr ≤ VA ⋅ tan 0.4° For the tooth distance VA, see the relevant table for the subassembly.


4/3

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Gea r Couplings — ZAPEX ZW Series Type ZWN

■ Selection and ordering data J1

J2

Part 1

Part 1

Part 2

Part 2

VA

P Variant A S1

Part 1

Part 2

S1 A 1 D D Ø D Ø

4

1 1 D D N Ø Ø

NL1

NL2

2 2 2 Q D D D N D Ø Ø Ø Ø

Variant AB S2 Part 1

Part 2

G_MD10_EN_00043a

Variant B S3

Dimensions in mm

Size

112 128 146 175 198 230 255 290 315 342 375 415 465 505 545 585 640

T KN Nm 1300 2500 4300 7000 11600 19000 27000 39000 54000 69000 98000 130000 180000 250000 320000 400000 510000

Maximum speed n Kmax rpm 9400 8300 7300 6400 5500 4700 4100 3700 3300 3000 2700 2500 2200 2000 1800 1700 1600

690

660000

1450

730

790000

1350

780

1000000

1250

852

1200000

1150

Variant:

∅D1:

∅D2:

4/4

Rated torque

D1, D2 Keyway DIN 6885 min. max. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 70 80 90 100 120 140 160 180 210 230 >330 250 >360 275 >390 300 >415 325 >450

45 55 65 80 95 110 125 145 160 180 200 220 250 275 300 330 330 360 360 390 390 415 415 450 450 490

DA

143 157 177 215 237 265 294 330 366 392 430 478 528 568 620 660 738 788 834 900 970

ND1/ NL1/ DD1/ S1 ND2 NL2 DD2

65 80 95 112 135 160 185 210 230 255 290 320 360 400 440 480 480 520 520 560 560 600 600 650 650 710

S2

S3

VA

Q

P

50 60 75 90 100 110 125 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 310 330

110 128 146 175 198 230 255 290 315 340 375 415 465 505 545 585 640

6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 16 16 16 20 20

13 13 14 19 20 25 30 30 42 42 74 96 106 126 150 149

20 20 20 30 32 40 50 50 72 72 136 176 196 236 280 278

56 73 88 104 119 130 150 170 190 222 242 294 336 366 406 460 479

45 60 75 85 110 135 160 180 200 225 260 285 325 365 405 445 445

35 45 45 50 50 50 50 60 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 90

350

690

20

166

312

516

475

90

380

730

20

180

340

560

515

90

400

780

25

176

327

576

555

110

420

850

25

185

345

605

595

110

Mass moment of inertia J 1 / J J 2

kgm2 0.006 0.014 0.022 0.052 0.089 0.16 0.27 0.52 0.84 1.3 2.1 3.3 5.5 8.1 12.5 18.5 26 29 37 41 52 56 71 83 105 115

•A •B • AB • Without finished bo bore – Without order codes • Without finished bore bore from size 640 for 2nd diameter range range D1 – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order order codes for diameter and tolerance tolerance (product code without -Z) -Z) • Without finished bo bore – Without order codes • Without finished bore bore from size 640 for 2nd diameter range range D2 – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order order codes for diameter and tolerance tolerance (product code without -Z) -Z)


Product code

Weight

Order codes for bore diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog sectio section n3

m

■■■

2LC0300-0A 2LC0300-1A 2LC0300-2A 2LC0300-3A 2LC0300-4A 2LC0300-5A 2LC0300-6A 2LC0300-7A 2LC0300-8A 2LC0301-0A 2LC0301-1A 2LC0301-2A 2LC0301-3A 2LC0301-4A 2LC0301-5A 2LC0301-6A 2LC0301-7A

2LC0301-8A

■■■

-0AA0

2LC0302-0A

■■■

-0AA0

2LC0302-1A

■■■

-0AA0

2LC0302-2A

■■■

-0AA0

-0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0

A B C 1 2 9 1 2 9

kg 6.2 8.4 12 20.5 28.5 41 56 83 110 140 195 250 330 420 560 700 860 890 1050 1050 1250 1350 1550 1650 1950 2050

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Couplings — ZAPEX ZW Series Type ZWN Dimensions in mm

Size

Rated torque

910

T KN Nm 1600000

Maximum speed n Kmax rpm 1050

1020

1900000

1000

1080

2200000

950

1150

2700000

900

1160

3350000

850

1240

3800000

800

1310

4600000

750

1380

5300000

700

1440

6250000

670

1540

7200000

630

Variant:

∅D1:

∅D2:

Q P

D1, D2 Keyway DIN 6885 min. max. 350 >490 375 >520 400 >550 425 >600 450 >600 >650 475 >650 >690 500 >650 >690 >730 525 >690 >730 >780 550 >730 >780 >810 575 >780 >810 >860

490 520 520 550 550 600 600 650 600 650 690 650 690 730 650 690 730 780 690 730 780 810 730 780 810 860 780 810 860 910

DA


1030 710 750 1112 750 800 1162 800 860 1222 860 930 1292 860 930 990 1400 930 990 1055 1470 930 990 1055 1120 1540 990 1055 1120 1170 1600 1055 1120 1170 1240 1710 1120 1170 1240 1310

S2

S3

VA

Q

P

450

910

25

215

405

665

655

110

480

1020 25

213

401

693

695

130

500

1080 30

226

422

726

735

135

520

1150 30

238

446

758

795

135

550

1160 1160 1210 1240 1240 1290 1310 1310 1310 1370 1380 1380 1380 1430 1440 1440 1440 1510 1540 1540 1540 1610

30

260

490

810

795

135

30

250

470

830

865

155

35

265

495

875

850

155

35

275

515

915

910

155

35

295

555

965

975

155

35

275

515

975

1030 175

580

610

640

670

700


kgm2 150 155 215 235 275 310 360 410 440 480 540 620 660 760 770 810 910 1000 980 1050 1150 1250 1250 1350 1450 1550 1650 1750 1850 2050

•A •B • AB • Without finished bo bore – Without order codes • Without finished bore bore from size 640 for 2nd diameter range range D1 – Without order codes • Without finished bore from from size 1160 for 3rd diameter range D1 – Without Without order codes • Without finished bore bore from size 1310 for 4th diameter diameter range D1 – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order order codes for diameter and tolerance tolerance (product code without -Z) -Z) • Without finished bo bore – Without order codes • Without finished bore bore from size 640 for 2nd diameter range range D2 – Without order codes • Without finished bore from from size 1160 for 3rd diameter range D2 – Without Without order codes • Without finished bore bore from size 1310 for 4th diameter diameter range D2 – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order order codes for diameter and tolerance tolerance (product code without -Z) -Z)

Product code

Weight

Order codes for bore diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog sectio section n3

m

2LC0302-3A

2LC0302-4A

2LC0302-5A

2LC0302-6A

2LC0302-7A

2LC0302-8A

2LC0303-0A

2LC0303-1A

2LC0303-2A

2LC0303-3A

kg -0AA0 2350 2450 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 2900 3100 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 3300 3500 4000 ■■■ 4200 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 4400 4700 4900 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 5400 5600 6100 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 6200 6400 6800 7100 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 7200 7500 7800 8100 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 8400 8500 8800 9400 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 9700 9800 10000 11500 A B C 1 2 3 4 9 1 2 3 4 9 ■■■

Diamet Diameter er requir required ed for renewi renewing ng the sealin sealing g rings rings.. Leng Length th requ requir ired ed for for ren renew ewin ing g the the seal sealin ing g rings rings..

Mass moments of inertia apply to a coupling half with maximum bore diameter. Weights apply to the entire coupling with maximum b ores. Ordering example: ZAPEX ZWN coupling, size 146, variant A, Part 1: Bore 40H7mm, keyway keyway to DIN 6885-1 P9 and and set screw, screw, Part 2: Bore 45K7 mm, keyway to DIN 6885-1 P9 and set screw. screw. Product code: 2LC0300-2AA99-0AA0-Z L0W+M1A+M13


4/5

4

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Gea r Couplings — ZAPEX ZW Series Type ZZS

■ Selection and ordering data Part 1

VA LZ

VA1

Part 2

VA1

P

Part 1 S8 A 1 D D D

4

Ø Ø

1 1 D D N

NL1

S8 S

2 2 D D Ø N

NL2

Ø Ø

Ø

Part 2

2 Q D Ø D Ø

S9

S9

Variant A

G_MD10_EN_00044

Variant B

Size

Rated torque T KN Nm

112

1300

128

2500

146

4300

175

7000

198

11600

230

19000

255

27000

290

39000

315

54000

342

69000

375

98000

415

130000

465

180000

505

250000

545

320000

585

400000

Variant

∅D1: ∅D2:

4/6

Dimensions in mm D1, D2 DA Keyway DIN 6885 min. max.

Product code Plain text required for dimension S Order codes for bore min. diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog sectio section n3 0 45 143 65 50 110 3 3 28 45 35 120 2LC0300-0A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y 0 55 157 80 60 128 10 3 36.5 60 45 120 2LC0300-1A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y 0 65 177 95 75 146 10 3 44 75 45 120 2LC0300-2A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y 0 80 215 112 90 175 10 4 52 85 50 130 2LC0300-3A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y 0 95 237 135 100 198 15 4 59.5 110 50 130 2LC0300-4A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y 0 110 265 160 110 230 16 4 65 135 50 130 2LC0300-5A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y 0 125 294 185 125 255 20 5 75 160 50 140 2LC0300-6A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y 70 145 330 210 140 290 25 5 85 180 60 140 2LC0300-7A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y 80 160 366 230 160 315 25 5 95 200 60 180 2LC0300-8A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y 90 180 392 255 180 340 36 6 111 225 60 180 2LC0301-0A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y 100 200 430 290 200 375 36 6 121 260 60 180 2LC0301-1A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y 120 220 478 320 220 415 68 6 147 285 80 200 2LC0301-2A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y 140 250 528 360 240 465 88 8 168 325 80 200 2LC0301-3A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y 160 275 568 400 260 505 98 8 183 365 80 200 2LC0301-4A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y 180 300 620 440 280 545 118 8 203 405 80 220 2LC0301-5A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y 210 330 660 480 310 585 140 10 230 445 80 220 2LC0301-6A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y •A D •B E • Wi W ithout finished bore – Without order codes 1 • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) 9 • Wi W ithout finished bore – Without order codes 1 • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) 9



S9

VA1

Q

P

LZ

Weight m m each 100 100 mm pipe kg kg 0.8

10

1.3

13

1.8

18

2.3

29

3.5

39

4.5

53

6.3

76

7.2

105

9.1

145

12

185

15

250

17

320

19

420

24

520

30

710

33

870

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Couplings — ZAPEX ZW Series Type ZZS Size

Rated torque T KN

640

Nm 510000

690

660000

730

790000

780

1000000

852

1200000

910

1600000

1020

1900000

1080

2200000

1150

2700000

1160

3350000

1240

3800000

1310

4600000

1380

5300000

1440

6250000

1540

7200000

Variant

∅D1:

∅D2:

Dimensions in mm D1, D2 DA Keyway DIN 6885 min. max.


VA1

Q

P

LZ

min.

Product code Plain text required for dimension S Order codes for bore diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog sectio section n3

Weight m

m

each 100 100 mm pipe kg kg 1100 2LC0301-7A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 39 Q0Y 1120 1500 2LC0301-8A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 45 Q0Y 1400 2LC0302-0A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y

230 330 738 480 330 640 139 10 239.5 445 90 250 >330 360 520 250 360 788 520 350 690 156 10 258 475 90 250 >360 390 560 275 390 834 560 380 730 170 10 280 515 90 250 >390 415 600 300 415 900 600 400 780 163 12.5 288 555 110 280 2LC0302-1A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y >415 450 650 325 450 970 650 420 850 172 12.5 302.5 595 110 280 2LC0302-2A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y >450 490 710 35 490 1030 710 450 910 202 12.5 332.5 655 110 280 2LC0302-3A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y >490 520 750 375 520 1112 750 480 1020 200 12.5 346.5 695 130 380 2LC0302-4A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y >520 550 800 400 550 1162 800 500 1080 211 15 363 735 135 380 2LC0302-5A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y >550 600 860 425 600 1222 860 520 1150 223 15 379 795 135 380 2LC0302-6A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y >600 650 930 450 600 1292 860 550 1160 245 15 405 795 135 380 2LC0302-7A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y >600 650 930 1160 >650 690 990 1210 475 650 1400 930 580 1240 235 15 415 865 155 400 2LC0302-8A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y >650 690 990 1240 >690 730 1055 1290 500 650 1470 930 610 1310 247 17.5 437.5 850 155 400 2LC0303-0A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y >650 690 990 1310 >690 730 1055 1310 >730 780 1120 1370 525 690 1540 990 640 1380 257 17.5 457.5 910 155 400 2LC0303-1A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y >690 730 1055 1380 >730 780 1120 1380 >780 810 1170 1430 550 730 1600 1055 670 1440 277 17.5 482.5 975 155 400 2LC0303-2A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y >730 780 1120 1440 >780 810 1170 1440 >810 860 1240 1510 575 780 1710 1120 700 1540 257 17.5 487.5 1030 175 600 2LC0303-3A ■ ■ ■ -0AZ0 Q0Y >780 810 1170 1540 >810 860 1240 1540 >860 910 1310 1610 •A D •B E • Wi W ithout finished bore – Without order codes 1 • Without finished bore from from size 640 for 2nd diameter range D1 – Without order order codes 2 • Without finished bore from from size 1160 for 3rd diameter range range D1 – Without order codes 3 • Without finished bore from from size 1310 for 4th diameter range range D1 – Without order codes 4 • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) 9 • Wi W ithout finished bore – Without order codes 1 • Without finished bore from from size 640 for 2nd diameter range D2 – Without order order codes 2 • Without finished bore from from size 1160 for 3rd diameter range range D2 – Without order codes 3 • Without finished bore from from size 1310 for 4th diameter range range D2 – Without order codes 4 • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) 9

Weights from size 730 on request. VA = 2 ⋅ VA1 + LZ Q P

S9

Diamet Diameter er requir required ed for renewi renewing ng the sealing sealing rings. rings. Leng Length th req requi uire red d for for rene renewi wing ng the the sea sealin ling g rings rings..

Mass moments of inertia on request. Weights apply to maximum bores and an adapter length of LZ min.

Maximum speed, limited by weight and critical adapter speed, on request. Ordering example: Product code: 2LC0300-2AE99-0AZ0-Z L0W+M1A+Q0Y+M13 plain text to Q0Y: Q0Y: 250 mm (dimension S)


4/7

4

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Gea r Couplings — ZAPEX ZW Series Type ZZW

■ Selection and ordering data Co u p l i n g 1

VA1

VA

VA1

Co u p l i n g 2

Part 1

Part 3

Intermediate shaft

1 A D 1 D N D Ø

NL1

S4

NLW1

Ø Ø

2 2 W 2 D D W D N D

1 1 1 W D W D D D Ø N Ø Ø

LW S

4

NLW2

Ø Ø Ø

Ø

Variant B

Part 3

2 2 D D Ø N

NL2

Part 1

G_MD10_EN_00045

Part 1

Part 3

Variant A

S10

Size

Rated torque

112 128 146 175 198 230 255 290 315 342 375 415 465 505 545 585

TKN Nm 1300 2500 4300 7000 11600 19000 27000 39000 54000 69000 98000 130000 180000 250000 320000 400000

640

510000

690

660000

730

790000

780

1000000

852

1200000

Variant:

∅D1:

∅D2:

4/8

Dimensions in mm D1, D2 DA Keyway DIN 6885 min.

max.

ND1/ NL1/ DW1, DW2 ND2 NL2/ Keyway NLW1/ DIN 6885 NLW2 min. max.

NDW1/ DD1/ NDW2 DD2

S4

S 10

VA1

20 55 143 80 50 0 45 65 110 12.5 12.5 37.5 25 65 157 95 60 0 55 80 128 12.5 5.5 39 30 80 177 112 75 0 65 95 146 12.5 5.5 46.5 35 95 215 135 90 0 80 112 175 12.5 6.5 54.5 40 110 237 160 100 0 95 135 198 17.5 6.5 62 50 125 265 185 110 0 110 160 230 18.5 6.5 67.5 60 145 294 210 125 0 125 185 255 23.5 8.5 78.5 70 160 330 230 140 70 145 210 290 28.5 8.5 88.5 80 180 366 255 160 80 160 230 315 28.5 8.5 98.5 90 200 392 290 180 90 180 255 340 39.5 9.5 114.5 100 220 430 320 200 100 200 290 375 39.5 9.5 124.5 120 250 478 360 220 120 220 320 415 71.5 9.5 150.5 140 275 528 400 240 140 250 360 465 91.5 11.5 171.5 160 300 568 440 260 160 275 400 505 102.5 12.5 187.5 180 330 620 480 280 180 300 440 545 122.5 12.5 207.5 210 330 660 480 310 210 330 480 585 144.5 14.5 234.5 >330 360 520 230 360 738 520 330 230 3 30 480 640 143.5 14.5 244 >360 390 560 >330 360 520 52 250 390 788 560 350 250 360 520 690 160.5 14.5 262.5 >390 415 600 >360 390 5 60 56 275 415 834 600 380 275 3 90 560 730 176 16 286 >415 450 650 >390 415 6 00 60 300 450 900 650 400 300 415 600 780 171 20.5 296 >450 490 710 >415 450 6 50 65 325 490 970 710 420 325 450 650 850 180 20.5 310.5 >490 520 750 >450 490 7 10 71 •A •B • Wi W ithout finished bore – Without order codes • Without finished bore from from size 585 for 2nd diameter range D1 – Without order order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) • Wi W ithout finished bore – Without order codes • Without finished bore from from size 585 for 2nd diameter range D2 – Without order order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z)


Product code Order codes for bore diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog sectio section n3

2LC0300-0B 2LC0300-1B 2LC0300-2B 2LC0300-3B 2LC0300-4B 2LC0300-5B 2LC0300-6B 2LC0300-7B 2LC0300-8B 2LC0301-0B 2LC0301-1B 2LC0301-2B 2LC0301-3B 2LC0301-4B 2LC0301-5B 2LC0301-6B

■■■

-0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0

2LC0301-7B

■■■

-0AA0

2LC0301-8B

■■■

-0AA0

2LC0302-0B

■■■

-0AA0

2LC0302-1B

■■■

-0AA0

2LC0302-2B

■■■

-0AA0

D E 1 2 9 1 2 9

Weight m

kg 5.4 6.9 10.5 17.5 25 36 50 71 99 130 175 230 310 400 520 610 640 780 830 910 1000 1150 1250 1450 1550 1750 1850

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Couplings — ZAPEX ZW Series Type ZZW Size

Rated torque

910

TKN Nm 1600000

1020

1900000

1080

2200000

1150

2700000

1160

3350000

1240

3800000

1310

4600000

1380

5300000

1440

6250000

1540

7200000

Variant:

∅D1:

∅D2:

Dimensions in mm D1, D2 DA Keyway DIN 6885 min.

max.

ND1/ NL1/ DW1, DW2 ND2 NL2/ Keyway NLW1/ DIN 6885 NLW2 min. max.

NDW1/ DD1/ NDW2 DD2

S4

S 10

VA1

350 520 1030 750 450 350 490 710 910 210 20.5 340.5 >520 550 800 >490 520 7 50 75 375 550 1112 800 480 375 520 750 1020 210 22.5 356.5 >550 600 860 >520 550 8 00 80 400 600 1162 860 500 400 550 800 1080 221 25 373 >600 650 930 >550 600 8 60 86 425 600 1222 860 520 425 600 860 1150 233 25 389 >600 650 930 >425 600 8 60 86 >650 690 990 >600 650 9 30 93 450 650 1292 930 550 450 600 860 1160 255 25 415 >650 690 990 >600 650 930 1160 >690 730 1055 >650 690 990 1210 475 650 1400 930 580 475 650 930 1240 245 25 425 >650 690 990 475 650 930 1240 >690 730 1055 >650 690 990 1240 >730 780 1120 >690 73 730 1055 12 1290 500 690 1470 990 610 500 650 930 1310 258 28.5 448.5 >690 730 1055 >650 690 990 1310 >730 780 1120 >690 73 730 1055 13 1310 >780 810 1170 >730 78 780 1120 13 1370 525 730 1540 1055 640 525 690 990 1380 268 28.5 468.5 >730 780 1120 >690 73 730 1055 13 1380 >780 810 1170 >730 78 780 1120 13 1380 >810 860 1240 >780 81 810 1170 14 1430 550 780 1600 1120 670 550 730 1055 1440 288 28.5 493.5 >780 810 1170 >730 78 780 1120 14 1440 >810 860 1240 >780 81 810 1170 14 1440 >860 910 1310 >810 86 860 1240 15 1510 575 810 1710 1170 700 575 780 1120 1540 268 28.5 498.5 575 8 10 81 1170 >780 810 1170 1540 15 >810 860 1240 >810 86 860 1240 15 1540 >860 960 1390 >860 91 910 1310 16 1 610 •A •B • Wi W ithout finished bore – Without order codes • Without finished bore from from size 585 for 2nd diameter range D1 – Without order order codes • Without finished bore from from size 1150 for 3rd diameter range range D1 – Without order codes • Without finished bore from from size 1240 for 4th diameter range range D1 – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) • Wi W ithout finished bore – Without order codes • Without finished bore from from size 585 for 2nd diameter range D2 – Without order order codes • Without finished bore from from size 1150 for 3rd diameter range range D2 – Without order codes • Without finished bore from from size 1240 for 4th diameter range range D2 – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z)

VA = S – 2 ⋅ VA1 Mass moments of inertia on request. Weights apply to either coupling 1 or 2 with maximum bore diameter, ameter, without i ntermediate shaft. Maximum speed, limited by weight and critical speed of intermediate shaft, on request. Ordering example: Coupling ZZW consisting of coupling 1, intermediate shaft, coupling 2 Coupling 1: ZAPEX ZZW coupling, size 146, variant B, Part 3: Bore Bore D1 = 45K7 45K7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN 688 6885-1 5-1 P9 and and set set screw, Part 1: Bore Bore DW1 DW1 = 45H7 45H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN 688 6885-1 5-1 P9 and set screw. Product code: 2LC0300-2BE99-0AA0-Z L1A+M1A+M13


2LC0302-3B 2LC0302-4B 2LC0302-5B 2LC0302-6B

2LC0302-7B

2LC0302-8B

2LC0303-0B

2LC0303-1B

2LC0303-2B

2LC0303-3B

Weight m

kg -0AA0 2150 2250 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 2650 2800 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 3000 3300 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 3500 3600 3800 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 4000 4200 4600 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 4700 4900 5200 5600 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 5500 5800 6100 6600 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 6400 6700 7100 7400 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 7400 7600 8000 8600 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 8600 8700 9200 10500 D E 1 2 3 4 9 1 2 3 4 9 ■■■

Intermediate shaft: Intermediate shaft for ZAPEX coupling ZZW, size 146, leng length th LW LW = 570 570 mm mm,, for for shaf shaftt dist distan ance ce S = 595 595 mm shaft journal ∅45p6 45p6 x 75 long; long; keyway keyway DIN DIN 688 6885-1 5-1.. Product code: 2LC0308-8XX00-0AA0-Z Y99 plain text to Y99: DW1 = 45p6 mm, NLW1 = 75 mm, DW2 = 45p6 mm, NLW2 = 75 mm, LW = 570 mm Coupling 2: ZAPEX ZZW coupling, size 146, variant B, Part 1: Bore Bore DW2 DW2 = 45H7 45H7 mm, keywa keyway y to DIN 6885 6885-1 -1 P9 and and set screw, Part 3: Bore Bore D2 = 45K7 45K7 mm, keyw keyway ay to DIN DIN 68856885-1 1 P9 and and set screw. Product code: 2LC0300-2BE99-0AA0-Z L1A+M1A+M13 Siemens MD 10.1 · 2011

4/9

4

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Gea r Couplings — ZAPEX ZW Series Type ZWH

■ Selection and ordering data

Part 1

J1

Part 2

VA

J2

P

1 D D

4

Ø

1 D 1 N D Ø

S1

2

NL2

NL1

2 D D

N Ø Ø

Ø

2 D Q D Ø Ø

G_MD10_EN_00047

Dimensions in mm Size

Rated torque

Maximum speed

T KN

n Kmax

Nm 1300 2500 4300 7000 11600 19000 27000 39000 54000 69000 98000 130000 180000 250000 320000 400000 510000

rpm 9400 8300 7300 6400 5500 4700 4100 3700 3300 3000 2700 2500 2200 2000 1800 1700 1600

D1, D2 Keyway DIN 6885 min. max.


Q

P

kgm2 0.003 0.007 0.013 0.032 0.059 0.11 0.21 0.38 0.59 0.85 1.5 2.4 4.2 6.3 9.5 14 19 21 26.5 29.5 37 41 53 59

0 45 65 50 110 6 28 45 35 0 55 80 60 128 6 30 60 45 0 65 95 75 146 6 33 75 45 0 80 112 90 175 8 46 85 50 0 95 135 100 198 8 48 110 50 0 110 160 110 230 8 50 135 50 0 125 185 125 255 10 55 160 50 70 145 210 140 290 10 58 180 60 80 160 230 160 315 10 62 200 60 90 180 255 180 340 12 70 225 60 100 200 290 200 375 12 72 260 60 120 220 320 220 415 12 76 285 80 140 250 360 240 465 16 90 325 80 160 275 400 260 505 16 92 365 80 180 300 440 280 545 16 96 405 80 210 330 480 310 585 20 102 445 80 230 330 480 330 640 20 105 445 90 >330 360 520 660000 1450 250 360 520 350 690 20 108 475 90 >360 390 560 790000 1350 275 390 560 380 730 20 112 515 90 >390 415 600 1000000 1250 300 415 600 400 780 25 120 555 110 >415 450 650 • With Withou outt fin finis ishe hed d bor bore – With Withou outt orde orderr cod codes es • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) • With Withou outt fin finis ishe hed d bor bore – With Withou outt orde orderr cod codes es • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z)

112 128 146 175 198 230 255 290 315 342 375 415 465 505 545 585 640 690 730 780 D1: ∅D1: D2: ∅D2:

Larger size couplings on request. Q P

VA

Mass moment Product code of inertia Order codes for bore J 1 / J J2 diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog sectio section n3

Diamet Diameter er requ require ired d for for renew renewing ing the sealin sealing g rings. rings. Lengt Length h requ require ired d for for renew renewing ing the sealin sealing g ring rings. s.

Mass moments of inertia apply to a coupling half with maximum bore diameter. Weights apply to the entire coupling with maximum bores.

4/10


Weight m

kg 4.0 5.7 8.6 15.5 21.5 33 45 67 88 110 150 200 280 360 460 570 712 742 2LC0301-8BB ■ ■ -0AA0 852 882 2LC0302-0BB ■ ■ -0AA0 1031 1091 2LC0302-1BB ■ ■ -0AA0 1287 1327 1 9 1 9 2LC0300-0BB 2LC0300-1BB 2LC0300-2BB 2LC0300-3BB 2LC0300-4BB 2LC0300-5BB 2LC0300-6BB 2LC0300-7BB 2LC0300-8BB 2LC0301-0BB 2LC0301-1BB 2LC0301-2BB 2LC0301-3BB 2LC0301-4BB 2LC0301-5BB 2LC0301-6BB 2LC0301-7BB

-0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■■

Ordering example: ZAPEX ZWH coupling, size 146, Part 1: Bore Bore 40H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN 6885-1 6885-1 P9 and set screw screw,, Part 2: Bore Bore 45K7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN 6885-1 6885-1 P9 and and set screw. screw. Product code: 2LC0300-2BB99-0AA0-Z L0W+M1A+M13

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Couplings — ZAPEX ZW Series Type ZWBT

■ Selection and ordering data E1 Part 1

Part 1

Part 2

Part 2

VA P A 1 1 B A 1 D D D D D N Ø Ø Ø D Ø Ø

A NL1

S14

NL2

S14 Variant A

2 2 Q 2 D D D N D Ø Ø Ø Ø

Sizes 112 and 128

Part 1

Part 2

4

G_MD10_EN_00048b

S15 Variant AB

12.7

Variant limited in displacement and axial movement. Max. displ acement 0.2°. Dimensions in mm Size

Rated torque

112

T KN Nm 1300

128

2500

146

4300

175

7000

198

11600

230

19000

255

27000

290

39000

315

54000

342 375 415 465 Variant:

69000 98000 130000 180000

∅D1: ∅D2:

Q P

Maximum speed n Kmax rpm 3800 3200 3200 2800 2800 2500 2800 2500 2200 2500 2200 2200 1850 2200 1850 1850 1600 1850 1600 1600 1600 1400 1400


DA

ND1/ NL1/ DD1/ S14 S1 S 15 A ND2 NL2 DD2

0

45

143 65

50

110

0

55

157 80

60

128

0

65

177 95

75

146

0

80

215 112

90

175

0

95

237 135

100

198

0

110

265 160

110

230

0

125

294 185

125

255

70

145

330 210

140

290

80

160

366 230

160

315

20 23 23.5 20.5 19 22 21 24 24 24 24 24 24 26 26 26 29 26 29 31 31 37 41

– 0.5 – 30 30.5 0. 0.5 27.5 26 0.5 29 27 0.5 30 30 35 0.5 35 36 0.5 36 41 1 41 46 1 49 46 1 49 61 1 61 1 99 1 121 1

VA

Q

69 72 89 86 101 104 117 120 120 135 135 146 146 166 166 186 189 206 209 241 261 319 361

45 60 75 85

110 135 160 180 200

P

Brak Brake e dis disk k DB E1

35 300 3 56 45 356 406 4 5 406 4 57 50 4 06 4 57 5 14 50 457 5 14 50 514 6 10 50 514 6 10 60 610 711 60 610 711 60 711 60 711 80 812 80 812

Product code Orde Orderr cod codes es for for bor bore e diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog sectio section n3

32.35 2LC0300-0A 22.35 2LC0300-0A 32.85 2LC0300-1A 29.85 2LC0300-1A 43.35 2LC0300-2A 46.35 2LC0300-2A 59.35 2LC0300-3A 62.35 2LC0300-3A 62.35 2LC0300-3A 72.35 2LC0300-4A 72.35 2LC0300-4A 82.35 2LC0300-5A 82.35 2LC0300-5A 98.35 2LC0300-6A 98.35 2LC0300-6A 113.35 2LC0300-7A 116.35 2LC0300-7A 11 133.35 2LC0300-8A 136.35 2LC0300-8A 13 157.35 2LC0301-0A 177.35 2LC0301-1A 203.35 2LC0301-2A 225.35 2LC0301-3A

90 180 392 255 180 340 225 100 200 430 290 200 375 260 120 220 478 320 220 415 285 140 250 528 360 240 465 325 •A • AB • Wi Without finished bore – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) • Wi Without finished bore – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z)


Mass moments of inertia on request. Weights apply to maximum bores.

-0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0CA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 S T 1 9 1 9 ■■■

Weight m

kg 13 16.5 19 22 25 30 34 39 44 47 52 65 76 80 92 120 135 145 160 195 240 340 420

Ordering example: ZAPEX ZWBT coupling, size 146, variant A, brake disk diameter D B = 457 m m , Part 1: Bore Bore 40H7 40H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN DIN 6885-1 P9 and set screw screw,, Part 2: Bore Bore 45K7 45K7 mm, keyway keyway to to DIN 6885-1 6885-1 P9 and and set screw. screw. Product code: 2LC0300-2AS99-0BA0-Z L0W+M1A+M13


4/11

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Gea r Couplings — ZAPEX ZW Series Type ZWBG

■ Selection and ordering data E3

Part 1 Part 1

Part 2

Part 2 VA P S14 Variant A

A 1 B A 1 D D D D D N Ø Ø Ø Ø

1 D

A NL1

S14

NL2

Ø

2 2 2 D D D Q D Ø Ø N Ø Ø

Sizes 112 and 128

Part 1

4

Part 2

G_MD10_EN_00049a

S15 Variant AB

12.7

Variant limited in displacement and axial movement. Max. displ acement 0.2°. Modified brake disk dimensions on request Dimensions in mm Size

Rated torque

112

T KN Nm 1300

128

2500

146

4300

175

7000

198

11600

230

19000

255

27000

290

39000

315

54000

342 375 415 465 Variant:

69000 98000 130000 180000

∅D1: ∅D2:

Q P

Bra Brake dis disk DB E3

MaxiD1, D2 DA ND1/ NL1/ DD1/ S14 S15 A VA Q P mum Keyway ND2 NL2 DD2 speed DIN 6885 n Kmax min. max. rpm 3800 0 45 143 65 50 110 19 – 0.5 69 45 35 300 59.5 3200 22 – 72 3 56 61 3200 0 55 157 80 60 128 22 29 0.5 89 60 45 356 71 2800 19 26 86 40 6 69.5 69 2800 0 65 177 95 75 146 19 26 0.5 101 75 45 406 84.5 2500 22 29 104 4 57 86 2800 0 80 215 112 90 175 21 27 0.5 117 85 50 406 100.5 2500 24 30 120 457 102 10 2200 24 30 120 514 102 10 2500 0 95 237 135 100 198 24 35 0.5 135 110 50 457 112 2200 24 35 135 514 112 11 2200 0 110 265 160 110 230 24 36 0.5 146 135 50 514 122 1850 24 36 146 610 122 12 2200 0 125 294 185 125 255 26 41 1 166 160 50 514 138 1850 26 41 166 610 138 13 1850 70 145 330 210 140 290 26 46 1 186 180 60 610 153 1600 29 49 189 7 11 154.5 1850 80 160 366 230 160 315 26 46 1 206 200 60 610 173 1600 29 49 209 7 11 174.5 1600 90 180 392 255 180 340 31 61 1 241 225 60 711 195.5 1600 100 200 430 290 200 375 31 61 1 261 260 60 711 215.5 1400 120 220 478 320 220 415 37 99 1 319 285 80 812 238.5 1400 140 250 528 360 240 465 41 121 1 361 325 80 812 260.5 •A • AB • Wi W ithout finished bore – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) • Wi W ithout finished bore – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z)




2LC0300-0A 2LC0300-0A 2LC0300-1A 2LC0300-1A 2LC0300-2A 2LC0300-2A 2LC0300-3A 2LC0300-3A 2LC0300-3A 2LC0300-4A 2LC0300-4A 2LC0300-5A 2LC0300-5A 2LC0300-6A 2LC0300-6A 2LC0300-7A 2LC0300-7A 2LC0300-8A 2LC0300-8A 2LC0301-0A 2LC0301-1A 2LC0301-2A 2LC0301-3A

-0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0CA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 U V 1 9 1 9 ■■■

Weight m

kg 13 16 18.5 21 24 28 33 37 41 44 49 60 69 75 82 110 125 140 150 175 225 300 380

Ordering example: ZAPEX ZWBG coupling, size 146, variant A, brake disk diameter D B = 457 m m , Part 1: Bore Bore 40H7 40H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN DIN 6885-1 P9 and set screw screw,, Part 2: Bore Bore 45K7 45K7 mm, keyway to DIN DIN 6885-1 P9 and and set screw. screw. Product code: 2LC0300-2AU99-0BA0-Z L0W+M1A+M13

4/12

Product code Order der co codes des fo for bor bore e diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog secti section on 3

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Couplings — ZAPEX ZW Series Type ZWB


VA BB

Part 1

Part 1

Part 2

Part 2 Variant A S5

Part 1 1 B A 1 D D D D D N Ø Ø Ø Ø

S5 1 D

NL1

NL2

Ø

2 D Ø

Part 2

4

2 2 D Q D Ø D N

Variant AB

Ø Ø

S6

P

Part 1

P

Part 2

Variant B S7

G_MD10_EN_00050

Dimensions in mm Size

Rated torque

Maximum speed

128

T KN Nm 2500

146

4300

175

7000

198

11600

230

19000

255

27000

290

39000

n Kmax rpm 2500 0 55 157 80 80 60 128 16 23 30 83 60 45 200 75 2000 16 23 30 83 250 95 95 2000 0 65 177 95 95 75 146 16 23 30 98 75 45 250 95 1600 18 25 32 100 315 118 1600 0 80 215 112 90 175 20 26 32 116 85 50 315 118 1250 22 28 34 118 400 150 1600 0 95 237 135 100 198 20 31 42 131 110 50 315 118 1250 22 33 44 133 400 150 1250 0 110 265 160 110 230 22 34 46 144 135 50 400 150 1000 23 35 47 145 500 190 1000 0 125 294 185 125 255 25 40 55 165 160 50 500 190 1000 28 43 58 168 630 236 1000 70 145 330 210 140 290 28 48 68 188 180 60 630 236 750 28 48 68 188 710 265 •A •B • AB • Wi W ithout finished bore – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) • Wi W ithout finished bore – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z)

Variant:

∅D1: ∅D2:

Q P


DA


Diamet Diameter er requir required ed for renewi renewing ng the sealin sealing g rings rings.. Leng Length th req requi uire red d for for rene renewi wing ng the the seal sealin ing g rings rings..


S6

S7

VA

Q

P

Product code Orde Orderr cod codes es for for bo bore diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog sectio section n3

Brak Brake e di disk DB BB

2LC0300-1 ■ ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 2LC0300-1 ■ ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 2LC0300-2 ■ ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 2LC0300-2 ■ ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 2LC0300-3 ■ ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 2LC0300-3 ■ ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 2LC0300-4 ■ ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 2LC0300-4 ■ ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 2LC0300-5 ■ ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 2LC0300-5 ■ ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 2LC0300-6 ■ ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 2LC0300-6 ■ ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 2LC0300-7 ■ ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 2LC0300-7 ■ ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 AW AX BA 1 9 1 9

Weight m

kg 12.5 16 19 26 35 47 42 54 66 85 97 135 165 195

Ordering example: ZAPEX ZWB coupling, size 146, variant A, brake disk diameter DB = 315 mm, BB = 118 mm, Part 1: Bore Bore 40H7 40H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN DIN 6885-1 P9 and set screw screw,, Part 2: Bore Bore 45K7 45K7 mm, keyway keyway to to DIN 6885-1 6885-1 P9 and and set screw. screw. Product code: 2LC0300-2AW99-0BA0-Z L0W+M1A+M13


4/13

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Gea r Couplings — ZAPEX ZW Series Type ZWTR


A

B F D

BF Ø

Part 1

Driving surface

° 6 0

A

3 0 °

° 0 3

X

40° ° 0 4

° 0 3

Hole pattern 1

4

A

1 7 D D N Ø

NL1

A K 1 F F D D D Ø

Hole pattern 2

A

Ø

Ø Ø

2 0 0° °

12x10° (=120°)

V

12x10° (=120°)

° 1 0

° 1 0

° 0 3

X Wear check

° 0 3

G_MD10_EN_00051

Indicator

Cover

Part 1 W

Size

198 230 255 2901) 315 3421) 375 4151) 4651) 5051) 5451) 5851) 6401) 7301) ∅D1: D1:

Rated torque

Perm. radial load

Dimensions in mm D1 ND1 NL1 Keyway DIN 6885 min. max.


These sizes have connection dimensions to SEB 666 212.

4/14

V

A

BF

DFK DFB Hole pattern

h6 h9 T KN Nm N 14500 32500 0 95 135 125 340 220 300 45 15 300 15 17500 36500 0 110 160 130 360 240 320 45 15 320 15 24000 45500 0 125 185 145 380 260 340 45 15 340 19 31500 50000 0 145 210 170 400 280 360 45 15 360 19 42000 70000 0 160 230 175 420 310 380 60 20 380 24 55000 90000 0 180 255 185 450 340 400 60 20 400 24 78000 110000 0 200 290 220 510 400 460 60 20 460 24 104000 150000 0 220 320 240 550 420 500 60 20 50 0 2 4 155000 165000 0 250 360 260 580 450 530 60 20 53 0 2 4 235000 200000 0 275 400 315 650 530 580 65 25 60 0 2 4 390000 325000 0 300 440 350 680 560 600 65 25 63 0 2 4 460000 380000 0 330 480 380 710 600 640 81 35 66 0 2 8 600000 420000 0 360 520 410 780 670 700 81 35 73 0 2 8 880000 500000 0 415 600 450 850 730 760 81 35 80 0 2 8 • With Withou outt fin finis ishe hed d bor bore e – With Withou outt or order der cod codes es • With finished bore – With order order codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z)

Total wear must not exceed 1 x W.

1)

DFA D7

Hole pattern 3


Hole pattern 4

W

Perm. wear W

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 4 4

2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 5

Product code Weight Order codes for bore m diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog sectio section n3 2LC0300-4BN 2LC0300-5BN 2LC0300-6BN 2LC0300-7BN 2LC0300-8BN 2LC0301-0BN 2LC0301-1BN 2LC0301-2BN 2LC0301-3BN 2LC0301-4BN 2LC0301-5BN 2LC0301-6BN 2LC0301-7BN 2LC0302-0BN

0-0AA0 0-0AA0 ■ 0-0AA0 ■ 0-0AA0 ■ 0-0AA0 ■ 0-0AA0 ■ 0-0AA0 ■ 0-0AA0 ■ 0-0AA0 ■ 0-0AA0 ■ 0-0AA0 ■ 0-0AA0 ■ 0-0AA0 ■ 0-0AA0 1 9 ■ ■

kg 25 30 35 45 60 70 100 130 160 240 320 400 510 690

Ordering example: ZAPEX ZWTR coupling, size 198, 198, bore 80H7 80H7 mm, keyway to DIN 6885-1 P9 and and set screw. screw. Product code: 2LC0300-4BN90-0AA0 L1J

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Couplings — ZAPEX ZW Series Type ZBR


Part 3

VA

1 1 1 D D D Q A Ø D D N

NL1

S

2 2 A D D

NL2

Ø Ø Ø Ø

Ø Ø

4

P

Size

Geometry data D1 D2 Keyway Keyway DIN 6885 DIN 6885 min. max. min. max.

T KN Nm

Max. shear torque T BR Nm

Maximum speed n Kmax rpm

112

1300

1690

9400

0

45

0

55

143 65 65

50

170

110 106 56 56

45

128

2500

3250

8300

0

55

0

65

157 80 80

60

190

128 116 73 73

60

146

4300

5590

7300

0

65

0

75

177 95 95

75

205

146 131 88 88

75

175

7000

9100

6400

0

80

0

90

215 11 112 90

235

175 165 10 1 04 85 85

198

11600

15080

5500

0

95

0

110

237 135 100 285

198 182 119 110

230

19000

24700

4700

0

110

0

125

265 160 110 300

230 198 130 135

255

27000

35100

4100

0

125

0

150

294 185 125 335

255 215 150 160

290

39000

50700

3700

70

145

70

160

330 210 140 390

290 236 170 180

315

54000

70200

3300

80

160

80

180

366 230 160 415

315 257 190 200

342

69000

89700

3000

90

180

90

200

392 255 180 460

340 280 222 225

375

98000

127400

2700

100

200

100

220

430 290 200 495

375 292 242 260

415

130000

169000

2500

120

220

120

240

478 320 220 540

415 349 294 285

465

180000

234000

2200

140

250

140

280

528 360 240 635

465 380 336 325

505

250000

325000

2000

160

275

160

320

568 400 260 710

505 395 366 365

545

320000

416000

1800

180

300

180

360

620 440 280 800

545 433 406 405

585

400000

520000

1700

210

330

210

390

660 480 310 860

585 466 460 445

640

510000

663000

1600

690 730

∅D1: D1:

∅D2: D2:

Q P

Rated torque

G_MD10_EN_00052

DA ND1 NL1/ DA2 DD1 S NL2

VA

Q

P

Product code Plain text required for shear torque. Order codes for bore diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog sectio section n3

35 2LC0300-0BH Y99 45 2LC0300-1BH Y99 45 2LC0300-2BH Y99 50 2LC0300-3BH Y99 50 5 0 2LC0300-4BH Y99 50 2LC0300-5BH Y99 50 2LC0300-6BH Y99 60 2LC0300-7BH Y99 60 2LC0300-8BH Y99 60 2LC0301-0BH Y99 60 2LC0301-1BH Y99 80 2LC0301-2BH Y99 80 2LC0301-3BH Y99 80 2LC0301-4BH Y99 80 2LC0301-5BH Y99 80 2LC0301-6BH Y99 90 2LC0301-7BH Y99

kg

■■

-0AA0-Z 15

■■

-0AA0-Z 18

■■

-0AA0-Z 29.5

■■

-0AA0-Z 46

■■

-0AA0-Z 63

■■

-0AA0-Z 96

■■

-0AA0-Z 120

■■

-0AA0-Z 180

■■

-0AA0-Z 225

■■

-0AA0-Z 300

■■

-0AA0-Z 380

■■

-0AA0-Z 490

■■

-0AA0-Z 720

■■

-0AA0-Z 930

■■

-0AA0-Z 1350

■■

-0AA0-Z 1700

230 330 230 420 738 480 330 900 640 502 479 445 ■ ■ -0AA0-Z >330 360 520 660000 858000 1450 250 360 250 450 788 520 350 1020 690 528 516 475 90 2LC0301-8BH ■ ■ -0AA0-Z Y99 >360 390 560 790000 1027000 1350 275 390 275 480 834 560 380 1080 730 555 560 515 90 2LC0302-0BH ■ ■ -0AA0-Z Y99 >390 415 600 • With Withou outt fin finis ishe hed d bor bore e – With Withou outt ord order er code codes s 1 • Without finished bore from from size 640 for 2nd diameter range D1 – Without order order codes 2 • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) 9 • With Withou outt fin finis ishe hed d bor bore e – With Withou outt ord order er code codes s 1 • Without finished bore from from size 640 for 2nd diameter range D2 – Without order order codes 2 • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) 9

Diamet Diameter er requir required ed for renewi renewing ng the sealin sealing g rings rings.. Leng Length th req requi uire red d for for rene renewi wing ng the the seal sealin ing g rings rings..

Weight m

1900 1950 2650 2700 3200 3250

Mass moments of inertia on request. Weights apply to maximum bores. Siemens MD 10.1 · 2011

4/15

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Gea r Couplings — ZAPEX ZW Series Type ZWS

■ Selection and ordering data LS

ØD4

Part 1

Q Ø

1 1 A 1 D D D D D Ø N Ø

VA

NL1

Part 3

2 L

S

NL2

2 2 D 4 D N L Ø Ø

Ø Ø

4 G_MD10_EN_00053

P

For en engaging/disengaging du during st standstill. Dimensions in mm Size

Rated torque

Product code Shift ring Switch Order codes for bore L4 D4 L2 KSHN KSZH diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog sectio section n3

MaxiD1 D2 DA ND1/ NL1/ DD1 S VA Q P LS mum Keyway Keyway ND2 NL2 speed DIN 6885 DIN 6885 T KN n Kmax min. max. min. max. Nm rpm 2500 1500 0 55 0 50 157 80 80 60 128 11 1 16 73 7 3 60 45 70 150 15 15 4300 1300 0 65 0 60 177 95 95 75 146 13 1 31 88 8 8 75 45 86 180 16 16 7000 1100 0 80 0 70 215 112 90 175 165 104 85 50 101 180 16 11600 960 0 95 0 80 237 135 100 198 182 119 110 50 116 210 20 19000 830 0 110 0 100 265 160 110 230 198 130 135 50 126 260 22 27000 750 0 125 0 115 294 185 125 255 215 150 160 50 142 300 25 39000 660 70 145 70 130 330 210 140 290 236 170 180 60 157 315 25 54000 600 80 160 80 140 366 230 160 315 257 190 200 60 182 360 30 69000 560 90 180 90 160 392 255 180 340 280 222 225 60 202 360 30 98000 510 100 200 100 180 430 290 200 375 292 242 260 60 222 430 34 130000 460 120 220 120 210 478 320 220 415 349 294 285 80 247 – – 180000 410 140 250 140 230 528 360 240 465 380 336 325 80 267 – – 250000 380 160 275 160 260 568 400 260 505 395 366 365 80 287 – – 320000 350 180 300 180 280 620 440 280 545 433 406 405 80 315 – – • Without Without finish finished ed bore bore – Withou Withoutt order order codes codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) • Without Without finish finished ed bore bore – Withou Withoutt order order codes codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z)

128 146 175 198 230 255 290 315 342 375 415 465 505 545 ∅D1:

∅D2:

Q P

Par t 3 should be be mo mounted on on the shaft wh while th the shaft is is di disconnected and not being driven.


Mass moments of inertia on request. Weights apply to maximum bores. KSHN: Manual lever switch type KSHN to M4218 KSZH: Toothed Toothed rack type KSZH to M4215 Pneumatically or hydraulically actuated switches also available. Ordering example: ZAPEX ZWS coupling, size 146, Part 1: Bore 40H7 40H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN 6885-1 6885-1 P9 and set screw screw,, Part 3: Bore 45K7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN DIN 6885-1 P9 and set set screw. screw. Product code: 2LC0300-2BK99-0AA0-Z L0W+M1A+M13

4/16


14 16 16 18 20 22 35 24 24 26 – – – –

14/11 14/11 16/12 16/12 16/12 16/12 18/13 18/13 18/15 21/17 – – – – – – – –

– 2LC0300-1BK – 2LC0300-2BK – 2LC0300-3BK – 2LC0300-4BK 14/14 2LC0300-5BK 16/17 2LC0300-6BK 16/211 2LC0300-7BK 18/18 2LC0300-8BK 18/18 2LC0301-0BK 24/20 2LC0301-1BK – 2LC0301-2BK – 2LC0301-3BK – 2LC0301-4BK – 2LC0301-5BK

-0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 1 9 1 9 ■■

Weight m

kg 15.5 22.5 33 50 74 115 160 215 270 370 460 620 820 1000

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Couplings — ZAPEX ZW Series Type ZWNV

■ Selection and ordering data ØDD1 ØND1 ØQ

top

P

ØD1

Part 1 1 L N

J1

1 1 S

2 1 S

A V

4

1 T 2 L N J2

M

Part 2

bottom

P

ØD2

4 5 0 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

ØQ ØND2 ØDD2 ØDA

When ordering, state thread size M and thread length T1 of the thrust piece. Dimensions in mm

P

Mass moment of inertia J 1 / J J2

60

45

kgm2 0.015

88

75

45

0.024

33

104

85

50

0.057

10

40

119

110 5 0

0.099

230

11

32

130

13 5 50

0.18

125

255

14

40

150

16 0 50

0.30

210

140

290

19

50

170

180 6 0

0.57

366

230

160

315

18

50

190

200 6 0

0.94

180

392

255

180

340

29

72

222

225 6 0

1.4

100

200

430

290

200

375

29

72

242

260 60

2.2

2500

120

220

478

320

220

415

60

136

294

285 80

3.6

180000

2200

140

250

528

360

240

465

80

176

336

325 80

6.0

505

250000

2000

160

275

568

400

260

505

89

196

366

365 80

8.8

∅D1: D1:

• • • •

Size

128

T KN Nm 2500

Maximum D1, D2 speed Keyway DIN 6885 n Kmax min. max. rpm 8300 0 55

157

80

60

128

6.5

26

73

146

4300

7300

0

65

177

95

75

146

6

28

175

7000

6400

0

80

215

112

90

175

5.5

198

11600

5500

0

95

237

135

100

198

230

19000

4700

0

110

265

160

110

255

27000

4100

0

125

294

185

290

39000

3700

70

145

330

315

54000

3300

80

160

342

69000

3000

90

375

98000

2700

415

130000

465

∅D2: D2:

Q P

Rated torque

DA

ND1/ NL1/ DD1/ S11 S12 VA ND2 NL2 DD2

Q

Product code Plain text for thread size M and thread length T1 necessary. Order codes for bore diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog sectio section n3 2LC0300-1AH Y99 2LC0300-2AH Y99 2LC0300-3AH Y99 2LC0300-4AH Y99 2LC0300-5AH Y99 2LC0300-6AH Y99 2LC0300-7AH Y99 2LC0300-8AH Y99 2LC0301-0AH Y99 2LC0301-1AH Y99 2LC0301-2AH Y99 2LC0301-3AH Y99 2LC0301-4AH Y99

With Withou outt fin finis ishe hed d bor bore e – With Withou outt or order der cod codes es With finished bore – With order order codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) With Withou outt fin finis ishe hed d bor bore e – With Withou outt or order der cod codes es With finished bore – With order order codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z)

Diamet Diameter er requ require ired d for for renew renewing ing the sealin sealing g rings. rings. Leng Length th req requi uire red d for for rene renewi wing ng the the seal sealin ing g rings rings..

Mass moments of inertia apply to a coupling half with maximum bore diameter. Weights apply to the entire coupling with maximum b ores.

Weight

m

■■

kg -0AA0-Z 9.3

■■

-0AA0-Z 10.5

■■

-0AA0-Z 23

■■

-0AA0-Z 32

■■

-0AA0-Z 46

■■

-0AA0-Z 62

■■

-0AA0-Z 94

■■

-0AA0-Z 125

■■

-0AA0-Z 155

■■

-0AA0-Z 205

■■

-0AA0-Z 270

■■

-0AA0-Z 360

■■

-0AA0-Z 450

1 9 1 9

Ordering example: ZAPEX ZWNV ZWNV coupling, coupling, size 146, 146, thread thread M 10 x 20 deep, deep, Part 1: Bore 40H7mm, keyway to DIN 6885-1 P9 and set screw, Part 2: Bore 45K7 mm, keyway to DIN 6885-1 P9 and set screw. Product code: 2LC0300-2AH99-0AA0-Z L0W+M1A+M13+Y99 plain text to Y99: Thread Y99: Thread M10 x 20 mm Siemens MD 10.1 · 2011

4/17

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Gea r Couplings — ZAPEX ZW Series Type ZWSE

■ Selection and ordering data LS ØD4 J1

Part 1

4

D 1 1 D D D Ø N Ø

J2

2 L

Part 2

VA

S1

NL1

2 2 4 D D L Ø N

NL2

Ø

Ø

G_MD10_EN_00055

For engaging/disengaging during standstill. Protect sliding surfaces from dirt and corrosion; sprayed with adhesive g rease.

Part 2 should be mounted on on the shaft while the shaft is disconnected and not being driven.

Dimensions in mm

Size

128 146 175 198 230 255 290 315 342 375 415 465 505 ∅D1: D1:

∅D2: D2:

Rated Maxi- D1 torque mum Keyway speed DIN 6885 min. max. max. T KN n Kmax min.

D2 ND1 ND2 NL1/ NL1/ NL2 DD S1 Keyway DIN 6885 min. min. max. max.

Size

Nm rpm 2500 730 0 55 0 50 76.5 75 75 60 60 130 6 36.5 18 180 16 16 16 4300 630 0 65 0 60 91.5 90 75 75 150 6 50 210 20 18 18 7000 530 0 75 0 75 108 105 90 90 90 180 8 56.5 25 250 20 30 18 11600 470 0 90 0 90 130 130 10 1 00 100 204 8 64.5 26 260 22 20 18 19000 410 0 11 0 0 105 155 155 11 1 10 110 236 8 73 300 25 22 21 27000 370 0 12 5 0 120 180 180 125 125 260 10 82 355 25 35 24 39000 330 70 145 70 140 210 210 140 140 295 10 68.5 35 3 55 25 35 24 54000 300 80 160 80 160 230 230 160 160 325 10 76 355 25 35 24 69000 280 90 180 90 170 255 255 180 180 345 12 72 430 34 26 – 98000 250 100 200 100 200 280 280 200 200 378 12 97 430 34 26 – 130000 220 120 220 120 220 320 320 220 240 425 12 120 580 40 40 – 180000 200 140 250 140 250 360 360 240 260 470 16 150 580 40 40 – 250000 18 180 160 270 160 270 400 400 260 280 510 16 161 – – – • With Withou outt fini finish shed ed bor bore e – Wit Witho hout ut ord order er cod codes es • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance tolerance (product code without -Z) -Z) • With Withou outt fini finish shed ed bor bore e – Wit Witho hout ut ord order er cod codes es • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance tolerance (product code without -Z) -Z)

Mass moments of inertia apply to a coupling half with maximum bore diameter. Weights apply to the entire coupling with maximum b ores. Ordering example: ZAPEX ZWSE coupling, size 146, Part 1: Bore Bore 40H7 40H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN DIN 6885-1 P9 and and set screw, screw, Part 2: Bore Bore 45K7 45K7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN DIN 6885-1 P9 and set screw screw.. Product code: 2LC0300-2BM99-0AA0-Z L0W+M1A+M13

4/18

LS

Mass moment Shift ring Switch of inertia L4 D4 L2 KSHN KSZH J 1 / J J2



Weight

m

Size

– – – – – – – – 24 24 24 24 24

kgm2 0.018 0.04 0.1 0.17 0.33 0.58 0.9 1.5 3 3.9 8 11 15.2

2LC0300-1BM 2LC0300-2BM 2LC0300-3BM 2LC0300-4BM 2LC0300-5BM 2LC0300-6BM 2LC0300-7BM 2LC0300-8BM 2LC0301-0BM 2LC0301-1BM 2LC0301-2BM 2LC0301-3BM 2LC0301-4BM

-0AA0 -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 1 9 1 9 ■■ ■■

kg 9 14.5 23 33 47 68 84 100 151 186 290 350 410

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Couplings — ZAPEX ZW Series Customized hub design for ZAPEX ZW Series

■ Selection and ordering data ZAPEX couplings can be provided with customized S-dimensions and hub lengths. The entire dimension S results from the sum of the individual measurements SF1 and SF2. SF1 and SF2 are the measurements from the interstice of the coupling ring flange up to the beginning of the respective hub. As standard SF1 and SF2 are identical to each other and the entire S-dimension arises in accordance with them.

SF1 and SF2 can be chosen d ifferent on customer request, however the minimal and maximum values of the following table have to be observed. Within these limits the measurements SF1 and SF2 may be chosen freely. The distance VA of the coupling teeth, the permitted bore diameter and the hub diameter remain unchanged. By stating the hub S-dimension and both hub lengths the coupling is completely described. Interstice

Part 1

4

Part 2

S= SF1 + SF2 SF1 min.

SF2 max.

NL Standard S= SF1 + SF2

NL Special

SF1 max.

NL Special G_MD10_EN_00184

NL Standard SF2 min.

Part 1

Part 2 Interstice

Geometric data Size Size

112 128 146 175 198 230 255 290 315 342 375 415 465 505

Stan Standa dard rd hub hub leng length th Minim Minimal al dime dimens nsio ion n NL SF1 or SF2 Standard min.

Maximu imum dimension SF1 or SF2 max.

mm 50 60 75 90 100 110 125 140 160 180 200 220 240 260

mm 23 30.5 36.5 43 49.5 54 62.5 71 79 94 103 127 146 160

mm 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6 8 8

Product code The product code of the respective ZAPEX coupling type must be supplemented with -Z -Z and order codes for no standard SFY38 for Y39 for dimensions (order code Y38 for part 1 and Y39 for part 2). Y40 to Y49 must For no standard hub lengths the order codes Y40 to Y49 must be specified (see the table below). Ordering example: ZAPEX coupling ZWN 175, variant A Hub left: bore D1 = 70H7 mm, keyway to DIN 6885-1 P9 and set screw; NL1 = 160 mm; SF1 = 10 mm Hub right: bore D2 = 75H7 mm, keyway to DIN 6885-1 P9 and set screw; NL2 = 100 mm; SF2 = 25 mm Product code: 2LC0300-3AA99-0AA0-Z L1G M1H Y38 Y39 Y41 Y46 plain text to Y38: SF1 = 10 mm plain text to Y39: SF2 = 25 mm plain text to Y46: NL1 = 160 mm plain text to Y41: NL2 = 100 mm

The minimal hub lengths are not to fall below the standard hub lengths. If there's no other pos sibility, at the hub lengths smaller Y50 for than standard hub length the order codes Y50 for part 1 and Y51 for part 2 must be stated in plain text. Order code for hub prolongations prolongations (Y4. ); Std-NL = Standard hub length Part Part 1 Selected (special) hub length order code min. max. > Std-NL ≤ 1.25 1.25 · StdStd-NL NL Y Y 40 (specification 40 (specification of hub length in > 1.25 1.25 · StdStd-NL NL ≤ 1.5 1.5 · StdStd-NL NL Y42 (specification Y42 (specification of hub length in > 1.5 1.5 · StdStd-NL NL ≤ 1.75 1.75 · StdStd-NL NL Y Y 44 (specification 44 (specification of hub length in > 1.75 1.75 · StdStd-NL NL ≤ 2 · StdStd-NL NL Y46 (specification Y46 (specification of hub length in > 2 · StdStd-NL NL Y48 (specification Y48 (specification of hub length in

plain text) plain text) plain text) plain text) plain text)

Part Part 2 Selected (special) hub length order code min. max. > Std-NL ≤ 1.25 1.25 · StdStd-NL NL Y41 (specification Y41 (specification of hub length in > 1.25 1.25 · Std-N Std-NL L ≤ 1.5 1.5 · Std-N Std-NL L Y43 (specification Y43 (specification of hub length in > 1.5 1.5 · StdStd-NL NL ≤ 1.75 1.75 · StdStd-NL NL Y45 (specification Y45 (specification of hub length in > 1.75 1.75 · Std-N Std-NL L ≤ 2 · StdStd-NL NL Y47 (specification Y47 (specification of hub length in > 2 · StdStd-NL NL Y49 (specification Y49 (specification of hub length in



4/19

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Gea r Couplings — ZAPEX ZW Series Spare and wear parts

■ Selection and ordering data DUO sealing rings The DUO sealing rings are wear parts and must be replaced in accordance with the operating instructions. Size

4

112 128 146 175 198 230 255 290 315 342 375 415 465 505 545 585 640 690 730 780 852 910 1020 1080 1150 1160

1240

1310

1380

1440

1540

4/20

Hub diameter ND1/ND2 mm 65 80 95 112 135 160 185 210 230 255 290 320 360 400 440 480 480 520 520 560 560 600 600 650 650 710 710 750 750 800 800 860 860 930 860 930 990 930 990 1055 930 990 1055 1120 990 1055 1120 1170 1055 1120 1170 1240 1120 1170 1240 1310


Product code

2LC0300-0XG00-0AA0 2LC0300-1XG00-0AA0 2LC0300-2XG00-0AA0 2LC0300-3XG00-0AA0 2LC0300-4XG00-0AA0 2LC0300-5XG00-0AA0 2LC0300-6XG00-0AA0 2LC0300-7XG00-0AA0 2LC0300-8XG00-0AA0 2LC0301-0XG00-0AA0 2LC0301-1XG00-0AA0 2LC0301-2XG00-0AA0 2LC0301-3XG00-0AA0 2LC0301-4XG00-0AA0 2LC0301-5XG00-0AA0 2LC0301-6XG00-0AA0 2LC0301-7XG10-0AA0 2LC0301-7XG20-0AA0 2LC0301-8XG10-0AA0 2LC0301-8XG20-0AA0 2LC0302-0XG10-0AA0 2LC0302-0XG20-0AA0 2LC0302-1XG10-0AA0 2LC0302-1XG20-0AA0 2LC0302-2XG10-0AA0 2LC0302-2XG20-0AA0 2LC0302-3XG10-0AA0 2LC0302-3XG20-0AA0 2LC0302-4XG10-0AA0 2LC0302-4XG20-0AA0 2LC0302-5XG10-0AA0 2LC0302-5XG20-0AA0 2LC0302-6XG10-0AA0 2LC0302-6XG20-0AA0 2LC0302-7XG10-0AA0 2LC0302-7XG20-0AA0 2LC0302-7XG30-0AA0 2LC0302-8XG10-0AA0 2LC0302-8XG20-0AA0 2LC0302-8XG30-0AA0 2LC0303-0XG10-0AA0 2LC0303-0XG20-0AA0 2LC0303-0XG30-0AA0 2LC0303-0XG40-0AA0 2LC0303-1XG10-0AA0 2LC0303-1XG20-0AA0 2LC0303-1XG30-0AA0 2LC0303-1XG40-0AA0 2LC0303-2XG10-0AA0 2LC0303-2XG20-0AA0 2LC0303-2XG30-0AA0 2LC0303-2XG40-0AA0 2LC0303-3XG10-0AA0 2LC0303-3XG20-0AA0 2LC0303-3XG30-0AA0 2LC0303-3XG40-0AA0

Siemens Siemens high-performance high-performance grease (cartridge 300 g) FFA:000000501027 Sealing Sealing compound (tube (tube 60 ml) FFA:000001443780

5

© Siemens AG 2011

Torsionally Rigid Gear Couplings ZAPEX ZN Series 5/2

Overview

5/2

Benefits

5/2

Application

5/2

Design

5/3

Technical data

5/4 5/4

Type ZNN Selection and ordering data

5/5 5/5

Type ZNZS Selection and ordering data

5/6 5/6

Type ZNW Selection and ordering data

5/7 5/7

Type ZNBG Selection and ordering data

5/8 5/8

Type ZNNA Selection and ordering data

5/9 5/9

Type ZNZA Selection and ordering data

5/10 5/10

Type ZNNV Selection and ordering data

5/11 5/11

Type ZNN for axial displacement Selection and ordering data

5/12

Customized hub design for ZAPEX ZN Series Selection and ordering data

5/12 5/13 5/13

Type ZN – flange connection dimensions Selection and ordering data

5/14 5/14



© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Ge ar Couplings — ZAPEX ZN Series General information

■ Overview

Coupling suitable for potentially explosive environments. Complies with Directive 94/9/EC for: II 2 GD c 120 °C (T4) I M2 Materials • Hubs and flanged flanged sleeves sleeves:: Steel Steel • O ring: ring: Perbun Perbunan an • Lubricant: Lubricant: Grease Grease filling filling

5 ■ Benefits ZAPEX gear couplings link machine shafts and compensate for shaft misalignment with weak restorative forces. High transmissible torque combined with compactness and light weight are characteristic of ZAPEX couplings. ZAPEX coupling types are constructed on a modular principle, so application-related solutions can be delivered quickly.

This coupling requires very little maintenance. Regular grease changes at the prescribed intervals prolong the service life of the coupling.

■ Application ZAPEX couplings are especially suited for operation in harsh operating conditions, such as drives in the iron smelting or cement industry. ZAPEX couplings are suitable for reverse operation and horizontal mounting positions and, in t he case of type ZNNV, ZNNV, for vertical mounting positions.

■ Design A ZAPEX coupling comprises two hub sections with external teeth which are mounted on the machine shafts. The external teeth engage with a flanged sleeve with corresponding internal teeth. The flanged sleeves are connected via two flanges with close-fitting bolts. The teeth are lubricated with grease. On the ZAPEX type ZN, O-rings are used to seal the tooth space. The O-rings prevent the lubricant from escaping and dir t from entering the tooth space. The parallel keyways must be sealed during assembly to prevent lubricant from escaping. The torque is transmitted through the coupling teeth. The teeth are crowned, so angular displacement per tooth plane is possible. Radial misalignment can be compensated for v ia the space VA between the tooth planes. The internal teeth of the flanged sleeves are significantly wider than the external teeth of the hub parts, permitting a relatively high axial misalignment. A small angular misalignment on the coupling teeth results in an advantageous distribution of the lubricant film in contact with the teeth and a very low wear rate. This favorable condition can be deliberately set by aligning the drive with the machine shafts with a slight radial misalignment.

5/2


ZAPEX ZN gear coupling types Type Z NN ZNZS Z NW Z N BG Z NN A ZNZA Z NN V Z NN

Description Standard type With adapter With intermediate shaft With straight brake disk With axial backlash limiter With adapter and ax axial ba backlash limiter Vertical type For axial displacement

Further application-related coupling types are available. Dimension sheets for and information on these are available on request. Customized hub designs are described after the types.

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear G ear Couplings — ZAPEX ZN Series General information


Rated torque

Maximum torque

Overload torque

Fatigue torque

Torsional stiffness

Permitted axial shaft misalignment

T Kmax Nm 2040 4420 8040 13200 22000 38400 61360 87100 123500 174200 234000 325000

T KOL Nm 4080 8840 16080 26400 44000 76800 122720 174200 247000 348400 468000 650000

T KW

ZN C Tdyn

∆Ka

83 107 130 156 181 211 250 274 307 333 364 424

T KN Nm 1020 2210 4020 6600 11000 19200 30680 43550 61750 87100 117000 162500

408 884 1600 2640 4400 7680 12270 17400 24700 34800 46800 64800

kNm/rad 500 1400 2500 5800 9200 16600 27300 41500 61000 79000 99000 156000

mm 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

5

The specified torsional stiffness "ZN" applies to coupling types ZNN, ZNNA, ZNNV and ZNN for axial displacement. Torsional stiffness of typ es ZNZS, ZNZW, ZNBG and ZNZ A on request. The axial misalignment ∆Ka must be understood as the maximum permitted enlargement of the hub distance S of the coupling. Angular misalignment ∆Kw • Types ZNN, ZNZS, ZNW, ZNW, ZNNV, ZNNV, ZNN for axial displacement: 0.5° ∆Kw = 0.5° • Types ZNBG, ZNBG, ZNNA, ZNZA: ∆Kw = 0.2° 0.2° Radial misalignment ∆Kr • Types ZNN, ZNZS, ZNW, ZNW, ZNNV, ZNNV, ZNN for axial displacement: 0.5° ∆Kr ≤ VA ⋅ tan 0.5° • Types ZNBG, ZNBG, ZNNA, ZNZA: ∆Kr ≤ VA ⋅ tan tan 0.2° 0.2° For the tooth distance VA, see the relevant table for the subassembly.


5/3

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Ge ar Couplings — ZAPEX ZN Series Type ZNN


Part 1

J2

VA

Part 1

Part 2

Part 2

Variant A S1

Part 1

Part 2

S1 A 4 1 Q 1 D D D D N Ø Ø Ø Ø

NL1

NL2

2 Q 2 4 D Ø D N D Ø

Ø

Ø Ø

Variant AB S2

5

Part 1

P

Part 2

P

G_MD10_EN_00057a

Variant B S3

Dimensions in mm

Size

Rated torque

83 107 130 156 181 211 250 274 307 333 364 424 Variant:

∅D1: ∅D2:

T KN Nm 1020 2210 4020 6600 11000 19200 30680 43550 61750 87100 117000 162500

MaxiD1, D2 DA ND1/ NL1/ D4 S1 S2 S3 VA Q P mum Keyway ND2 NL2 speed DIN 6885 6885 n Kmax min. max. rpm kgm2 8500 0 50 117 67 43 83 3 12 21 55 52 31 0.003 7700 0 65 152 87 50 107 3 9 15 59 68 34 0.009 6900 0 82 178 108 62 129.5 3 17 31 79 85 42 0.02 6200 0 100 213 130 76 156 5 17 29 93 110 47 0.05 5800 0 116 240 153 90 181 5 19 33 109 130 58 0.09 5100 0 137 280 180 105 211 6 23 40 128 150 67 0.21 4500 0 164 318 214 120 249.5 6 24 42 144 175 72 0.39 4000 80 178 347 233 135 274 8 29 50 164 190 81 0.59 3750 90 198 390 260 150 307 8 32 56 182 220 91 1 .1 3550 100 216 425.5 283 175 332.5 8 39 70 214 250 104 1.8 3400 120 242 457 312 190 364 8 46 84 236 265 126 2.3 3200 150 288 527 371 220 423.5 10 43 76 263 300 140 4.9 •A •B • AB • Wi W ithout finished bore – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order codes for diameter and tolerance (product code without -Z) -Z) • Wi W ithout finished bore – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order codes for diameter and tolerance (product code without -Z) -Z)

Q

Diamet Diameter er requir required ed for renewi renewing ng the sealin sealing g rings rings..

P

Length Len gth requir required ed for for rene renewin wing g the sealing sealing rings, rings, align aligning ing the the coupling parts and tightening the set screw.


5/4



Product code

Weight

Order codes for bore diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog section 3

m

2LC0330-0A 2LC0330-1A 2LC0330-2A 2LC0330-3A 2LC0330-4A 2LC0330-5A 2LC0330-6A 2LC0330-7A 2LC0330-8A 2LC0331-0A 2LC0331-1A 2LC0331-2A

■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0

kg 3.2 6.5 9.8 17.5 25.5 43 60 82 115 155 180 275

A B C 1 9 1 9

Ordering example: ZAPEX ZNN coupling, size 107, variant A, Part 1: Bore Bore 40H7 40H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN DIN 6885-1 P9 and set screw screw,, Part 2: Bore Bore 45K7 45K7 mm, keyway to DIN DIN 6885-1 P9 and and set screw. screw. Product code: 2LC0330-1AA99-0AA0-Z L0W+M1A+M13

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear G ear Couplings — ZAPEX ZN Series Type ZNZS


Part 1

VA LZ

VA1

Part 2

VA1

Part 1

S8

S8

NL1

A 4 1 Q 1 D D D D Ø Ø N Ø Ø

Part 2

S

NL2

2 Q 2 4 A D Ø D D N D Ø Ø Ø

S9

Ø

Ø

S9

Variant A

5 P

P G_MD10_EN_00058a

Variant B

T KN

Dimensions in mm D1, D2 DA Keyway DIN 6885 6885 min. max.

83

Nm 1020

0

50

117

67

43

83

10.5

1.5

27.5

52

31

75

107

2210

0

65

152

87

50

107

7.5

1.5

29.5

68

34

85

130

4020

0

82

178

108

62

129.5 15 1 5.5

1.5

39.5

85

42

95

156

6600

0

1 00

213

130

76

156

14.5

2.5

46.5

110

47

110

181

11000

0

116

240

153

90

181

16.5

2.5

54.5

130

58

110

211

19200

0

137

280

180

105

211

20

3

64

150

67

125

250

30680

0

164

318

214

120

249.5 21 21

3

72

175

72

125

274

43550

80

178

347

233

135

274

25

4

82

190

81

125

307

61750

90

198

390

260

150

307

28

4

91

220

91

145

333

87100

100

216

425.5 283

175

332.5 35

4

107

250

104

145

364

117000

120

242

457

312

190

364

42

4

118

265

126

145

424

162500

150

288

527

371

220

423.5 38

5

131.5 300

140

145

Size

Rated torque

Variant:

∅D1: ∅D2:

ND1/ NL1/ D4 ND2 NL2

S8

S9

VA1

Q

P

LZ

min.

Product code Plain text required for dimension S

m

Or Order codes for bore diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog section 3 2LC0330-0A Q0Y 2LC0330-1A Q0Y 2LC0330-2A Q0Y 2LC0330-3A Q0Y 2LC0330-4A Q0Y 2LC0330-5A Q0Y 2LC0330-6A Q0Y 2LC0330-7A Q0Y 2LC0330-8A Q0Y 2LC0331-0A Q0Y 2LC0331-1A Q0Y 2LC0331-2A Q0Y

•A •B • Wi W ithout finished bore – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) • Wi W ithout finished bore – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z)

VA = 2 ⋅ VA1 + LZ

Weight m

■ ■

each 100 100 mm pipe kg kg 5.5 ■ -0AZ0 0.9

■ ■ ■ -0AZ0

0.8

12

■ ■ ■ -0AZ0

1.2

16

■ ■ ■ -0AZ0

2.3

28

■ ■ ■ -0AZ0

3.5

40

■ ■ ■ -0AZ0

4.5

64

■ ■ ■ -0AZ0

6.3

91

■ ■ ■ -0AZ0

7.2

115

■ ■ ■ -0AZ0

9.1

175

■ ■ ■ -0AZ0

12

220

■ ■ ■ -0AZ0

15

245

■ ■ ■ -0AZ0

16

360

D E 1 9 1 9

Q

Diamet Diameter er requir required ed for renewi renewing ng the sealing sealing rings. rings.

Weights apply to the entire coupling with maximum bores and an adapter length of LZ min.

P

Length requir Length required ed for for rene renewin wing g the sealing sealing rings, rings, align aligning ing the the coupling parts and tightening the set screw.

Maximum speed, limited by weight and critical adapter speed, on request.

Mass moments of inertia on request.


5/5

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Ge ar Couplings — ZAPEX ZN Series Type ZNW

■ Selection and ordering data VA1

Coupling 1

VA

Part 3

Part 1

S4 1 A 1 D D D Ø N Ø

NL1

Ø

NLW1

VA1

Coupling 2

Intermediate shaft

1 1 4 W W D D D Ø N Ø Ø

2 2 4 W D D W Ø N D

S4 NL2

NLW2

Ø Ø

Ø Ø

LW S

2 2 D A D N D Ø

Variant B

5

G_MD10_EN_00059a

Part 3

Part 1 Variant A S10

S10

Size

83 107 130 156 181 211 250 274 307 333 364 424 Variant:

Rated torque

T KN Nm 1020 2210 4020 6600 11000 19200 30680 43550 61750 87100 117000 162500

∅D1: ∅D2:

Dimensions in mm D1, D2 DA Keyway DIN 6885 6885 min.

max.

ND1/ NL1/ DW1, DW2 ND2 NL2/ Keyway NLW1/ DIN 6885 6885 NLW2 min. max.

S4

S10

VA1

Product code Order codes for bore diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog section 3

0 61 117 83 43 0 50 67 83 12 3 29 2LC0330-0A ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 0 79 152 107 50 0 65 87 107 9 3 31 2LC0330-1A ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 0 96 178 129.5 62 0 82 108 129.5 17 3 41 2LC0330-2A ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 0 116 213 156 76 0 100 130 156 17 5 49 2LC0330-3A ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 0 134 240 181 90 0 11 6 153 181 19 5 57 2LC0330-4A ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 0 156 280 211 105 0 1 37 180 211 23 6 67 2LC0330-5A ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 0 184 318 249.5 120 0 1 64 214 249.5 24 6 75 2LC0330-6A ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 80 202 347 274 135 80 1 78 233 274 29 8 86 2LC0330-7A ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 90 228 390 307 150 90 1 98 260 307 32 8 95 2LC0330-8A ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 100 247 425.5 332.5 175 100 2 16 283 332.5 39 8 111 2LC0331-0A ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 120 270 457 364 190 120 2 42 312 364 46 8 122 2LC0331-1A ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 150 313 527 423.5 220 150 288 371 423.5 43 10 136.5 2LC0331-2A ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 •A V W •B • Wi W ithout finished bore – Without order codes 1 • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) 9 • Wi W ithout finished bore – Without order codes 1 • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) 9

VA = S – 2 ⋅ VA1 Mass moments of inertia on request. Weights apply to either coupling 1 or 2 with maximum bores, without intermediate shaft. Maximum speed, limited by weight and critical speed of intermediate shaft, on request. Ordering example: Coupli Coupling ng 1: ZAPEX ZNW coupling, size 107, variant B, Part 3: Bore 45K7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN DIN 6885-1 P9 and set set screw, screw, Part 1: Bore 45H7 45H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN 6885-1 P9 P9 and set screw screw.. Product code: 2LC0330-1AW99-0AA0-Z L1A+L13+M1A

5/6

NDW1/ D4 NDW2


Weight m

kg 3.1 6.2 9.5 17 24.5 41 58 76 110 150 170 270

Intermediate shaft: Intermediate shaft to ZAPEX ZNW coupling, size 107, length LW = 570 mm, shaft shaft journ journal al ∅45p6 45p6 x 50 long long;; keyway keyway DIN 688 6885-1. 5-1. Product code: 2LC9330-0XH00-0AA0-Z Y99 plain text to Y99: DW1 = 45p6 mm, NLW1 = 50 mm, DW2 = 45p6 mm, NLW2 = 50 mm, LW = 570 mm Coupli Coupling ng 2: ZAPEX ZNW coupling, size 107, variant B, Part 1: Bore Bore 45H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN 6885-1 P9 and set set screw, screw, Part 3: Bore Bore 45K7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN DIN 6885-1 P9 P9 and set screw. screw. Product code: 2LC0330-0AW99-0AA0-Z L1A+M1A+M13

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear G ear Couplings — ZAPEX ZN Series Type ZNBG

■ Selection and ordering data E3 VA

Part 1

Part 1

Part 2

Part 2

A

1 B A 4 1 Q D D D D N Ø D Ø Ø Ø Ø

Ø

A NL1

Variant A S14 NL2

S14

2 Q 2 4 A D Ø D D D Ø N Ø Ø Ø

Part 1 P

Part 2

P G_MD10_EN_00061a

Variant AB

12.7

5

S15

Variant limited in displacement and axial movement. Max. displ acement 0.2°. Dimensions in mm Size

83 107 130

Rated torque T KN Nm 1020 2210 4020

156

6600

181

11000

211

250

274

307

19200

30680

43550

61750

333

87100

364 Variant:

117000

∅D1: ∅D2:

Q P

Brake disk DB E3

MaxiD1, D2 DA ND1/ NL1/ D4 S14 S15 A VA Q P mum Keyway ND2 NL2 speed DIN 6885 6885 n Kmax min. max. rpm 3800 0 50 117 67 43 83 17 26 0.5 69 52 31 300 52 3200 0 65 152 87 50 107 20.5 26 26.5 0. 0.5 76 76.5 68 34 356 61 3200 0 82 178 108 62 129.5 20.5 34 3 4.5 0. 0 .5 96 96.5 85 42 356 73 2800 17.5 31.5 93.5 406 71.5 2800 0 100 213 130 76 156 20 32 0.5 108 110 47 47 406 87 2500 23 35 111 457 88.5 2800 0 116 240 153 90 181 20 34 0.5 12 124 130 58 5 8 406 101 2500 23 37 127 457 102.5 2200 23 37 127 514 102.5 2500 0 137 280 180 105 211 24.5 41.5 0.5 14 1 46.5 150 67 457 118.5 2200 24.5 41.5 146.5 514 118.5 1850 24.5 41.5 146.5 610 118.5 2200 0 164 318 214 120 249.5 24 42 1.0 16 162 175 72 514 133 1850 24 42 162 610 133 1600 27 45 165 711 134.5 2200 80 178 347 233 135 274 26.5 47.5 1.0 18 1 82.5 190 81 514 149.5 1850 26.5 47.5 182.5 610 149.5 1600 29.5 50.5 185.5 711 151 1400 35.5 56.5 191.5 812 154 1850 90 198 390 260 150 307 27 51 1.0 20 201 220 91 610 165 1600 30 54 204 711 166.5 1400 36 60 210 812 169.5 1600 100 216 425.5 283 175 332.5 30 61 1.0 236 250 104 711 191.5 1400 36 67 242 812 194.5 1400 120 242 457 312 190 364 36 74 1.0 26 2 64 265 126 812 209.5 •A • AB • Without finished bore – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance tolerance (product code without -Z) -Z) • Without finished bore – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance tolerance (product code without -Z) -Z)

Diamet Diameter er requir required ed for renewi renewing ng the sealin sealing g rings rings.. Length Len gth requir required ed for for rene renewin wing g the sealing sealing rings, rings, align aligning ing the the coupling parts and tightening the set screw. Mass moments of inertia on request. Weights apply to the entire coupling with maximum b ores.

Product code

Weight


m

2LC0330-0A 2LC0330-1A 2LC0330-2A 2LC0330-2A 2LC0330-3A 2LC0330-3A 2LC0330-4A 2LC0330-4A 2LC0330-4A 2LC0330-5A 2LC0330-5A 2LC0330-5A 2LC0330-6A 2LC0330-6A 2LC0330-6A 2LC0330-7A 2LC0330-7A 2LC0330-7A 2LC0330-7A 2LC0330-8A 2LC0330-8A 2LC0330-8A 2LC0331-0A 2LC0331-0A 2LC0331-1A

■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0CA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0CA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0CA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0CA0 ■ ■ ■ -0DA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0CA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ ■ -0BA0 ■ ■ ■ -0AA0

kg 10 16 16.5 19.5 29 33 38 42 46 58 63 71 77 87 97 97 105 115 130 140 155 170 190 205 235

Q R 1 9 1 9

Ordering example: ZAPEX ZNBG coupling, size 107, variant A, brake brake disk disk diam diamete eterr DB = 356 mm, Part 1: Bore Bore 40H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN 6885-1 P9 and set set screw, screw, Part 2: Bore Bore 45K7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN DIN 6885-1 P9 and set set screw. screw. Product code: 2LC0330-1AQ99-0AA0-Z L0W+M1A+M13


5/7

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Ge ar Couplings — ZAPEX ZN Series Type ZNNA


J2

Part 1

A A 4 1 Q 1 D D D N Ø D Ø Ø Ø

Part 2

VA

A NL1

A

A

S16 NL2

Ø

2 4 2 D Q D D Ø Ø N Ø Ø

5 P

P G_MD10_EN_00062a

Variant limited in displacement and axial movement. Max. displ acement 0.2°. Dimensions in mm

Size

Rated torque

Maximum D1, D2 DA ND1/ NL1/ D4 S16 A VA Q P speed Keyway ND2 NL2 DIN 6885 6885 T KN n Kmax min. max. Nm rpm 1020 8500 0 50 117 67 43 83 5 0.5 57 52 31 2210 7700 0 65 152 87 50 107 6 0.5 62 68 34 4020 6900 0 82 178 108 62 129.5 6 0.5 82 85 42 6600 6200 0 100 213 130 76 156 9 0.5 97 110 47 11000 5800 0 116 240 153 90 181 9 0.5 113 130 58 19200 5100 0 137 280 180 105 211 11 0.5 133 150 67 30680 4500 0 164 318 214 120 249.5 10 10 1 148 175 72 43550 4000 80 178 347 233 135 274 13 1 169 190 81 61750 3750 90 198 390 260 150 307 14 1 188 220 91 87100 3550 1 00 216 425.5 283 175 332.5 14 1 220 250 104 117000 3400 120 242 457 312 190 364 14 1 242 265 126 162500 3200 150 288 527 371 220 423.5 18 18 1 271 300 140 • With Withou outt fin finis ishe hed d bor bore e – With Withou outt or order der cod codes es • With finished bore – With order order codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) • With Withou outt fin finis ishe hed d bor bore e – With Withou outt or order der cod codes es • With finished bore – With order order codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z)

83 107 130 156 181 211 250 274 307 333 364 424 ∅D1: D1:

∅D2: D2:

Q


P



5/8


Mass moment of inertia J1/J2

kgm2 0.003 0.010 0.021 0.050 0.095 0.22 0.40 0.64 1.1 1.8 2.4 4.9

Product code

Weight


m

2LC0330-0AF 2LC0330-1AF 2LC0330-2AF 2LC0330-3AF 2LC0330-4AF 2LC0330-5AF 2LC0330-6AF 2LC0330-7AF 2LC0330-8AF 2LC0331-0AF 2LC0331-1AF 2LC0331-2AF

■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0

kg 3.3 6.7 10.5 18 26.5 44 62 82 115 155 185 285

1 9 1 9

Ordering example: ZAPEX ZNNA coupling, size 107, Part 1: Bore 40H7 40H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN 6885-1 P9 and and set screw, screw, Part 2: Bore 45K7 45K7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN 6885-1 6885-1 P9 and set screw. screw. Product code: 2LC0330-1AF99-0AA0-Z L0W+M1A+M13

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear G ear Couplings — ZAPEX ZN Series Type ZNZA

■ Selection and ordering data VA VA1 S17

Part 1

4 1 A 1 D D Q D D Ø Ø N Ø Ø

A

VA1 S17

LZ

A

A

NL1

Part 2

A NL2

S

Ø

2 4 2 Q D D D Ø N Ø Ø

Ø

5 P

P

G_MD10_EN_00063a

Variant limited in displacement and axial movement. Max. displ acement 0.2°.

T KN

Dimensions in mm D1, D2 DA Keyway DIN 6885 6885 min. max.

83

Nm 1020

0

50

117

67

43

83

2.5

0.5

28.5

52

31

75

107

2210

0

65

152

87

50

107

3

0.5

31

68

34

85

130

4020

0

82

178

108

62

129.5 3

0.5

41

85

42

95

156

6600

0

1 00

213

130

76

156

4.5

0.5

48.5

110

47

110

181

11000

0

116

240

153

90

181

4.5

0.5

56.5

130

58

110

211

19200

0

137

280

180

105

211

5.5

0.5

66.5

150

67

125

250

30680

0

164

318

214

120

249.5 5

1

74

175

72

125

274

43550

80

178

347

233

135

274

6.5

1

84.5

190

81

125

307

61750

90

198

390

260

150

307

7

1

94

220

91

145

333

87100

100

216

425.5 283

175

332.5 7

1

110

250

104

145

364

117000

120

242

457

312

190

364

7

1

121

265

126

145

424

162500

150

288

527

371

220

423.5 9

1

135.5 300

140

145

∅D1: D1:

• • • •

Size

∅D2: D2:

Rated torque


S17

A

VA1

Q

P

LZ

min.

Product code Order codes for bore diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog section 3

2LC0330-0AG Q0Y 2LC0330-1AG Q0Y 2LC0330-2AG Q0Y 2LC0330-3AG Q0Y 2LC0330-4AG Q0Y 2LC0330-5AG Q0Y 2LC0330-6AG Q0Y 2LC0330-7AG Q0Y 2LC0330-8AG Q0Y 2LC0331-0AG Q0Y 2LC0331-1AG Q0Y 2LC0331-2AG Q0Y


VA = 2 ⋅ VA1 + LZ Q Diamet Diameter er requ require ired d for for renew renewing ing the sealing sealing rings. rings. P Length Len gth requir required ed for for rene renewin wing g the sealing sealing rings, rings, align aligning ing the the coupling parts and tightening the set screw. Mass moments of inertia on request. Weights apply to the entire coupling with maximum bores and an adapter length of LZ min. Maximum speed, limited by weight and critical adapter speed, on request.

■

Weight m

m

each 100 100 mm pipe kg kg 5.5 ■ -0AZ0 0.9

■ ■ -0AZ0

0.8

12

■ ■ -0AZ0

1.2

16

■ ■ -0AZ0

2.3

28

■ ■ -0AZ0

3.5

40

■ ■ -0AZ0

4.5

64

■ ■ -0AZ0

6.3

91

■ ■ -0AZ0

7.2

115

■ ■ -0AZ0

9.1

175

■ ■ -0AZ0

12

220

■ ■ -0AZ0

15

245

■ ■ -0AZ0

16

360

1 9 1 9

Ordering example: ZAPEX ZNZA coupling, size 107, adapter for S = 250 mm, Part 1: Bore 40H7 mm, keyway to DIN 6885-1 P9 and set screw, Part 2: Bore 45K7 mm, keyway to DIN 6885-1 P9 and set screw. Product code: 2LC0330-1AG99-0AZ0-Z L0W+M1A+Q0Y+M13 plain text to Q0Y: Q0Y: S = 250 mm


5/9

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Ge ar Couplings — ZAPEX ZN Series Type ZNNV

■ Selection and ordering data ØD4 ØND1 ØQ

top

Part 1

ØD1

P

J1

1 L N

1 1 S

2 1 S

A V 1 T

2 L N J2

5

Part 2

P

M ØD2 ØQ

a 4 6 0 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

ØND2 ØD4

bottom

ØDA

When ordering, state thread size M and thread length T1 of the thrust piece. Dimensions in mm

P

Mass moment of inertia J 1 / J J2

52

31

kgm2 0.003

59

68

34

0.009

129.5 12.5 31

79

85

42

0.023

76

156

10.5 29

93

110 47

0.055

153

90

181

12.5 33

109 130 58

0.10

280

180

105

211

15

40

128 150 67

0.22

164

318

214

120

249.5 17

42

144 175 72

0.37

80

178

347

233

135

274

19.5 50

164 190 81

0.64

3750

90

198

390

260

150

307

22

56

182 220 91

1.2

87100

3550

100

216

425.5 283

175

332.5 29

70

214 250 104 1.8

364

117000

3400

120

242

457

312

190

364

36

84

236 265 126 2.6

424

162500

3200

150

288

527

371

220

423.5 30

76

263 300 140 5.4

∅D1: D1:

• • • •

Size

Rated torque

83

T KN Nm 1020

Maximum D1, D2 speed Keyway DIN 6885 6885 n Kmax min. max. rpm 8500 0 50

117

67

43

83

8

21

55

107

2210

7700

0

65

152

87

50

107

4.5

15

130

4020

6900

0

82

178

108

62

156

6600

6200

0

100

213

130

181

11000

5800

0

116

240

211

19200

5100

0

137

250

30680

4500

0

274

43550

4000

307

61750

333

∅D2: D2:

DA


S11

Q

Weight


m

2LC0330-0AH Y99 2LC0330-1AH Y99 2LC0330-2AH Y99 2LC0330-3AH Y99 2LC0330-4AH Y99 2LC0330-5AH Y99 2LC0330-6AH Y99 2LC0330-7AH Y99 2LC0330-8AH Y99 2LC0331-0AH Y99 2LC0331-1AH Y99 2LC0331-2AH Y99


Q


P



5/10

S12 VA

Product code


■ ■ -0AA0-Z

kg 3.5

■ ■ -0AA0-Z

6.6

■ ■ -0AA0-Z

10.5

■ ■ -0AA0-Z

17

■ ■ -0AA0-Z

25.5

■ ■ -0AA0-Z

40

■ ■ -0AA0-Z

54

■ ■ -0AA0-Z

87

■ ■ -0AA0-Z

130

■ ■ -0AA0-Z

160

■ ■ -0AA0-Z

190

■ ■ -0AA0-Z

270

1 9 1 9

Ordering example: ZAPEX ZNNV coupling, size 107, Part 1: Bore Bore 40H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN 6885-1 P9 and set set screw, screw, Part 2: Bore Bore 45K7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN DIN 6885-1 P9 P9 and set screw, screw, thread M10 x 20 deep. Product code: 2LC0330-1AH99-0AA0-Z L0W +M1A +M13+Y99 plain text to Y99: Thread M10 x 20

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear G ear Couplings — ZAPEX ZN Series Type ZNN for axial displacement


Part 1

J2

J1

Part 2

VA

S 1 A 4 D Q 1 D D N Ø D Ø Ø Ø

NL1

Ø

NL2

2 Q 2 4 D Ø D N D Ø

Ø Ø

5 P

P

G_MD10_EN_00065a

Dimensions in mm

Size

83 107 130 156 181 211 250 274 307 333 364 424 ∅D1: D1:

∅D2: D2:

Rated torque


Maximum D1, D2 DA ND1/ NL1/ D4 S S VA Q P speed Keyway ND2 NL2 DIN 6885 6885 T KN n Kmax min. max. min. max. Nm rpm kgm2 1020 8500 0 50 117 67 43 83 6 21 55 52 31 0.003 2210 7700 0 65 152 87 50 107 7 15 59 68 34 0.010 4020 6900 0 82 178 108 62 129.5 16 16 31 79 85 42 0.021 6600 6200 0 100 213 130 76 156 11 29 93 110 47 0.050 11000 5800 0 116 240 153 90 181 11 33 109 130 58 0.095 19200 5100 0 137 280 180 105 211 14 40 128 150 67 0.22 30680 4500 0 164 318 214 120 249.5 12 12 42 144 175 72 0.40 43550 4000 80 178 347 233 135 274 16 50 164 190 81 0.64 61750 3750 90 198 390 260 150 307 17 56 182 220 91 1.1 87100 3550 100 216 425.5 283 175 332.5 17 70 214 250 104 1.8 117000 3400 120 242 457 312 190 364 17 84 236 265 126 2.4 162500 3200 150 288 527 371 220 423.5 23 76 263 300 140 4.9 • With Withou outt fin finis ishe hed d bor bore e – With Withou outt or order der cod codes es • With finished bore – With order order codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) • With Withou outt fin finis ishe hed d bor bore e – With Withou outt or order der cod codes es • With finished bore – With order order codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z)

VA

Valid lid at at S max. max.

Q


P



Product code

Weight


m

2LC0330-0AY 2LC0330-1AY 2LC0330-2AY 2LC0330-3AY 2LC0330-4AY 2LC0330-5AY 2LC0330-6AY 2LC0330-7AY 2LC0330-8AY 2LC0331-0AY 2LC0331-1AY 2LC0331-2AY

■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0

kg 3.3 6.7 10.5 18 26.5 44 62 82 115 155 185 285

1 9 1 9

Ordering example: ZAPEX ZNN coupling for axial displacement, size 107, S min. = 7 mm, S max. = 12 mm, Part 1: Bore Bore 40H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN 6885-1 P9 and set set screw, screw, Part 2: Bore Bore 45K7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN DIN 6885-1 P9 and set set screw. screw. Product code: 2LC0330-0AY99-0AA0-Z L0W +M1A +M13


5/11

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Ge ar Couplings — ZAPEX ZN Series Customized hub design for ZAPEX ZN Series

■ Selection and ordering data ZAPEX couplings can be provided with customized S-dimensions and hub lengths. The entire dimension S results from the sum of the individual measurements SF1 and SF2. SF1 and SF2 are the measurements from the interstice of the coupling ring flange up to the beginning of the respective hub. As standard SF1 and SF2 are identical to each other and the entire S-dimension arises in accordance with them.

SF1 and SF2 can be chosen d ifferent on customer request, however the minimal and maximum values of the following table have to be observed. Within these limits the measurements SF1 and SF2 may be chosen freely. The distance VA of the coupling teeth, the permitted bore diameter and the hub diameter remain unchanged. By stating the hub S-dimension and both hub lengths the coupling is completely described.

Interstice Part 1

Part 2

5

S= SF1 + SF2

SF1 min.

SF2 max.

NL Standard

NL Special G_MD10_EN_00183

S= SF1 + SF2

NL Special

SF1 max.

NL Standard SF2 min.

Part 1

Part 2 Interstice

Geometric data Siz Size

83 107 130 156 181 211 250 274 307 333 364 424

Stan Standa darrd hu hub le lenght ght NL Standard

Min Minimal imal dime dimen nsio sion Max Maximu imum dim dime ensio sion SF1 or SF2 SF1 or SF2 min. max.

mm 43 50 62 76 90 105 120 135 150 175 190 220

mm 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 4 4 4 4 5

mm 22 23.5 32 36.5 43.5 51 59 64.5 72 85 92 100

Product code The product code of the respective ZAPEX coupling type must -Z and order codes for no standard SFbe supplemented with -Z and Y38 for Y39 for dimensions (order code Y38 for part 1 and Y39 for part 2). For no standard hub lengths the order codes Y40 to Y49 must Y40 to Y49 must be specified (see the table below). Ordering example: ZAPEX coupling ZNN 130, variant A Hub left: bore D1 = 70H7 mm, keyway to DIN 6885-1 P9 and set screw; NL1 = 110 mm; SF1 = 10 mm Hub right: bore D2 = 75H7 mm, keyway to DIN 6885-1 P9 and set screw; NL2 = 75 mm; SF2 = 25 mm

The minimal hub lengths are not to fall below the standard hub lengths. If there‘s no other possibility, for hub lengths smaller than stanY50 for Y51 for dard hub lengths the order codes Y50 for part 1 and Y51 for part 2 must be stated in plain text.

Product code: 2LC0330-2AA99-0AA0-Z L1G M1H Y38 Y39 Y41 Y46 plain text to Y38: SF1 SF1 = 10 mm SF2 = 25 mm plain text to Y39: SF2 plain text to Y46: NL1 = 110 mm plain text to Y41: NL2 NL2 = 75 mm

Order code code for hub prolongations prolongations (Y4. ); Std-NL Std-NL = Standard hub length length Part Part 1 Selected (special) hub length Order code min. max. > Std-NL ≤ 1.25 1.25 · StdStd-NL NL Y Y 40 (specification 40 (specification of hub length in > 1.25 1.25 · StdStd-NL NL ≤ 1.5 1.5 · StdStd-NL NL Y42 (specification Y42 (specification of hub length in > 1.5 1.5 · StdStd-NL NL ≤ 1.75 1.75 · StdStd-NL NL Y Y 44 (specification 44 (specification of hub length in > 1.75 1.75 · StdStd-NL NL ≤ 2 · StdStd-NL NL Y46 (specification Y46 (specification of hub length in > 2 · StdStd-NL NL Y48 (specification Y48 (specification of hub length in

5/12



Part Part 2 Selected (special) hub length Order code min. max. > Std-NL ≤ 1.25 1.25 · StdStd-NL NL Y Y 41 (specification 41 (specification of hub length in > 1.25 1.25 · Std-N Std-NL L ≤ 1.5 1.5 · StdStd-NL NL Y43 (specification Y43 (specification of hub length in > 1.5 1.5 · StdStd-NL NL ≤ 1.75 1.75 · StdStd-NL NL Y Y 45 (specification 45 (specification of hub length in > 1.75 1.75 · Std-N Std-NL L ≤ 2 · StdStd-NL NL Y47 (specification Y47 (specification of hub length in > 2 · StdStd-NL NL Y49 (specification Y49 (specification of hub length in


© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear G ear Couplings — ZAPEX ZN Series Type Typ e ZN – flange connection dimensions


BF

B F D Ø x U A K F 4 D D D Ø Ø Ø

R D Ø

5

G_MD10_XX_00067

R

Size

Dimensions in mm DA BF

D4

DFK

DFB

83 107 130 156 181 211 250 274 307 333 364 424

117 152 178 213 240 280 318 347 390 425.5 457 527

83 107 129.5 156 181 211 249.5 274 307 332.5 364 423.5

100 131 157 188 213 249 287 315 352 385 416 482

9 11 11 13 13 17 17 17 21 21 21 25

14 19 19 22 22 28.5 28.5 28.5 38 38 26 28.5

U Number 6 6 8 6 10 8 10 12 12 14 16 16

DR

R

82 105 130 153 178 205 243 265 302 320 353 412

2.5 3 3 4 4 5 4 5.5 6 6 6 8


5/13

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid Gear Ge ar Couplings — ZAPEX ZN Series Spare and wear parts

■ Selection and ordering data Sealing rings The sealing rings are wear par ts and must be replaced in accordance with the operating instructions. Size

5

83 107 130 156 181 211 250 274 307 333 364 424

5/14

Hub diameter ND1/ND2 mm 67 87 108 130 153 180 214 233 260 283 312 371


Product code

2LC0330-0XE00-0AA0 2LC0330-1XE00-0AA0 2LC0330-2XE00-0AA0 2LC0330-3XE00-0AA0 2LC0330-4XE00-0AA0 2LC0330-5XE00-0AA0 2LC0330-6XE00-0AA0 2LC0330-7XE00-0AA0 2LC0330-8XE00-0AA0 2LC0331-0XE00-0AA0 2LC0331-1XE00-0AA0 2LC0331-2XE00-0AA0

Siemens high-performance grease (cartridge 300 g) FFA:000000501027 Sealing Sealing compound (tube (tube 60 ml) FFA:000001443780

© Siemens AG 2011

Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings ARPEX Series 6/2 6/2 6/2

ARPEX Series - General information Overview Design

6/4 6/4 6/4 6/4 6/5 6/6 6/8 6/8 6/10 6/10 6/12 6/12 6/14 6/14 6/16 6/16 6/18 6/18 6/20 6/20 6/20 6/22 6/22 6/24 6/24 6/26 6/26 6/26

ARPEX ARS-6 Series Overview Benefits Application Design Technical data • Type NEN Selection and ordering data • Type NUN Selection and ordering data • Type NON Selection and ordering data • Type NHN Selection and ordering data • Type NZN Selection and ordering data • Type NWN Selection and ordering data Further hubs and flanges • J hub Selection and ordering data • F flange, D flange, C flange Selection and ordering data • Clamping hub Selection and ordering data Spare and wear parts • Plate pack ARS-6 Selection and ordering data

6/27 6/27 6/27 6/27 6/28 6/29 6/30 6/30 6/32 6/32 6/34 6/34 6/36 6/36 6/36

ARPEX ARC-8/-10 Series Overview Benefits Application Design Technical data • Types NEN/NHN Selection and ordering data • Type BUB Selection and ordering data • Types MFEFM/MFHFM MFEFM/MFH FM Selection and ordering data Spare and wear parts • Plate pack ARC-8/-10 Selection and ordering data

6/37 6/37 6/37 6/37 6/38 6/38 6/40 6/40 6/42 6/42 6/45 6/45 6/45

ARPEX ARP-6 Series Overview Benefits Application Design Technical data • Type NAN Selection and ordering data • Type MCECM Selection and ordering data Spare and wear parts • Plate pack ARP-6 Selection and ordering data

6/46 6/46 6/46 6/46 6/46 6/47 6/48 6/48 6/50 6/50 6/50

ARPEX ARW-4/-6 ARW-4/-6 Series Overview Benefits Application Design Technical data • Type NHN Selection and ordering data Spare and wear parts • Plate pack ARW-4/-6 Selection and ordering data

6/51 6/51 6/51 6/51 6/51 6/52 6/53 6/53 6/54 6/54 6/54

ARPEX ARF-6 Series Overview Benefits Application Design Technical data • Types GG and GJ Selection and ordering data Spare and wear parts • Plate pack ARF-6 Selection and ordering data


© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All -Steel Couplings — ARPEX Series General information

■ Overview Thanks to a large number of standard components ARPEX couplings can be combined to make many different types. In this way, standard types can be used with many drives. ARPEX couplings can withstand temperatures between -40 °C and +280 +280 °C in operation. operation. On request, request, they they can also be specially equipped for use in other temperature ranges.

ARPEX coupling optionally suitable for potentially explosive environments. Complies with Directive 94/9/EC for: II 2G T2/T3/ T2/T3/T4/ T4/T5/ T5/T6 T6 -40 -40 °C ≤ T a ≤ +230 +230 °C/+ °C/+15 150 0 °C/+ °C/+85 85 °C/+ °C/+50 50 °C/3 °C/35 5 °C

6

ARPEX couplings have proved themselves for over 30 years in all areas of technology where reliable, maintenance-free torque transmission is required. ARPEX couplings link machine shafts and compensate for shaft misalignments, while generating only low restorative forces. Thanks to the use of spri ng steel plates and backlash-free screw connections, ARPEX couplings are torsionally rigid and backlash-free. All ARPEX coupling components are manufactured from high-quality steel. Robust, compact construction guaranteeing a high level of operational reliability and a long service life is therefore possible. High-precision production ensures that at speed in the assembled condition only low forces act on the machine parts connected to them. ARPEX couplings can be used for both directions of rotation and are thus also suitable for reverse operation. ARPEX couplings are not subject to wear and, if correctly designed, assembled and installed, can be expected to have an unlimited service life. With most types the intermediate spacer can be fitted radially without having to move the driving and driven machines.

II 2D T 120 °C -40 °C ≤ T a ≤ +70 +70 °C I M2

To meet the high quality demands made of ARPEX couplings, the development and manufacture of ARPEX couplings is integrated into a certified quality management system in accordance with with the requireme requirements nts of DIN EN ISO 9001. Type approval for use of ARPEX couplings in shipbuil ding has been issued by the following classification societies: American Bureau of Shipping (ABS), Det Norske Veritas (DNV), Germanischer Lloyd (GL) and Lloyd's Register of Shipping. Product certification to GOST-R for the Russian market has already been obtained.

■ Design ARPEX couplings are manufactured completely from steel. Torque is transmitted by means of torsionally rigid, flexible plates. The plates are held together by a sleeve and ring to form a compact plate pack. This ensures easy, operationally safe installation. Two plate packs fastened alternately to the flanges permit compensation of shaft misalignments in an angular, radial and axial direction. On coupling types with a single plate pack only angular and axial misalignments are possible.

Plate pack The flexible elements in an ARPEX coupling take the form of plate packs. The individual, thin plates are held together by a socket and ring to form a compact plate pack. The picture below shows the structure of a ring plate pack.

Materials All coupling parts like hubs, spacers and flanges are manufactured from high-grade steel; the plates are made from stainl ess, hard-rolled CrNi spring steel. Bolts and nuts are of quality 10.9 or 10. Application ARPEX couplings are available as a catalog standard from 92 Nm to 1450000 Nm and are divided into various series. Because of this series diversity, ARPEX couplings meet most torque and speed requirements as a universal coupling solution in general mechanical engineering. The individual series and their corresponding possible applications are described in full in the following sections.

Plate

Socket Ring

G_MD10_EN_00140

6/2


© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All-S teel Couplings — ARPEX Series General information Plate pack screw connection Patented conical screw connection Before tightening the screw connection

After tightening the the screw connection connection

Tightening screw Screw plug

Washer

Taper bolt Taper sleeve

ARPEX flange flange

ARPEX flange flange

G_MD10_EN_00141a

Plate pack

Features of plate pack screw connection Close-fitting bolt connection Close-fitting bolt a 2 4 1 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

Collar nut ARPEX flange flange

Plate pack ARPEX flange flange

Up to bolt size M22, the plate pack screw connection on ARPEX couplings is in the form of a close-fitting bolt connection. After that the patented conical screw connection is used. The decisive advantage of this screw connection is considerably simplified fitting. The use of an hydraulic fitting tool is no longer necessary. All sizes can be fitted with a torque wrench. A further feature of the conical screw connection is the genuine positive connection resulting in high centering accuracy and, thus, a high balancing quality. Material: High-grade quenched and tempered steel. The conical screw connection is used for the following coupling sizes: ARS-6 series: size 305-6 to 602-6 ARC-8/-10 series: all sizes ARP-6 series: type NAN, size 325-6; type MCECM, size 310 and 345-6 ARW-4/-6 series: size 324-4 to 880-6


6/3

6

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All-S teel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series Serie s General information

■ Overview

Coupling can be designed for potentially explosive environments.

6

■ Benefits ARPEX couplings of the ARS-6 series are outstanding for their versatility. Most standard components are available from stock, resulting in short delivery times. Their use in potentially explosive environments in accordance with Directive 94/9/EC is possible.

■ Application ARPEX couplings of the ARS-6 series are a versatile coupling solution which thanks to standard modular components can be used for most drive requirements at a l ow to medium speed. Torques of between 170 and 106000 Nm can be transmitted at a permitted angular misalignment of 0.7°. The open flange form is regarded as very easy to fit and has easily accessible screw connection points. On most types, the intermediate spacer can be radially fitted without moving the connected units. Main areas of application for the ARS-6 s eries: • Paper Paper-ma -making king machine machines s • Printin Printing g machi machines nes • Comp Compre resso ssors rs • Pumps • Fan Fans sa and nd blowers blowers • Film Film and foil foil mach machine ines s • Gene Generat rator ors s • Pres Presse ses s • Met Metalw alworki orking ng machines machines • Conv Convey eyor ors s • Cran Crane e syste systems ms • Textile extile machin machines es • Plastics Plastics processi processing ng machine machines s • Cent Centrif rifuge uges s

6/4


© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series General information

■ Design The classic design of an ARPEX couplings of the ARS-6 series is shown in the following illustration. The plate packs are bolted alternately between the flanges of the coupli ng hubs and the intermediate spacer. Up to size 280-6 close-fitting bol ts and from size

305-6 conical screw connections are used for fastening. A lar ge number of intermediate spacer and shafts, hubs and flanges can be combined and thus cover a large number of possible drive requirements.

Hub

Intermediate spacer Hub Close-fitting bolt

6 Plate pack Collar nut G_MD10_EN_00143a

Design of an ARPEX coupling, ARS-6 series, type NEN

Variants Variant s of the ARPEX coupling, ARS-6 series Types NEN, BEN, BEB NON, BON NUN, BUN, BUB NHN NZN NWN

Variant with standard intermediate spacer, many sizes available from stock Variant with shortest intermediate spacer Variant with split intermediate spacer Variant with intermediate spacer for customer-specific customer-specific shaft distance Variant with reinforced intermediate spacer Variant with intermediate shaft

All coupling types can be very easily combined with fur ther standard components in the ARPEX modular system. Jumbo hubs are used to permit larger maximum bores. Clamping hubs transmit torque by fr iction without the use of parallel keys. F, D and C flanges offer many different possibiliti es for flange connection. The coupling parts of the ARPEX ARS-6 s eries are machined on all sides. Exceptions are H and Z spacers and intermediate shafts. The spacers are delivered with unmachined, primed spacer tube. Higher torques and maximum speeds with similar coupling outer diameters DA can be achieved with the ARPE X ARC-8/-10 series. Further application-specific coupling types are available in NG at www.siemens.com/couplings selection module X.CAT NG at www.siemens.com/couplings.. Dimension sheets and further information are available on request.


6/5

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All-S teel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series Serie s General information


Rated torque

Maximum torque

Overload torque

Fatigue Maxitorque mum speed

Maximum permitted shaft shaft misalignment misalignment Torsional stiffness

DA

T KN

T Kmax

T KOL

T KW

±∆Ka ±∆Kw ±∆Kr

n Kmax

CTdyn

NHN NEN/BEN NON NZN BEB/NUN BON NWN BUN/BUB Nm

Nm

Nm

Nm

rpm

mm

170

320

510

85

13400

1.10

105-6 270

510

810

135

10000

125-6 490

930

1470

245

8400

78-6

6

NEN NUN NON BEN/BEB BUN/BUB BON

NHN

NZN

NWN

mm

mm

mm

12.1

0.57

0.53

0.05

0.04

0.05

0.012

0.032

0.05

1.80

12.1

0.88

0.53

0.09

0.09

0.09

0.024

0.070

0.09

2.02

12.1

1.04

0.68

0.17

0.17

0.18

0.043

0.141

0.19

0.7°

MNm/rad MN M Nm/rad MN M Nm/rad MN M Nm/rad MN M Nm/rad MN M Nm/rad

140-6 700

1330

2100

350

7500

2.40

12.1

1.28

0.72

0.22

0.22

0.24

0.066

0.203

0.25

165-6 1250

2370

3750

625

6350

2.74

12.0

1.49

0.84

0.33

0.34

0.36

0.114

0.317

0.39

175-6 2000

3800

6000

1000

6000

2.86

12.0

1.55

0.98

0.48

0.50

0.52

0.196

0.443

0.57

195-6 3000

5700

9000

1500

5350

3.06

12.0

1.55

0.98

0.67

0.69

0.73

0.302

0.614

0.79

210-6 4400

8300

13200

2200

5000

3.14

12.0

1.77

1.10

0.77

0.78

0.82

0.352

0.669

0.88

240-6 5700

10800

17100

2850

4350

3.70

12.0

1.93

1.20

1.24

1.26

1.32

0.568

1.04

1.40

255-6 7600

14400

22800

3800

4100

3.84

11.9

2.09

1.50

1.39

1.42

1.46

0.697

1.22

1.57

280-6 10000

19000

30000

4600

3750

4.18

11.9

2.53

1.53

1.55

1.57

1.65

0.881

1.42

1.73

305-6 12000

21000

36000

5000

3400

4.46

11.9

2.72

1.80

2.83

2.87

3.05

1.51

2.71

3.32

335-6 18000

32000

54000

7500

3100

4.84

11.9

2.88

1.89

3.85

3.92

4.14

2.11

3.62

4.49

372-6 24000

43000

72000

10000

2800

4.98

11.8

3.03

2.16

5.72

5.84

6.12

3.14

–

6.75

407-6 34000

61000

102000 14000

2550

5.50

11.8

3.31

2.26

7.25

7.42

7.79

5.06

–

8.51

442-6 43000

77000

129000 18000

2350

6.02

11.8

3.59

2.48

10.0

10.2

10.8

7.42

–

11.9

487-6 55000

99000

165000 23000

2150

6.80

11.7

4.09

2.64

11.7

11.9

12.7

9.25

–

13.6

522-6 69000

124000 207000 29000

2000

7.34

11.7

4.35

2.86

14.0

14.3

15.1

11.4

–

16.2

572-6 92000

166000 276000 38000

1800

7.86

11.6

4.87

3.02

17.9

18.3

19.4

15.2

–

20.7

602-6 106000 191000 318000 44000

1700

8.24

11.6

5.13

3.24

21.1

21.7

22.9

18.2

–

24.5

The permitted shaft misalignments ∆Ka, ∆Kr and ∆Kw are maximum values and must not occur at the same time ( see following table). The permitted shaft misalignment ∆Kr for types NHN, NZN and NWN applies applies to a coupling coupling with with shaft shaft distance distance S = 1000 mm. For other shaft distances, the permitted rad ial misalignment can be determined with the following formula: S1) ⋅ tan (∆Kw). ∆Kr = (S – S1) The shaft distance S is shown in t he table for the type. hour. T Kmax permitted only five times per hour.

6/6


The values for torsional stiffness apply to the complete coupling. In the case of types NHN and NZN to a coupling with shaft distance S = 1000 mm. In the the case of type NWN, NWN, the torsional torsional stiffstiffness applies to a coupling without intermediate or torsion shaft. The torsional stiffness of the plate packs applies to the rated coupling torque T KN. To To determine the torsional stiffness for a specific operating point, e.g. for calculating torsional vibration, the manufacturer must be consulted.

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series General information Permitted shaft misalignments Size DA 78-6 105-6 125-6 140-6 165-6 175-6 195-6 210-6 240-6 255-6 280-6 305-6 335-6 372-6 407-6 442-6 487-6 522-6 572-6 602-6

Permitted an angular mi misalignment ±∆Kw 0.0° 0.1° 0.2° Permitted axial misalignment ±∆Ka in mm 1.10 0.94 0.79 1.80 1.54 1.29 2.02 1.73 1.44 2.40 2.06 1.71 2.74 2.35 1.96 2.86 2.45 2.04 3.06 2.62 2.19 3.14 2.69 2.24 3.70 3.17 2.64 3.84 3.29 2.74 4.18 3.58 2.99 4.46 3.82 3.19 4.84 4.15 3.46 4.98 4.27 3.56 5.50 4.71 3.93 6.02 5.16 4.30 6.80 5.83 4.86 7.34 6.29 5.24 7.86 6.74 5.61 8.24 7.06 5.89

0.3°

0.4°

0.5°

0.6°

0.7°

0.63 1.03 1.15 1.37 1.57 1.63 1.75 1.79 2.11 2.19 2.39 2.55 2.77 2.85 3.14 3.44 3.89 4.19 4.49 4.71

0.47 0.77 0.87 1.03 1.17 1.23 1.31 1.35 1.59 1.65 1.79 1.91 2.07 2.13 2.36 2.58 2.91 3.15 3.37 3.53

0.31 0.51 0.58 0.69 0.78 0.82 0.87 0.90 1.06 1.10 1.19 1.27 1.38 1.42 1.57 1.72 1.94 2.10 2.25 2.35

0.16 0.26 0.29 0.34 0.39 0.41 0.44 0.45 0.53 0.55 0.60 0.64 0.69 0.71 0.79 0.86 0.97 1.05 1.12 1.18

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00


6

6/7

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All-S teel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series Serie s Type NEN

■ Selection and ordering data Torsionally rigid coupling type NEN with radially freely dismountable intermediate spacer. Types Types BEN and BEB cannot be d ismounted radially without moving the units. On type BEB, the smallest possible shaft distance can be achieved. LG S

A

LG S

NL1 S1

4 4 1 0 0 _ X X _ 0 1 D M _ G

NL2

Z S

A 1 1 D D D Ø N Ø

Ø

Ø

Ø Ø

2 2 D D Ø N

Z D

2 2 D D Ø N

1 1 D D N

Ø

B

P

E

Ø

N

LG A

S

6 N

E

N

2 2 D D Ø N

1 1 D D N Ø Ø

B

P

Size

Rated torque

Maximum speed

DA

T KN

n Kmax

mm 78-6

Nm 170

rp r pm 13400

105-6 270

10000

125-6 490

8400

140-6 700

7500

165-6 1250

6350

175-6 2000

6000

195-6 3000

5350

6/8

Type

NEN BEN BEB NEN BEN BEB NEN BEN BEB NEN BEN BEB NEN BEN BEB NEN BEN BEB NEN BEN BEB

Dimensions in mm

D 1, D 2 Keyway DIN 6885 max. max. 28 28

39

39

45

2.5

30

8

45

63

63

72

2.5

45

8

45

ND 1 ND 2 D Z

SZ

NL1/ S1 NL2

55

55

76

76

84

2.5

55

11

65

65

91

91

99

2.5

65

11

75

75

105

105 114

2.5

75

14

80

80

110

110 120

3.0

80

15

90

90

120

120 131

3.0

80

15


Shaft distance S

55 32 9 80 42 4 96 50 4 116 60 4 136 70 4 142 74 6 142 74 6

A

P

– 8

– 29

– 8

– 29

– 10

– 37

– 10

– 37

– 12

– 45

– 15

– 52

– 14

– 52

Ø

LG

115 92 69 170 132 94 206 160 114 246 190 134 286 220 154 302 234 166 302 234 166

E

B

Mass Product code moment of Order codes for bore inertia diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog cata log section section 3 J

Weight

kgm2 0.001 0.003

kg 1.2

0.009 0.015 0.032 0.048 0.073

2LC0470-0NS99-0AA0 2LC0470-0AK99-0AA0 2LC0470-0AC99-0AA0 2LC0470-1NS99-0AA0 2LC0470-1AK99-0AA0 2LC0470-1AC99-0AA0 2LC0470-2NS99-0AA0 2LC0470-2AK99-0AA0 2LC0470-2AC99-0AA0 2LC0470-3NS99-0AA0 2LC0470-3AK99-0AA0 2LC0470-3AC99-0AA0 2LC0470-4NS99-0AA0 2LC0470-4AK99-0AA0 2LC0470-4AC99-0AA0 2LC0470-5NS99-0AA0 2LC0470-5AK99-0AA0 2LC0470-5AC99-0AA0 2LC0470-6NS99-0AA0 2LC0470-6AK99-0AA0 2LC0470-6AC99-0AA0

m

2.5

4.5

6.4

9.7

12.5

14.9

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series Type NEN Size

DA

Rated torque

Maximum speed

T KN

n Kmax

mm Nm 210-6 4400

rp r pm 5000

240-6 5700

4350

255-6 7600

4100

280-6 10000

3750

305-6 12000

3400

335-6 18000

3100

372-6 24000

2800

407-6 34000

2550

442-6 43000

2350

487-6 55000

2150

522-6 69000

2000

572-6 92000

1800

602-6 1060 106000 00 1700 1700

Type

NEN BEN BEB NEN BEN BEB NEN BEN BEB NEN BEN BEB NEN BEN BEB NEN BEN BEB NEN BEN BEB NEN BEN BEB NEN BEN BEB NEN BEN BEB NEN BEN BEB NEN BEN BEB NEN BEN BEB

Dimensions in mm


126

126 139

110

145

145 162 5.0

110

ND 1 ND 2 D Z

SZ

4.0

NL1/ S1 NL2

90

15

100 18

115

115

154

154 170 5.0

110 23

135 120 120 145 130 130 160 140 140 165 145 145 185 145 145 200 170 170 225 180 180 240 200 200 265 220 220 280 225 225

135 135 120 145 145 130 160 160 140 165 165 145 185 185 145 200 200 170 225 225 180 240 240 200 265 265 220 280 280 225

184 161 161 198 175 175 214 190 190 225 200 200 250 205 205 270 230 230 305 250 250 325 275 275 360 300 300 380 310 310

184 184 161 198 198 175 214 21 2 14 190 225 22 2 25 200 250 25 2 50 205 270 27 2 70 230 305 305 250 325 325 275 360 360 300 380 380 310

186 6.0

130 25

200 6.5

140 27

218 7.5

150 30

228 9.5

160 32

245 11.0 175 35

273 11.0 190 38

298 13.0 215 41

324 13.0 230 44

356 15.0 255 47

368 16.0 270 50

Torsionally rigid ARPEX couplings up to size 240-6 available from stock. For simplified fitting on B hubs, plate packs from size 280-6 available with closing element. Weights and mass moments of inertia ap ply to the entire coupling with maximum bores D1/D2.

Shaft distance S

160 83 6 176 91 6 194 102 10 232 121 10 250 130 10 266 138 10 280 145 10 306 158 10 332 172 12 376 194 12 400 206 12 446 229 12 470 241 12

A

P

– 20

– 61

– 18

– 66

– 24

– 81

– 22

– 83

– 13

– 61

– 15

– 69

– 16

– 76

– 19

– 83

– 20

– 92

– 23

– 100

– 23

– 107

– 24

– 114

– 26

– 123

LG


kgm2 340 0.109 263 186 376 0.210 291 206 414 0.315 322 230 492 0.542 381 0.514 270 0. 0.486 530 0.762 410 0.724 290 0. 0.685 566 1.18 438 1.13 310 1. 1.08 600 1.93 465 1.87 330 1. 1.80 656 3.06 508 2.91 360 2. 2.76 712 4.58 552 4.38 392 4. 4.18 806 7.73 624 7.32 62 442 6. 6.91 860 10.7 666 10.2 66 472 9. 9.72 956 17.1 739 16.2 73 522 15 15.2 1010 22.6 781 21.3 78 552 20 20.0

Weight

m

kg 2LC0470-7NS99-0AA0 19.5 2LC0470-7AK99-0AA0 2LC0470-7AC99-0AA0 2LC0470-8NS99-0AA0 28.4 2LC0470-8AK99-0AA0 2LC0470-8AC99-0AA0 2LC0471-0NS99-0AA0 2LC0471-0AK99-0AA0 2LC0471-0AC99-0AA0 2LC0471-1NS99-0AA0 2LC0471-1AK99-0AA0 2LC0471-1AC99-0AA0 2LC0471-2NS99-0AA0 2LC0471-2AK99-0AA0 2LC0471-2AC99-0AA0 2LC0471-3NS99-0AA0 2LC0471-3AK99-0AA0 2LC0471-3AC99-0AA0 2LC0471-4NS99-0AA0 2LC0471-4AK99-0AA0 2LC0471-4AC99-0AA0 2LC0471-5NS99-0AA0 2LC0471-5AK99-0AA0 2LC0471-5AC99-0AA0 2LC0471-6NS99-0AA0 2LC0471-6AK99-0AA0 2LC0471-6AC99-0AA0 2LC0471-7NS99-0AA0 2LC0471-7AK99-0AA0 2LC0471-7AC99-0AA0 2LC0471-8NS99-0AA0 2LC0471-8AK99-0AA0 2LC0471-8AC99-0AA0 2LC0472-0NS99-0AA0 2LC0472-0AK99-0AA0 2LC0472-0AC99-0AA0 2LC0472-1NS99-0AA0 2LC0472-1AK99-0AA0 2LC0472-1AC99-0AA0

37.5

54.5 52.1 49.7 66.4 63.6 60.9 84.2 82.1 80.0 116 113 110 152 148 144 192 185 178 268 258 248 323 312 301 431 413 394 514 492 470

Ordering example: ARPEX ARS-6 NEN coupling, size 105-6, bore ∅D1 40H7 mm, with keyway to DIN 6885 and set screw, screw, bore ∅D2 45K7 mm, with keyway to DIN 6885 and set screw. screw. Product code: 2LC0470-1NS99-0AA0-Z L0W+M1A+M13


6/9

6

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All-S teel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series Serie s Type NUN

■ Selection and ordering data Torsionally rigid coupling t ype NUN with radially freely dismountable intermedi ate spacer. Types Types BUN and BUB cannot be radially dismounted without moving the units. On type BUB, the smallest possible shaft distance can be achieved.

LG S

A

LG S

NL1 S1

1 1 D D N

5 4 1 0 0 _ X X _ 0 1 D M _ G

NL2

Z S

Ø Ø

P A 1 1 D D N D

Ø

B

U

2 2 D D Ø N

Z D Ø

Ø Ø Ø

2 2 D D Ø N

Ø

LG S

A

6

1 1 D D N

N

U

P

Size

Rated torque

Maximum speed

DA

T KN

n Kmax

mm 78-6

Nm 170

rp r pm 13400

105-6 270

10000

125-6 490

8400

140-6 700

7500

165-6 1250

6350

175-6 2000

6000

195-6 3000

5350

6/10

Type

NUN BUN BUB NUN BUN BUB NUN BUN BUB NUN BUN BUB NUN BUN BUB NUN BUN BUB NUN BUN BUB

Dimensions in mm


39

39

45

2.5

30

8

45

63

63

72

2.5

45

8

45

ND 1 ND 2 D Z

SZ

NL1/ S1 NL2

55

55

76

76

84

2.5

55

11

65

65

91

91

99

2.5

65

11

75

75

105

105 114

2.5

75

14

80

80

110

110 120

3.0

80

15

90

90

120

120 131

3.0

80

15


2 2 D D Ø N

Ø Ø

N

Shaft distance S

84 61 38 90 52 14 116 70 24 116 60 4 136 70 4 142 74 6 142 74 6

A

P

– 8

– 29

– 8

– 29

– 10

– 37

– 10

– 37

– 12

– 45

– 15

– 52

– 14

– 52

LG

144 121 98 180 142 104 226 180 134 246 190 134 286 220 154 302 234 166 302 234 166

N

Ø

B

U

B


Weight

kgm2 0.001 0.004

kg 1.5

0.011 0.019 0.038 0.057 0.085

2LC0470-0NW99-0AA0 2LC0470-0BD99-0AA0 2LC0470-0AT99-0AA0 2LC0470-1NW99-0AA0 2LC0470-1BD99-0AA0 2LC0470-1AT99-0AA0 2LC0470-2NW99-0AA0 2LC0470-2BD99-0AA0 2LC0470-2AT99-0AA0 2LC0470-3NW99-0AA0 2LC0470-3BD99-0AA0 2LC0470-3AT99-0AA0 2LC0470-4NW99-0AA0 2LC0470-4BD99-0AA0 2LC0470-4AT99-0AA0 2LC0470-5NW99-0AA0 2LC0470-5BD99-0AA0 2LC0470-5AT99-0AA0 2LC0470-6NW99-0AA0 2LC0470-6BD99-0AA0 2LC0470-6AT99-0AA0

m

2.9

5.3

7.2

10.9

14.1

16.8

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series Type NUN Size

DA

Rated torque

Maximum speed

T KN

n Kmax

mm Nm 210-6 4400

rp r pm 5000

240-6 5700

4350

255-6 7600

4100

280-6 10000

3750

305-6 12000

3400

335-6 18000

3100

372-6 24000

2800

407-6 34000

2550

442-6 43000

2350

487-6 55000

2150

522-6 69000

2000

572-6 92000

1800

602-6 1060 106000 00 1700 1700

Type

NUN BUN BUB NUN BUN BUB NUN BUN BUB NUN BUN BUB NUN BUN BUB NUN BUN BUB NUN BUN BUB NUN BUN BUB NUN BUN BUB NUN BUN BUB NUN BUN BUB NUN BUN BUB NUN BUN BUB

Dimensions in mm


126

126 139

110

145

145 162 5.0

110

ND 1 ND 2 D Z

SZ

4.0

NL1/ S1 NL2

90

15

100 18

115

115

154

154 170 5.0

110 23

135 120 120 145 130 130 160 140 140 165 145 145 185 145 145 200 170 170 225 180 180 240 200 200 265 220 220 280 225 225

135 135 120 145 145 130 160 160 140 165 165 145 185 185 145 200 200 170 225 225 180 240 240 200 265 265 220 280 280 225

184 161 161 198 175 175 214 190 190 225 200 200 250 205 205 270 230 230 305 250 250 325 275 275 360 300 300 380 310 310

184 184 161 198 198 175 214 2 14 21 190 225 2 25 22 200 250 2 50 25 205 270 2 70 27 230 305 305 250 325 325 275 360 360 300 380 380 310

186 6.0

130 25

200 6.5

140 27

218 7.5

150 30

228 9.5

160 32

245 11.0 17 175 35

273 11.0 19 190 38

298 13.0 21 215 41

324 13.0 23 230 44

356 15.0 25 255 47

368 16.0 27 2 70 50

Up to size 240-6 available from stock. Because of the split variant, the coupling is optionally available with prefitted plate packs. For simplified fitting on B hubs, plate packs from size 280-6 available with closing element. Weights and mass moments of inertia ap ply to the entire coupling with maximum bores D1/D2.

Shaft distance S

160 83 6 176 91 6 194 10 2 10 232 121 10 250 130 10 266 138 10 280 145 10 3 06 158 10 3 32 172 12 3 76 194 12 4 00 206 12 4 46 229 12 4 70 241 12

A

P

– 20

– 61

– 18

– 66

– 24

– 81

– 22

– 83

– 13

– 61

– 15

– 69

– 16

– 76

– 19

– 83

– 20

– 92

– 23

– 100

– 23

– 107

– 24

– 114

– 26

– 123

LG


kgm2 340 0.128 263 186 376 0.242 291 206 414 0.363 322 230 492 0.611 381 0.583 270 0. 0.555 530 0.861 410 0.823 290 0. 0.784 566 1.35 438 1.31 310 1. 1.26 600 2.21 465 2.15 330 2. 2.09 656 3.55 508 3.40 360 3. 3.25 712 5.29 552 5.09 392 4. 4.89 806 8.79 624 8.38 442 7. 7.96 860 12.5 666 12.0 472 11 11.5 956 19.7 739 18.7 522 17 17.8 1010 26.9 781 25.6 552 24 24.3

Weight

m

kg 2LC0470-7NW99-0AA0 21.9 2LC0470-7BD99-0AA0 2LC0470-7AT99-0AA0 2LC0470-8NW99-0AA0 31.5 2LC0470-8BD99-0AA0 2LC0470-8AT99-0AA0 2LC0471-0NW99-0AA0 2LC0471-0BD99-0AA0 2LC0471-0AT99-0AA0 2LC0471-1NW99-0AA0 2LC0471-1BD99-0AA0 2LC0471-1AT99-0AA0 2LC0471-2NW99-0AA0 2LC0471-2BD99-0AA0 2LC0471-2AT99-0AA0 2LC0471-3NW99-0AA0 2LC0471-3BD99-0AA0 2LC0471-3AT99-0AA0 2LC0471-4NW99-0AA0 2LC0471-4BD99-0AA0 2LC0471-4AT99-0AA0 2LC0471-5NW99-0AA0 2LC0471-5BD99-0AA0 2LC0471-5AT99-0AA0 2LC0471-6NW99-0AA0 2LC0471-6BD99-0AA0 2LC0471-6AT99-0AA0 2LC0471-7NW99-0AA0 2LC0471-7BD99-0AA0 2LC0471-7AT99-0AA0 2LC0471-8NW99-0AA0 2LC0471-8BD99-0AA0 2LC0471-8AT99-0AA0 2LC0472-0NW99-0AA0 2LC0472-0BD99-0AA0 2LC0472-0AT99-0AA0 2LC0472-1NW99-0AA0 2LC0472-1BD99-0AA0 2LC0472-1AT99-0AA0

41.6

59.4 57.0 54.6 72.4 69.6 66.8 93.1 91.0 88.9 127 125 122 170 166 161 213 206 200 294 284 274 361 350 339 477 458 439 584 562 540

Ordering example: ARPEX ARS-6 NUN coupling, size 140-6, Bore ∅D1 60H7 mm, with keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set screw screw,, Bore ∅D2 65K7 mm, with keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set screw screw.. Product code: 2LC0470-3NW99-0AA0-Z L1E+M1F+M13


6/11

6

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All-S teel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series Serie s Type NON

■ Selection and ordering data Torsionally rigid coupling with shortest possible s haft distance enabling problem-free fitting with commercially availabl e tools. Type NON with radiall y freely dismountable inter mediate spacer. Type Type BON cannot be radially dismounted without moving the units.

LG S

NL1 S1

NL2

Z S

A 1 1 D D N D

6 4 1 0 0 _ X X _ 0 1 D M _ G

Ø

Ø Ø Ø

2 2 D D Ø N

1 1 D D N

2 2 D D Ø N

Z D

LG S

A

Ø Ø

Ø

Ø

6 P

N

Size

Rated torque

Maximum speed

DA

T KN

n Kmax

mm 78-6

Nm 170

rp r pm 13400

105-6 270

10000

125-6 490

8400

140-6 700

7500

165-6 1250

6350

175-6 2000

6000

195-6 3000

5350

210-6 4400

5000

240-6 5700

4350

255-6 7600

4100

280-6 10000

6/12

3750

O

Type

NON BON NON BON NON BON NON BON NON BON NON BON NON BON NON BON NON BON NON BON NON BON

B


39

39

45

2.5

30

8

45

45

63

63

72

2.5

45

8

55

55

76

76

84

2.5

55

11

ND 1 ND 2 D Z

65

65

91

91

75

75

105

80

80

90

NL1/ S1 NL2

65

11

105 114

2.5

75

14

110

110 120

3.0

80

15

90

120

120 131

3.0

80

15

95

95

126

126 139

4.0

90

15

110

110

145

145 162 5.0

100 18

115

115

154

154 170 5.0

110 23


99

SZ

2.5

135 135

N

N

Dimensions in mm

135 120

O

184 184 186 6.0 161 1 18 84

130 25

Shaft distance S

51 28 51 13 67 21 70 14 83 17 95 27 95 27 105 28 116 31 146 54 150 39

A

– 8 – 8 – 10 – 10 – 12 – 15 – 14 – 20 – 18 – 24 – 22

P

– 29 – 29 – 37 – 37 – 45 – 52 – 52 – 61 – 66 – 81 – 83

LG

111 88 141 103 177 131 200 144 233 167 255 187 255 187 285 208 316 231 366 274 410 299


Weight

kgm2 0.001 0.003 0.008

kg 1.1

0.015 0.031 0.047 0.071 0.105 0.203 0.309 0.524 0 .496 0.

2LC0470-0NV99-0AA0 2LC0470-0AS99-0AA0 2LC0470-1NV99-0AA0 2LC0470-1AS99-0AA0 2LC0470-2NV99-0AA0 2LC0470-2AS99-0AA0 2LC0470-3NV99-0AA0 2LC0470-3AS99-0AA0 2LC0470-4NV99-0AA0 2LC0470-4AS99-0AA0 2LC0470-5NV99-0AA0 2LC0470-5AS99-0AA0 2LC0470-6NV99-0AA0 2LC0470-6AS99-0AA0 2LC0470-7NV99-0AA0 2LC0470-7AS99-0AA0 2LC0470-8NV99-0AA0 2LC0470-8AS99-0AA0 2LC0471-0NV99-0AA0 2LC0471-0AS99-0AA0 2LC0471-1NV99-0AA0 2LC0471-1AS99-0AA0

m

2.4 4.3 6.1 9.4 12.1 14.5 18.7 27.3 36.5 52.3 49.9

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series Type NON Size

DA

Rated torque

Maximum speed

T KN

n Kmax

mm Nm 305-6 12000

rp r pm 3400

335-6 18000

3100

372-6 24000

2800

407-6 34000

2550

442-6 43000

2350

487-6 55000

2150

522-6 69000

2000

572-6 92000

1800

602-6 1060 106000 00 1700 1700

Type

NON BON NON BON NON BON NON BON NON BON NON BON NON BON NON BON NON BON

Dimensions in mm

D 1, D 2 Keyway DIN 6885 max. max. 145 145 130 145 160 160 140 160 165 165 145 165 185 185 145 185 200 200 170 200 225 225 180 225 240 240 200 240 265 265 220 265 280 280 225 280

ND 1 ND 2 D Z

198 175 214 190 225 200 250 205 270 230 305 250 325 275 360 300 380 310

198 19 1 98 214 2 14 21 225 2 25 22 250 2 50 25 270 2 70 27 305 30 3 05 325 32 3 25 360 36 3 60 380 38 3 80

SZ

NL1/ S1 NL2

200 6.5

140 27

218 7.5

150 30

228 9.5

160 32

245 11.0 175 35 273 11.0 190 38 298 13.0 215 41 324 13.0 230 44 356 15.0 255 47 368 16.0 270 50

Up to size 240-6 available from stock. For simplified fitting on B hubs, plate packs from size 280-6 available with closing element. Weights and mass moments of inertia ap ply to the entire coupling with maximum bores D1/D2.

Shaft distance S

174 54 185 57 209 74 220 72 241 81 257 75 278 84 294 77 315 86

A

– 13 – 15 – 16 – 19 – 20 – 23 – 23 – 24 – 26

P

– 61 – 69 – 76 – 83 – 92 – 100 – 107 – 114 – 123

Weight

LG


454 334 485 357 529 394 570 422 621 461 687 50 5 05 738 54 5 44 804 58 5 87 855 62 6 26

kgm2 0.740 0 .702 0. 1.14 1.09 1. 1.89 1.82 1. 2.98 2.84 2. 4.46 4.27 4. 7.51 7. 7 .10 10.4 9. 9 .93 16.5 15 1 5.6 21.9 20 2 0.6

kg 64.1 61.3 81.0 78.9 112 109 147 143 185 179 257 247 311 300 413 394 492 470

2LC0471-2NV99-0AA0 2LC0471-2AS99-0AA0 2LC0471-3NV99-0AA0 2LC0471-3AS99-0AA0 2LC0471-4NV99-0AA0 2LC0471-4AS99-0AA0 2LC0471-5NV99-0AA0 2LC0471-5AS99-0AA0 2LC0471-6NV99-0AA0 2LC0471-6AS99-0AA0 2LC0471-7NV99-0AA0 2LC0471-7AS99-0AA0 2LC0471-8NV99-0AA0 2LC0471-8AS99-0AA0 2LC0472-0NV99-0AA0 2LC0472-0AS99-0AA0 2LC0472-1NV99-0AA0 2LC0472-1AS99-0AA0

m

Ordering example: ARPEX ARS-6 NON coupling, size 105-6, Bore ∅D1 40H7 mm, with keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set screw screw,, Bore ∅D2 45K7 mm, with keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set screw screw.. Product code: 2LC0470-1NV99-0AA0-Z L0W+M1A+M13


6/13

6

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All-S teel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series Serie s Type NHN

■ Selection and ordering data Torsionally rigid coupling type NHN with variable shaft distance S. Type NHN with radially freely dismountable intermediate spacer.

LG S LZ

NL1 S1

a 7 4 1 0 0 _ X X _ 0 1 D M _ G

NL2

Z S

1 A 1 D D D Ø N Ø

2 2 D D Ø N

Z D Ø

Ø

Ø

6

N

H

Size

Rated torque

Maximum Dimensions in mm speed

DA

T KN

n Kmax

mm 78-6 105-6 125-6 140-6 165-6 175-6 195-6 210-6 240-6 255-6 280-6 305-6 335-6 372-6 407-6 442-6 487-6 522-6 572-6 602-6

Nm 170 270 490 700 1250 2000 3000 4400 5700 7600 10000 12000 18000 24000 34000 43000 55000 69000 92000 106000

rpm 13400 10000 8400 7500 6350 6000 5350 5000 4350 4100 3750 3400 3100 2800 2550 2350 2150 2000 1800 1700

D1/D2 Keyway DIN 6885 max. 28 45 55 65 75 80 90 95 110 115 135 145 160 165 185 200 225 240 265 280

ND1/ND2 DZ DZ

39 63 76 91 105 110 120 126 145 154 184 198 214 225 250 270 305 325 360 380

44.5 57.0 63.5 76.1 88.9 101.6 108.0 114.3 133.0 139.7 152.4 168.3 177.8 193.7 244.5 273.0 298.5 323.9 355.6 368.0

SZ

3.2 3.2 4.0 3.6 4.0 5.0 7.1 7.1 7.1 8.0 8.8 10.0 12.5 14.2 14.2 16.0 17.5 17.5 20.0 22.2

NL1/NL2 S1

30 45 55 65 75 80 80 90 100 110 130 140 150 160 175 190 215 230 255 270

The permitted length of the intermediate spacer depends on the maximum operating speed of the coupling (see foll owing table). In the case of individual order of the intermediate spacer, the length (LZ) must be specified.

6/14


N

8 8 11 11 14 15 15 15 18 23 25 27 30 32 35 38 41 44 47 50

LZ min.

69 64 73 73 72 70 70 100 104 134 130 146 170 186 180 184 188 202 216 230

Mass Product code moment of Shaft Order codes for bore inertia distance diameters and tolerances are specified in S J catalog cata log section section 3 min.

85 80 95 95 1 00 100 100 1 30 14 0 18 0 180 20 0 23 0 25 0 25 0 26 0 27 0 29 0 31 0 33 0

kgm2 0.002 0.006 0.014 0.023 0.046 0.074 0.115 0.157 0.287 0.415 0.675 0.962 1.46 2.32 3.85 5.82 9.39 12.8 20.1 26.1

2LC0470-0NT99-0AZ0 2LC0470-1NT99-0AZ0 2LC0470-2NT99-0AZ0 2LC0470-3NT99-0AZ0 2LC0470-4NT99-0AZ0 2LC0470-5NT99-0AZ0 2LC0470-6NT99-0AZ0 2LC0470-7NT99-0AZ0 2LC0470-8NT99-0AZ0 2LC0471-0NT99-0AZ0 2LC0471-1NT99-0AZ0 2LC0471-2NT99-0AZ0 2LC0471-3NT99-0AZ0 2LC0471-4NT99-0AZ0 2LC0471-5NT99-0AZ0 2LC0471-6NT99-0AZ0 2LC0471-7NT99-0AZ0 2LC0471-8NT99-0AZ0 2LC0472-0NT99-0AZ0 2LC0472-1NT99-0AZ0

For greater shaft distances, see type NZN. Weights and mass moments of inertia apply to the entire coupling with maximum bores D1/D2 and S = 1000 mm.

Weight

m

kg 4.3 6.6 10.2 12.6 17.7 23.7 31.8 36.9 48.6 61.4 81.9 100 128 168 212 267 352 413 538 633

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series Type NHN Permitted shaft distance S of type NHN relative to speed Size DA mm 78-6 105-6 125-6 140-6 165-6 175-6 195-6 210-6 240-6 255-6 280-6 305-6 335-6 372-6 407-6 442-6 487-6 522-6 572-6 602-6

Speed n N rpm 500 600 700 Permitted shaft distance S mm 2809 2565 2376 3203 2925 2709 3372 3079 2852 3719 3396 3145 4027 3677 3405 4296 3923 3633 4393 4011 3715 4527 4134 3828 4906 4480 4149 5023 4587 4249 5246 4791 4437 5509 5031 4660 5634 5146 4766 5873 5364 4968 6647 6071 5623 7023 6414 5941 7345 6708 6214 7669 7005 6489 8000 7333 6792 8000 7447 6898

800

900

1000

1200

1400

1500

2000

2500

3000

4000

2223 2534 2668 2943 3186 3399 3476 3582 3882 3976 4152 4361 4461 4650 5262 5560 5815 6072 6356 6456

2096 2390 2516 2775 3005 3206 3278 3378 3661 3750 3916 4113 4207 4385 4963 5244 5485 5728 5996 6089

1989 2268 2388 2633 2852 3042 3110 3205 3474 3558 3717 3903 3993 4162 4710 4977 5205 5436 5690 5779

1816 2071 2181 2405 2604 2778 2841 2927 3173 3250 3395 3566 3647 3802 4303 4547 4755 4966 5199 5280

1682 1918 2020 2227 2412 2573 2631 2711 2939 3011 3145 3303 3379 3523 3986 4212 4406 4601 4817 4892

1625 1853 1952 2152 2331 2487 2542 2620 2840 2910 3039 3192 3266 3404 3852 4071 4258 4446 4655 4728

1409 1606 1692 1865 2020 2155 2204 2271 2462 2523 2635 2768 2832 2952 3341 3530 3693 3857

1261 1437 1514 1669 1809 1929 1973 2033 2204 2259 2360 2479 2536 2644 2992

1152 1313 1383 1525 1652 1763 1802 1857 2013 2064 2156 2265 2318

998 1138 1199 1322 1433 1529 1563 1610 1746 1791

6

Outside the permitted speed range

Ordering example: ARPEX ARS-6 NHN coupling, size 105-6, with shaft distance S = 1000 mm, Bore ∅D1 40H7 mm, with keyway to DIN 6885 and set screw, screw, Bore ∅D2 45K7 mm, with keyway to DIN 6885 and set screw. screw. Product code: 2LC0470-1NT99-0AZ0-Z L0W+M1A+Q0Y+M13 plain text to Q0Y: Q0Y: S = 1000 mm


6/15

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All-S teel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series Serie s Type NZN

■ Selection and ordering data Torsionally rigid coupling type NZN with variable shaft distance S and reinforced intermediate spacer. Type NZN with radially freely dismountable intermediate spacer.

NL1

S LZ

S1

a 8 4 1 0 0 _ X X _ 0 1 D M _ G

NL2

Z S

1 A 1 D D N D

Z D

2 2 D D Ø N

Ø

Ø Ø Ø

Ø

6

N

Z

Size

Rated torque


DA

T KN

n Kmax

mm

Nm 170 270 490 700 1250 2000 3000 4400 5700 7600 10000 12000 18000

rpm 13400 10000 8400 7500 6350 6000 5350 5000 4350 4100 3750 3400 3100

78-6 105-6 125-6 140-6 165-6 175-6 195-6 210-6 240-6 255-6 280-6 305-6 335-6

D1 D1/D2 Keyway DIN 6885 max. 28 45 55 65 75 80 90 95 110 115 135 145 160

ND1/ND2 DZ

39 63 76 91 105 110 120 126 145 154 184 198 214

76.1 101.6 114.3 139.7 168.3 177.8 193.7 193.7 219.1 244.5 273.0 298.5 323.9

SZ

3.6 5.0 7.1 8.0 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 11.0 11.0

NL1/NL2 S1

30 45 55 65 75 80 80 90 100 110 130 140 150


6/16


N

8 8 11 11 14 15 15 15 18 23 25 27 30

LZ min.

124 124 163 163 212 225 225 250 264 314 330 391 400

Mass moment of Shaft distance inertia S J min.

140 140 185 185 2 40 2 55 2 55 2 80 30 0 36 0 380 44 5 46 0

kgm2 0.009 0.031 0.061 0.125 0.219 0.266 0.361 0.392 0.622 0.902 1.39 2.28 3.13

Product code Order codes for bore diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog cata log section section 3

2LC0470-0PC99-0AZ0 2LC0470-1PC99-0AZ0 2LC0470-2PC99-0AZ0 2LC0470-3PC99-0AZ0 2LC0470-4PC99-0AZ0 2LC0470-5PC99-0AZ0 2LC0470-6PC99-0AZ0 2LC0470-7PC99-0AZ0 2LC0470-8PC99-0AZ0 2LC0471-0PC99-0AZ0 2LC0471-1PC99-0AZ0 2LC0471-2PC99-0AZ0 2LC0471-3PC99-0AZ0

Weights and mass moments of inertia apply to the entire coupling with maximum bores D1/D2 and S = 1000 mm.

Weight

m

kg 7.8 15.3 23.9 33.1 41.5 45.6 51.7 55.0 68.3 85.9 112 155 180

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series Type NZN Permitted shaft distance S of type NZN relative to speed Size DA mm 78-6 105-6 125-6 140-6 165-6 175-6 195-6 210-6 240-6 255-6 280-6 305-6 335-6

Speed n N rpm 500 600 700 Permitted shaft distance S mm 3716 3393 3142 4289 3916 3626 4523 4130 3824 5011 4575 4237 5543 5061 4687 5704 5209 4823 5963 5445 5042 5963 5445 5042 6357 5805 5376 6731 6147 5692 7124 6505 6025 7410 6767 6267 7732 7061 6539

800

900

1000

1200

1400

1500

2000

2500

3000

4000

2940 3392 3578 3964 4385 4513 4717 4717 5030 5326 5637 5864 6119

2772 3199 3374 3738 4135 4256 4448 4448 4743 5023 5316 5530 5771

2630 3035 3201 3546 3924 4038 4221 4221 4501 4766 5045 5248 5476

2402 2771 2923 3238 3583 3687 3854 3854 4110 4353 4607 4793 5002

2224 2566 2707 2999 3318 3415 3570 3570 3807 4032 4267 4439 4633

2149 2480 2616 2898 3206 3300 3449 3449 3678 3896 4124 4290 4477

1862 2148 2267 2511 2779 2860 2989 2989 3188 3377 3574 3719 3881

1666 1922 2029 2247 2487 2559 2675 2675 2853 3023 3200 3329 3474

1522 1756 1853 2052 2271 2338 2443 2443 2606 2762 2923 3041 3174

1319 1522 1606 1779 1969 2026 2118 2118 2259 2395 – – –

Ordering example: ARPEX ARS-6 NZN coupling, size 105-6, with shaft distance S = 1000 mm, Bore ∅D1 40H7 mm, with with keyway to DIN DIN 6885 and and set screw, screw, Bore ∅D2 45K7 mm, with keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set set screw. screw.

6

Product code: 2LC0470-1PC99-0AZ0-Z L0W+M1A+Q0Y+M13 plain text to Q0Y: Q0Y: S = 1000 mm


6/17

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All-S teel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series Serie s Type NWN

■ Selection and ordering data Torsionally rigid coupling type NWN with radially freely dismountable intermediate, torsion or flange shaft and variable shaft distance S. S

NL1

a 9 4 1 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

NL2

S1 LW

Variant ZW with intermediate shaft

1 A 1 D D D N Ø Ø Ø

2 2 D D Ø N Ø

N

NL1

6

W

S

S1

N

S1

LW

1 A D 1 D N D Ø Ø Ø

2 2 D D N Ø Ø

N

W

N

Dimensions in mm

DA

T KN

n Kmax

mm 78-6

Nm 170

rpm 13400

D1 D1/D2 Keyway DIN 6885 max. 28

39

30

8

105-6

270

10000

45

63

45

8

125-6

490

8400

55

76

55

11

140-6

700

7500

65

91

65

11

165-6

1250

6350

75

105

75

14

175-6

2000

6000

80

110

80

15

195-6

3000

5350

90

120

80

15

210-6

4400

5000

95

126

90

15


2 2 D D N Ø Ø

W

N

Variant FW with flanged shaft

Maximum Type speed

6/18

LW

N

Rated torque

ZW TW FW ZW TW FW ZW TW FW ZW TW FW ZW TW FW ZW TW FW ZW TW FW ZW TW FW

NL2

A 1 1 D D D Ø N Ø Ø

Variant TW with torsion shaft

Size

S

NL1

NL2

ND1

NL1/NL2 S1

LW min.

74 74 35 104 104 35 123 123 45 143 143 48 162 162 55 170 170 65 170 170 65 190 190 75

Shaft distance S min.

90 90 51 120 120 51 145 145 67 165 165 70 190 190 83 200 200 95 200 200 95 220 220 105

Mass Product code Weight moment of Order codes for bore inertia diameters and tolerances are specified in m J catalog cata log section section 3 kgm2 0.001 0.004 0.011 0.021 0.045 0.064 0.096 0.138

2LC0470-0NX99-0AZ0 2LC0470-0PB99-0AZ0 2LC0470-0PA99-0AZ0 2LC0470-1NX99-0AZ0 2LC0470-1PB99-0AZ0 2LC0470-1PA99-0AZ0 2LC0470-2NX99-0AZ0 2LC0470-2PB99-0AZ0 2LC0470-2PA99-0AZ0 2LC0470-3NX99-0AZ0 2LC0470-3PB99-0AZ0 2LC0470-3PA99-0AZ0 2LC0470-4NX99-0AZ0 2LC0470-4PB99-0AZ0 2LC0470-4PA99-0AZ0 2LC0470-5NX99-0AZ0 2LC0470-5PB99-0AZ0 2LC0470-5PA99-0AZ0 2LC0470-6NX99-0AZ0 2LC0470-6PB99-0AZ0 2LC0470-6PA99-0AZ0 2LC0470-7NX99-0AZ0 2LC0470-7PB99-0AZ0 2LC0470-7PA99-0AZ0

kg 1.7

4.6

8.3

12.8

19.6

24.0

28.7

36.1

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series Type NWN Size

Rated torque

Maximum Type speed

Dimensions in mm

DA

T KN

n Kmax

mm 240-6

Nm 5700

rpm 4350


145

100

18

255-6

7600

4100

115

154

110

23

280-6

10000

3750

135

184

130

25

305-6

12000

3400

145

198

140

27

335-6

18000

3100

160

214

150

30

372-6

24000

2800

165

225

160

32

407-6

34000

2550

185

250

175

35

442-6

43000

2350

200

270

190

38

487-6

55000

2150

225

305

215

41

522-6

69000

2000

240

325

230

44

572-6

92000

1800

265

360

255

47

602-6

106000

1700

280

380

270

50

ZW TW FW ZW TW FW ZW TW FW ZW TW FW ZW TW FW ZW TW FW ZW TW FW ZW TW FW ZW TW FW ZW TW FW ZW TW FW ZW TW FW

ND1

NL1/NL2 S1

The permitted length of the intermediate spacer depends on the maximum operating speed of the coupling. Weights and mass moments of inertia ap ply to four hubs with maximum bore D1/D2 and two plate packs.

LW min.

214 214 80 234 234 100 270 270 100 296 296 120 310 310 125 336 336 145 360 360 150 394 394 165 448 448 175 472 472 190 526 526 200 550 550 215

Shaft distance S min.

250 250 116 280 280 146 320 320 150 350 350 174 370 370 185 400 400 209 430 430 220 470 470 241 530 530 257 560 560 278 620 620 294 650 650 315

Mass Product code Weight moment of Order codes for bore inertia diameters and tolerances are specified in m J catalog cata log section section 3 kgm2 0.267 0.398 0.734 1.04 1.58 2.44 3.89 5.83 10.0 13.9 22.4 29.5

2LC0470-8NX99-0AZ0 2LC0470-8PB99-0AZ0 2LC0470-8PA99-0AZ0 2LC0471-0NX99-0AZ0 2LC0471-0PB99-0AZ0 2LC0471-0PA99-0AZ0 2LC0471-1NX99-0AZ0 2LC0471-1PB99-0AZ0 2LC0471-1PA99-0AZ0 2LC0471-2NX99-0AZ0 2LC0471-2PB99-0AZ0 2LC0471-2PA99-0AZ0 2LC0471-3NX99-0AZ0 2LC0471-3PB99-0AZ0 2LC0471-3PA99-0AZ0 2LC0471-4NX99-0AZ0 2LC0471-4PB99-0AZ0 2LC0471-4PA99-0AZ0 2LC0471-5NX99-0AZ0 2LC0471-5PB99-0AZ0 2LC0471-5PA99-0AZ0 2LC0471-6NX99-0AZ0 2LC0471-6PB99-0AZ0 2LC0471-6PA99-0AZ0 2LC0471-7NX99-0AZ0 2LC0471-7PB99-0AZ0 2LC0471-7PA99-0AZ0 2LC0471-8NX99-0AZ0 2LC0471-8PB99-0AZ0 2LC0471-8PA99-0AZ0 2LC0472-0NX99-0AZ0 2LC0472-0PB99-0AZ0 2LC0472-0PA99-0AZ0 2LC0472-1NX99-0AZ0 2LC0472-1PB99-0AZ0 2LC0472-1PA99-0AZ0

kg 53.1

68.3

105

129

162

206

272

347

489

593

797

941

Ordering example: ARPEX ARS-6 NWN coupling, size 105-6, with intermedi ate shaft and shaft shaft distance distance S = 1000 mm, Bore ∅D1 40H7 mm, with keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set screw screw,, Bore ∅D2 45K7 mm, with keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set screw screw.. Product code: 2LC0470-1NX99-0AZ0-Z L0W+M1A+Q0Y+M13 plain text to Q0Y: Q0Y: S = 1000 mm


6/19

6

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All-S teel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series Serie s Further hubs and flanges J hub

■ Selection and ordering data J hubs or jumbo hubs are used where the shaft diameter is greater than the maximum bore diameter of the N hub. Because of the larger hub core diameter “ØND1”, the J hub cannot be used as a B hub, i.e. the hub core diameter is greater than the inside diameter of the spacer tube and cannot project into the spacer. The J hub can be combined with any spacer.

NL

U1

1 1 D D N Ø

6

A D

Ø

Ø

G_MD10_XX_00150

6/20


© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series Further hubs and flanges J hub Size

Dimensions in mm

DA

D1 ND1 Keyway DIN 6885 max.

mm 78-6 105-6 125-6 140-6 165-6 175-6 195-6 210-6 240-6 255-6

40 60 70 80 92 96 106 110 130 135

53 80 92 107 124 130 142 149 173 182

NL

30 45 55 65 75 80 80 90 100 110

Weights and mass moments of inertia ap ply to a J hub with a maximum bore D1.

U1

Mass moment of inertia J

7 7 9 9 9 12 12 13 15 18

kgm2 0.0002 0.0013 0.0029 0.0058 0.0121 0.0168 0.0244 0.0347 0.0675 0.0961

Product code

Weight

Order codes for bore diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog cata log section section 3

m

2LC0470-0JU90-0AA0 2LC0470-1JU90-0AA0 2LC0470-2JU90-0AA0 2LC0470-3JU90-0AA0 2LC0470-4JU90-0AA0 2LC0470-5JU90-0AA0 2LC0470-6JU90-0AA0 2LC0470-7JU90-0AA0 2LC0470-8JU90-0AA0 2LC0471-0JU90-0AA0

kg 0.3 0.9 1.5 2.4 3.7 4.5 5.4 6.9 9.9 12.6

Ordering example: ARPEX ARS-6 J hub, size 105-6, hub with bore bore 60H7 mm and parallel parallel keyway to DIN DIN 6885/ 6885/1 1 and set screw. Product code: 2LC0470-1JU90-0AA0 L1E

6


6/21

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All-S teel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series Serie s Further hubs and flanges F flange, D flange, C flange

■ Selection and ordering data F, D and C flanges are used where torque is to be transmitted by flange connections. F, D and C flanges can be combined with any spacer.

F flange

D flange

S

C flange

S S U1 Z S

U1 R K A F F F D D D Ø Ø Ø

N F D Ø

R K A F F F D D D Ø Ø Ø

A Z D D Ø Ø

A N D F Ø D Ø M x F Z

6 B F D Ø x F Z

B F D Ø x F Z

TF BF

DA mm 78-6

105105-6 6

125125-6 6

140140-6 6

165165-6 6

175175-6 6

195195-6 6

210210-6 6

240240-6 6

6/22

Ty Type

F D C F D C F D C F D C F D C F D C F D C F D C F D C

1 5 1 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

BF

TF BF

U1 U4

U3

Size

K F D Ø a

Dimensions in mm DFR

DFA DFN

DZ

SZ

DFK DFB M

ZF

BF

U1 U3 U3

U4

TF

90j6

125

6.6

–

6

7

7

10 –

66 140

– 6.6

6 –

6 6

12 7

7

10 –

– 140j6

– 178

93 160

– 9.0

6 –

6 6

12 9

9

13 –

– 155j6

– 194

109 175

– 9.0

8 –

6 6

15 9

9

13 –

– 180j6

– 232

124 210

– 8 11.0 –

6 6

15 9

9

15 –

– 35 – – 35 – – 45 – – 45 – – 55

2

– 155

– 190j6

– 245

145 220

– 10 14.0 –

6 6

17 12

– 270

153 245

– 12 14.0 –

6 8

21 12

– 230j6

– 300

169 270

– 14 18.0 –

6 6

22 13

– 260j6

– 330

180 300

– 16 18.0 –

6 8

24 15

–

–

207

–

6

28

– – 65 – – 65 – – 75 – – 80 –

– 2

– 215j6

– 2.5 – – 2.5 – – 2.5 – – 2.5 – – 2.5 – – 3.0 – – 3.0 – – 4.0 – – 5.0 –

110

– 120j6

– 45 – – 72 – – 84 – – 99 – – 114 – – 120 – – 131 – – 139 – – 162 –

40 – 40H7 60 – 60H7 75 – 75H7 90 – 90H7 95 – 95H7 105 – 105H7 115 – 115H7 120 – 120H7 140 – 140H7


18

12 19 – 12 20 – 13 22 – 15 26 –

– 2 – 2 – 2 – 2

– 2 – 2 – 2 –

Mass moment of inertia J kgm2 0.0014 0.0014 0.0002 0.0036 0.0036 0.0007 0.0077 0.0079 0.0016 0.0109 0.0113 0.0026 0.0233 0.0226 0.0060 0.0365 0.0368 0.0091 0.0559 0.0542 0.0146 0.0907 0.0889 0.0210 0.1549 0.1514 0.0416

Product code

Weight

2LC0470-0GP00-0AA0 2LC0470-0EC00-0AA0 2LC0470-0BE00-0AA0 2LC0470-1GP00-0AA0 2LC0470-1EC00-0AA0 2LC0470-1BE00-0AA0 2LC0470-2GP00-0AA0 2LC0470-2EC00-0AA0 2LC0470-2BE00-0AA0 2LC0470-3GP00-0AA0 2LC0470-3EC00-0AA0 2LC0470-3BE00-0AA0 2LC0470-4GP00-0AA0 2LC0470-4EC00-0AA0 2LC0470-4BE00-0AA0 2LC0470-5GP00-0AA0 2LC0470-5EC00-0AA0 2LC0470-5BE00-0AA0 2LC0470-6GP00-0AA0 2LC0470-6EC00-0AA0 2LC0470-6BE00-0AA0 2LC0470-7GP00-0AA0 2LC0470-7EC00-0AA0 2LC0470-7BE00-0AA0 2LC0470-8GP00-0AA0 2LC0470-8EC00-0AA0 2LC0470-8BE00-0AA0

m kg 0.7 0.8 0.2 1.1 1.2 0.4 1.8 1.9 0.7 2.0 2.2 0.8 3.3 3.2 1.4 4.5 4.7 1.8 5.6 5.6 2.4 7.6 7.7 3.1 10.6 10.7 4.6

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series Further hubs and flanges F flange, D flange, C flange Size DA mm 255255-6 6

280280-6 6

305305-6 6

335335-6 6

372372-6 6

407407-6 6

442442-6 6

487487-6 6

522522-6 6

572572-6 6

602602-6 6

Ty Type

F D C F D C F D C F D C F D C F D C F D C F D C F D C F D C F D C

Dimensions in mm DFR

DFA DFN

DZ

SZ

DFK DFB M

ZF

BF

U1 U3 U3

U4

TF

275m6

345

18.0 –

8

18

18 30 –

219 345

– 20 18.0 –

6 10

32 19

– 330m6

– 400

240 370

– 22 18.0 –

6 12

34 20

– 365m6

– 447

260 410

– 24 22.0 –

6 10

40 22

– 410m6

– 505

285 460

– 27 22.0 –

6 12

44 25

– 445m6

– 535

310 490

– 30 22.0 –

6 16

49 27

– 490m6

– 585

340 540

– 33 22.0 –

6 18

51 30

– 535m6

– 645

370 590

– 36 26.0 –

6 16

58 33

– 580m6

– 695

410 640

– 39 26.0 –

6 18

63 36

– 625m6

– 770

440 700

– 42 33.0 –

6 16

67 38

– 655m6

– 800

480 730

– 45 33.0 –

6 16

71 41

–

–

505

–

6

76

– 100 – – 100 – – 120 – – 125 – – 145 – – 150 – – 165 – – 175 – – 190 – – 200 – – 215 –

2

– 375

– 5.0 – – 6.0 – – 6.5 – – 7.5 – – 9.5 – – 11.0 – – 11.0 – – 13.0 – – 13.0 – – 15.0 – – 16.0 –

315

– 305m6

– 170 – – 186 – – 200 – – 218 – – 228 – – 245 – – 273 – – 298 – – 324 – – 356 – – 368 –

150 – 150H7 160 – 160H7 180 – 180H7 190 – 190H7 200 – 200H7 210 – 210H7 230 – 230H7 260 – 260H7 280 – 280H7 310 – 310H7 320 – 320H7

48

19 31 – 20 37 – 22 41 – 25 46 – 27 48 – 30 55 – 33 60 – 36 63 – 38 67 – 41 72 –

– 3 – 3 – 3 – 3 – 3 – 3 – 3 – 4 – 4 – 4 –

Mass moment of inertia J kgm2 0.2167 0.2168 0.0586 0.3278 0.3266 0.0927 0.4709 0.4519 0.1442 0.8051 0.7586 0.2334 1.4635 1.3843 0.3947 1.9809 1.9083 0.6095 3.2065 2.9664 0.9466 5.1248 4.8658 1.5350 7.4857 7.0887 2.0955 11.6519 11.2872 3.2918 14.7118 14.3454 4.3874

Product code

Weight

2LC0471-0GP00-0AA0 2LC0471-0EC00-0AA0 2LC0471-0BE00-0AA0 2LC0471-1GP00-0AA0 2LC0471-1EC00-0AA0 2LC0471-1BE00-0AA0 2LC0471-2GP00-0AA0 2LC0471-2EC00-0AA0 2LC0471-2BE00-0AA0 2LC0471-3GP00-0AA0 2LC0471-3EC00-0AA0 2LC0471-3BE00-0AA0 2LC0471-4GP00-0AA0 2LC0471-4EC00-0AA0 2LC0471-4BE00-0AA0 2LC0471-5GP00-0AA0 2LC0471-5EC00-0AA0 2LC0471-5BE00-0AA0 2LC0471-6GP00-0AA0 2LC0471-6EC00-0AA0 2LC0471-6BE00-0AA0 2LC0471-7GP00-0AA0 2LC0471-7EC00-0AA0 2LC0471-7BE00-0AA0 2LC0471-8GP00-0AA0 2LC0471-8EC00-0AA0 2LC0471-8BE00-0AA0 2LC0472-0GP00-0AA0 2LC0472-0EC00-0AA0 2LC0472-0BE00-0AA0 2LC0472-1GP00-0AA0 2LC0472-1EC00-0AA0 2LC0472-1BE00-0AA0

m kg 13.2 13.9 5.7 17.1 17.9 7.6 21.3 21.9 9.8 29.9 29.7 13.5 42.9 44.0 19.0 51.9 54.4 25.2 70.0 69.0 33.0 91.6 94.3 43.4 114 117 51.4 147 153 66.6 172 181 81.1

F, D and C flanges are readily available in many sizes. Ordering example: ARPEX ARS-6 F flange, size 105-6. Product code: 2LC0470-1GP00-0AA0


6/23

6

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All-S teel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series Serie s Further hubs and flanges Clamping hub

■ Selection and ordering data Standard clamping hub types 124 and 125 can be combined with any spacer. It should be noted that the clamping hub can be used only as an N hub (hub core outside). Clamping hub as “B hub” (hub core in spacer tube) on request. Transmissible torque and maximum bore diameter are smaller on a B hub variant than stated below.

Transmissible torque

Function

Fitting clearance and surface roughness

ARPEX clamping hubs transmit torque with the aid of a flexible press fit. By pulling the clamping ring on by means of the tightening screws the necessary surface pressure is applied in the “shaft/hub” contact area. After the tightening operation the clamping ring lies up against the clamping hub. The gap dimension between the clamping hub and the clamping ring is then zero. This has the effect that even with repeated fitting and dismounting the balancing condition is maintained (no wobble effect). Clamping hubs can be clamped as often as required. It must be ensured that the taper surfaces are adequately lubricated.

The transmissible torques take into account the maximum fitting clearance and maximum surface roughness. For other shaft tolerances reduced torques or other bore tolerances must be used. The surface roughness of the shaft should be ≤ R a = 1.6 1.6 µm.

6

The clamping connections are designed to enable the specified maximum torques to be transmitted. These maximum torques may not be exceeded. The mathematical coefficient of friction between the shaft and the clamping hub is µ = 0.16.

The shaft tolerance must be specified in the order. order. To specify, -Z must be added to the product code and the order code Y26 with plain text specification of the shaft tolerance for D1 must be added as well. The fit pairing G6/h6 should be used wherever possible.

Type 124

Type 125

NL

NL L2

L2

1 1 D D N

A D

A D Ø

Ø Ø

Ø

DA

Clamping hub Type

mm 78-6 105-6 125-6 140-6 165-6 175-6 195-6 210-6 240-6

6/24

124 125 124 125 124 125 124 125 124 125 124 125 124 125 124 125 124 125

Dimensions in mm D1

D1

N D1

NL

L2

A

min. 15

max. 25

48

35

19

6

25

45

74

40

22

8

30

50

86

45

28

8

30

60

103

50

33

9

38

70

118

55

33

9

42

75

122

65

43

10

48

75

135

70

44

9

55

85

141

75

49

9

65

95

164

90

59

10


Ø

G_MD10_EN_00152

A

Size

1 1 D D Ø N

Mass moment Product code of inertia Order codes for bore J diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog cata log section section 3 2 kgm 0.0002 2LC0470-0LM90-0AA0 2LC0470-0LN90-0AA0 0.0012 2LC0470-1LM90-0AA0 2LC0470-1LN90-0AA0 0.0026 2LC0470-2LM90-0AA0 2LC0470-2LN90-0AA0 0.0051 2LC0470-3LM90-0AA0 2LC0470-3LN90-0AA0 0.0096 2LC0470-4LM90-0AA0 2LC0470-4LN90-0AA0 0.0141 2LC0470-5LM90-0AA0 2LC0470-5LN90-0AA0 0.0231 2LC0470-6LM90-0AA0 2LC0470-6LN90-0AA0 0.0309 2LC0470-7LM90-0AA0 2LC0470-7LN90-0AA0 0.0648 2LC0470-8LM90-0AA0 2LC0470-8LN90-0AA0

Weight m kg 0.5 1.0 1.6 2.4 3.4 4.3 6.2 7.2 11.4

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series Further hubs and flanges Clamping hub Size DA mm 255-6 280-6 305-6 335-6 372-6

Clamping hub Type

124 125 124 125 124 125 124 125 124 125

Dimensions in mm D1

D1

N D1

NL

L2

A

min. 70

max. 95

171

95

64

10

75

110

189

115

79

–

80

120

203

125

90

–

85

130

221

140

100

–

95

140

230

150

110

–

Additional coupling sizes are available on request. Smaller bore diameters D1 min. are available on request.

Mass moment Product code of inertia Order codes for bore J diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog cata log section section 3 2 kgm 0.0886 2LC0471-0LM90-0AA0 2LC0471-0LN90-0AA0 0.1489 2LC0471-1LM90-0AA0 2LC0471-1LN90-0AA0 0.2163 2LC0471-2LM90-0AA0 2LC0471-2LN90-0AA0 0.3441 2LC0471-3LM90-0AA0 2LC0471-3LN90-0AA0 0.4955 2LC0471-4LM90-0AA0 2LC0471-4LN90-0AA0

Weight m kg 14.1 19.6 24.3 32.6 38.8

Forcing-off threads of clamping hubs of type 124 from size 280 fitted from flange side (like type 125). Weights and mass moments of inertia apply to a clamping hub with a maximum bore D1.

Dimensions and torques Finished bore/shaft in standard fit

D1G6 / h6 mm 16 19 20 22 24 25 28 30 32 35 38 40 42 45 48 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 110 120 130 140

Size 78-6 105-6 125-6 140-6 165-6 175-6 Rated coupling torque T KN Nm 170 270 490 700 1250 2000 Maximum transmissible torque of the clamping hub Nm 200 – – – – – 220 – – – – – 250 – – – – – 245 – – – – – 195 – – – – – 225 27 270 – – – – – 400 – – – – – 380 670 900 – – – 430 710 940 – – – 390 740 1060 – – – 520 950 1340 1720 – – 400 810 1140 1970 – – 480 950 1320 1790 2590 – 505 850 1190 2150 3120 – – 850 1400 2430 3200 – – 970 1090 2500 3550 – – – 1390 2300 3870 – – – 1180 2020 3490 – – – – 2500 4000 – – – – 2360 3610 – – – – – 3070 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

The maximum transmissible torque of the clamping hub must not be exceeded! Further coupling sizes and higher torques are available on request.

195-6

210-6

240-6

255-6

280-6

305-6

335-6

372-6

3000

4400

5700

7600

10000

12000

18000

24000

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – 3280 3650 3750 4490 4840 5110 5040 – – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 4120 5220 6630 7430 7430 7330 6260 – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 7600 9200 9600 8800 10000 9700 10000 – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 9800 11700 12600 12400 14200 14700 – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 14600 17200 18300 20000 19700 19700 19100 – – –

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 19300 21400 23600 24000 24000 24000 24000 – –

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 25100 29000 30400 34400 33600 33400 33500 –

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 36300 41100 44200 48000 46700 44900

Ordering example: ARPEX ARS-6 clamping hub, size 105-6, type 124, for shaft diameter diameter 40h6 40h6 mm. Product code: 2LC0470-1LM90-0AA0-Z L0W+Y26 clear text to Y26: h6


6/25

6

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All-S teel Couplings — ARPEX ARS-6 Series Serie s Spare and wear parts Plate pack ARS-6

■ Selection and ordering data S1 S1

Figure 1

A D Ø

Figure 2

A D Ø

6

G_MD10_EN_00153

Plate packs up to size 255-6 comprise ring plates (Fig. 1) and from size 280-6 side-bar plates (Fig. 2). Dimensions in mm Size DA

Mass moment of inertia S1

78-6 105-6 125-6 140-6 165-6 175-6 195-6 210-6 240-6 255-6 280-6 305-6 335-6 372-6 407-6 442-6 487-6 522-6 572-6 602-6

8 8 11 11 14 15 15 15 18 23 25 27 30 32 35 38 41 44 47 50

J kgm2 0.0001 0.0003 0.0009 0.0012 0.0033 0.0050 0.0084 0.0137 0.0253 0.0410 0.0613 0.0734 0.1180 0.2127 0.3387 0.4950 0.7965 1.0849 1.6931 2.2420

The plate pack of the ARS-6 series is readily available as a spare part. The plate pack is delivered with screw connection. Up to size 280-6 close-fitting bolts with collar nuts are used. From size 305-6 patented conical screw connections are used.

6/26


Product code

Weight

2LC0470-0NQ00-0AA0 2LC0470-1NQ00-0AA0 2LC0470-2NQ00-0AA0 2LC0470-3NQ00-0AA0 2LC0470-4NQ00-0AA0 2LC0470-5NQ00-0AA0 2LC0470-6NQ00-0AA0 2LC0470-7NQ00-0AA0 2LC0470-8NQ00-0AA0 2LC0471-0NQ00-0AA0 2LC0471-1NQ00-0AA0 2LC0471-2NQ00-0AA0 2LC0471-3NQ00-0AA0 2LC0471-4NQ00-0AA0 2LC0471-5NQ00-0AA0 2LC0471-6NQ00-0AA0 2LC0471-7NQ00-0AA0 2LC0471-8NQ00-0AA0 2LC0472-0NQ00-0AA0 2LC0472-1NQ00-0AA0

m kg 0.1 0.1 0.3 0.3 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.8 2.5 3.5 4.4 4.6 6.1 9.3 12.3 15.2 20.0 23.6 31.0 37.1

Ordering example: ARPEX ARS-6 plate pack, size 105-6, complete with screw connections. Product code: 2LC0470-1NQ00-0AA0

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Al l-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARC-8/-10 Series Ser ies General information

■ Overview

Coupling can be designed for potentially explosive environments environments in accordance with 94/9/EC.

■ Benefits ARPEX couplings of the ARC-8/-10 series are outstanding for their robust construction. They have been optimized for high torques combined with high speeds. The patented conical screw connection ensures reliable torque transmission by a true

positive fit and is designed to be extremely easy to fit. Couplings can be designed for potentially explosive environments in accordance with 94/9/EC.

■ Application ARPEX couplings of the ARC-8 and ARC-10 series are outputand speed-optimized coupling solutions. Power transmission is by means of patented conical screw connections and plate packs of the octagonal and decagonal types. Torques of between 8.5 and 1450 kNm can be transmitted at a permitted angular misalignment of 0.2° to 0.4°. The closed flange shape and a compact construction permit high peripheral speeds and high speeds. On most types, the intermediate spacer can be radiall y fitted without moving the connected units. Main areas of application for the ARC-8/-10 series: • Paper Paper-ma -making king machine machines s • Printin Printing g machi machines nes • Comp Compre resso ssors rs • Fan Fans sa and nd blowers blowers • Gene Generat rator ors s • Pres Presse ses s • Conv Convey eyor ors s • Cran Crane e syste systems ms • Pumps • Mills • Rota Rotary ry furna furnace ces s • Stir Stirre rers rs


6/27

6

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All- Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARC-8/-10 Series Se ries General information

■ Design The classic design of an ARPEX coupling of the ARC-8/-10 series type NEN is shown in the following illustration. The plate packs are bolted alternately between the flanges of the coupl ing hubs and the i ntermediate spacer.

Conical screw connections are used for fastening. The intermediate spacer lengths are variably designed according to customer specifications.

Hub Plate pack

Intermediate spacer Hub Tightening screw

6

Washer

Taper sleeve Taper bolt Screw plug

G_MD10_EN_00154a

Design of an ARPEX coupling, ARC-8/-10 series, type NEN

Variants of the ARPEX coupling, ARC-8/-10 series Types NEN NHN BUB MFEFM MFHFM

6/28

Variant with intermediate spacer machined on all sides, length variable Variant with unmachined intermediate spacer, spacer, length variable Compact variant with split intermediate sp acer for short shaft distances Variant with preassembled intermediate unit and machined intermediate spacer, length variable Variant with preassembled intermediate unit and unmachined intermediate spacer, length variable


The coupling parts of the ARPEX ARC-8/-10 series with the exception of the H spacers have been machined on all sides. These are delivered with unmachined and primed spacer tube. Further application-specific coupling types are available in NG at www.siemens.com/couplings selection module X.CAT NG at www.siemens.com/couplings.. Dimension sheets and further infor mation are available on request.

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Al l-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARC-8/-10 Series Ser ies General information


Rated torque

Overload torque T KOL

Fatigue torque

T KN

Maximum torque T Kmax

Maximu Maximum m permi permitte tted d shaf shaftt misa misalign lignmen mentt ±∆Ka ±∆Kw ±∆Kr

T KW

Maximum speed n Kmax

225-8 255-8 270-8 295-8 325-8 355-8 385-8 420-8 455-8 505-8 545-8 595-8 630-8 700-8

kNm 8.5 12.7 16.5 23 33 45 56 70 88 120 165 210 260 340

kNm 17 25.4 33 46 66 90 112 140 176 240 330 420 520 680

kNm 25.5 38.1 49.5 69 99 135 168 210 264 360 495 630 780 1020

kNm 4.25 6.35 8.25 11.5 16.5 22.5 28 35 44 60 82.5 105 130 170

rpm 8500 7500 7000 6500 6000 5500 5000 4500 4200 3800 3500 3200 3000 2700

mm 1.94 2.32 2.40 2.62 2.60 2.88 3.12 3.46 4.02 4.28 4.48 4.86 4.98 5.78

630-10 700-10 760-10 860-10 950-10 1035-10

340 430 550 770 1050 1450

680 860 1100 1540 2100 2900

1020 1290 1650 2310 3150 4350

170 215 275 385 525 725

3000 2700 2500 2200 2000 1850

3.04 3.60 3.70 4.82 5.40 5.78

0.4°

0.3°

0.2°

NEN NHN S= 1000 mm mm 6.87 6.86 6.88 6.86 6.84 6.83 6.81 6.79 6.78 6.77 6.75 6.73 4.93 4.91 S= 1500 mm 5.03 5.02 4.98 4.95 4.91 4.88

The permitted shaft misalignments ∆Ka, ∆Kr and ∆Kw are maximum values and must not occur at the same time ( see following table). The specified, permitted shaft misalignment ∆Kr for types NEN/NHN and MFEFM/MFHFM applies to a shaft distance of S = 1000 1000 mm (ARC (ARC-8 -8)) or or S = 1500 1500 mm (ARC(ARC-10 10). ). The permitted shaft misalignment ∆Kr for types NEN and NHN is calculated as follows: ∆Kr = (S – S1) ⋅ tan(∆Kw). The permitted shaft misalignment ∆Kr for types MFEFM and MFHFM is calculated as follows: ∆Kr = ( S – S 1 – 2 ⋅ BF) ⋅ tan(∆Kw).

BUB

mm 0.96 1.10 1.10 1.17 1.38 1.42 1.63 1.78 1.89 2.41 2.67 2.88 2.10 2.38

1.40 1.58 1.60 1.86 1.92 1.95

Torsion orsional al stiff stiffnes ness s C T

MFEFM NEN NHN BUB MFEFM MFHFM MFHFM for for S= S S= S S= 1000 mm min. 1000 mm min. 1000 mm mm MNm/rad MN MNm/rad MN MNm/rad MN MNm/rad MN MNm/rad 6.53 3.1 0.9368 3.0 3.1 0.9748 6.51 3.8 1.2778 3.7 3.8 1.3295 6.52 5.4 1.7339 5.1 5.4 1.8072 6.44 7.1 2.6134 6 .7 7.1 2.7358 6.34 9.6 3.9537 9 .4 9.6 4.1715 6.28 12.8 5.6093 12.5 12.8 5.9339 6.22 17.8 7.8517 17.0 17.8 8.3555 6.14 22.9 10.8175 21.9 22.9 11.5763 6.11 30.0 14.2794 28.2 30.0 15.2998 6.04 40.2 20.9046 36.4 40.2 22.4421 5.98 50.4 28.7428 45.0 50.4 30.7848 5.89 67.8 39.5343 59.5 67.8 42.5997 4.14 61.8 42.6162 61.2 61.8 46.3697 4.06 84.9 60.2135 83.1 84.9 65.8083 S= S= S= 1500 mm 1500 mm 1500 mm 4.50 94.6 46.9832 94.4 94.6 50.5520 4.45 135 72.3106 132 135 77.9729 4.30 173 91.7589 180 173 101.228 4.21 244 145.230 245 244 160.422 4.09 325 204.443 338 325 227.957 3.97 426 292.140 455 426 326.930

The values for torsional stiffness apply to the complete coupling. In the case of types NHN and MFHFM to a coupling with shaft distanc distance e S = 100 1000 0 mm (ARC-8 (ARC-8)) or or S = 150 1500 0 mm (ARC-1 (ARC-10). 0). The torsional stiffness of the plate packs applies to the rated coupling torque T KN. To To determine the torsional stiffness for a specific operating point, e.g. for calculating torsional vibration, the manufacturer must be consulted. T Kmax permitted only five times per hour. hour.

Permitted shaft misalignments Size

225-8 255-8 270-8 295-8 325-8 355-8 385-8 420-8 455-8 505-8 545-8 595-8 630-8 700-8 630-10 700-10 760-10 860-10 950-10 1035-10

Permitted angular misalignment ±∆Kw 0.0° 0.1° Permitted axial misalignment ±∆Ka in mm 1.94 1.46 2.32 1.74 2.40 1.80 2.62 1.96 2.60 1.95 2.88 2.16 3.12 2.34 3.46 2.59 4.02 3.01 4.28 3.21 4.48 3.36 4.86 3.65 4.98 3.32 5.78 3.85 3.04 1.52 3.60 1.80 3.70 1.85 4.82 2.41 5.40 2.70 5.78 2.89

0.2°

0.3°

0.4°

0.97 1.16 1.20 1.31 1.30 1.44 1.56 1.73 2.01 2.14 2.24 2.43 1.66 1.93 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.48 0.58 0.60 0.66 0.65 0.72 0.78 0.86 1.00 1.07 1.12 1.22 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00


6/29

6

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All- Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARC-8/-10 Series Se ries Types NEN/NHN

■ Selection and ordering data Torsionally rigid coupling types NEN and NHN with radially freely d ismountable intermediate spacer and variable spacer length. Power transmission via patented conical screw connection.

NL1

S LZ

S1

NL2

G_MD10_XX_00155a

Z S 1 A D 1 D N D Ø Ø

2 2 D D Ø N

Z D Ø

Ø

Ø

6

N

E, H

Size

Rated torque

Maximum Type speed

Dimensions in mm

DA

T KN

n Kmax

mm 225-8

kNm 8.5

rpm 8500


147

255-8

12.7

7500

140

172

270-8

16.5

7000

150

182

295-8

23

6500

160

199

325-8

33

6000

170

214

355-8

45

5500

185

235

385-8

56

5000

205

256

420-8

70

4500

230

282

455-8

88

4200

255

308

505-8

120

3800

285

344

545-8

165

3500

300

371

595-8

210

3200

330

405

6/30

NEN NHN NEN NHN NEN NHN NEN NHN NEN NHN NEN NHN NEN NHN NEN NHN NEN NHN NEN NHN NEN NHN NEN NHN


ND1/ DZ ND2

135.0 139.7 147.0 152.4 172.0 177.8 188.0 193.7 197.0 203.0 222.0 229.0 238.0 244.5 266.0 273.0 291.0 298.5 315.0 323.9 346.0 355.6 384.0 394.0

SZ

6.0 8.0 8. 7.0 8.8 8. 7.0 7.1 7. 8.0 8.8 8. 10.5 12 1 2. 5 11.0 12 1 2. 5 12.0 14 1 4. 2 12.0 14 1 4. 2 13.0 14 1 4. 2 15.0 17 1 7. 5 17.0 20 2 0. 0 18.0 20 2 0. 0

N

NL1/ S1 NL2

140

16

160

17

170

14

185

17

195

20

215

22

240

25

275

27

300

29

340

31

350

33

390

36

LZ min.

91 240 94 250 96 300 121 310 134 380 145 390 151 450 177 470 180 470 188 590 202 600 212 610


123 272 128 284 124 328 155 344 174 420 189 434 201 500 231 524 238 528 250 652 268 666 284 682

kgm2 0.19 0.21 0.35 0.38 0.45 0.49 0.75 0.82 1.27 1.42 2.01 2.21 3.02 3.35 4.74 5.23 6.81 7.43 11.5 12.8 16.8 18.7 25.9 28.6


2LC0400-0BE99-0AZ0 2LC0400-0BF99-0AZ0 2LC0400-1BE99-0AZ0 2LC0400-1BF99-0AZ0 2LC0400-2BE99-0AZ0 2LC0400-2BF99-0AZ0 2LC0400-3BE99-0AZ0 2LC0400-3BF99-0AZ0 2LC0400-4BE99-0AZ0 2LC0400-4BF99-0AZ0 2LC0400-5BE99-0AZ0 2LC0400-5BF99-0AZ0 2LC0400-6BE99-0AZ0 2LC0400-6BF99-0AZ0 2LC0400-7BE99-0AZ0 2LC0400-7BF99-0AZ0 2LC0400-8BE99-0AZ0 2LC0400-8BF99-0AZ0 2LC0401-0BE99-0AZ0 2LC0401-0BF99-0AZ0 2LC0401-1BE99-0AZ0 2LC0401-1BF99-0AZ0 2LC0401-2BE99-0AZ0 2LC0401-2BF99-0AZ0

Weight

m

kg 29 33 42 47 46 52 66 74 93 108 123 140 156 181 202 230 244 274 335 390 427 497 552 626

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Al l-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARC-8/-10 Series Ser ies Types NEN/NHN Size

Rated torque

Maximum Type speed

Dimensions in mm

DA

T KN

n Kmax

mm 630-8

kNm 260

rpm 3000


425

700-8

340

2700

395

479

630-10

340

3000

310

425

700-10

430

2700

350

479

760-10

550

2500

375

507

860-10

770

2200

425

574

950-10

1050

2000

470

639

1035-10 1450

1850

490

693

NEN NHN NEN NHN NEN NHN NEN NHN NEN NHN NEN NHN NEN NHN NEN NHN

ND1/ DZ ND2

409.0 419.0 459.0 470.0 396.0 406.4 459.0 470.0 483.0 495.0 546.0 559.0 596.0 610.0 645.0 660.4

SZ

NL1/ S1 NL2

19.0 20 2 0. 0 19.0 20 2 0. 0 29.0 30 3 0. 0 26.0 30 3 0. 0 30.0 30 3 0. 0 33.0 36 3 6. 0 38.0 40 4 0. 0 46.0 50.0

The permitted length of the intermediate spacer depends on the maximum operating speed of the coupling (see foll owing table).

400 470 400 470 480 510 550 580

58

LZ min.

281 630 62 300 700 58 281 630 62 300 700 74 359 760 82 393 860 92 437 950 102 481 1035

Mass moment of Shaft inertia distance S J min.

397 746 424 824 397 746 424 824 507 908 557 1024 621 1134 685 1239

kgm2 40.6 43.4 66.5 71.0 45.0 48.5 75.7 82.4 116 123 208 223 347 371 545 586


Weight

m

2LC0401-3BE99-0AZ0 2LC0401-3BF99-0AZ0 2LC0401-4BE99-0AZ0 2LC0401-4BF99-0AZ0 2LC0410-0BE99-0AZ0 2LC0410-0BF99-0AZ0 2LC0410-1BE99-0AZ0 2LC0410-1BF99-0AZ0 2LC0410-2BE99-0AZ0 2LC0410-2BF99-0AZ0 2LC0410-3BE99-0AZ0 2LC0410-3BF99-0AZ0 2LC0410-4BE99-0AZ0 2LC0410-4BF99-0AZ0 2LC0410-5BE99-0AZ0 2LC0410-5BF99-0AZ0

kg 763 830 992 1078 895 991 1215 1352 1557 1688 2159 2380 2948 3234 3974 4401

Weights and mass moments of inertia apply to the entire coupling with maximum bores D1/D2 and S = S min.

In the case of individual order of the intermediate spacer, the length (LZ) must be specified. Permitted shaft distance S of type NHN relative to speed Size

225-8 255-8 270-8 295-8 325-8 355-8 385-8 420-8 455-8 505-8 545-8 595-8 630-8 700-8 630-10 700-10 760-10 860-10 950-10 1035-10


800

900

1000

1200

1400

1500

2000

2500

3000

3926 4091 4436 4636 4723 5024 5202 5514 5770 5995 6279 6623 6858 7283 6660 7229 7406 7884 8230 8536

3703 3858 4183 4372 4454 4738 4906 5200 5441 5654 5922 6246 6469 6870 6283 6819 6987 7438 7765 8054

3514 3661 3969 4148 4227 4496 4655 4935 5164 5365 5619 5928 6140 6521 5963 6472 6632 7060 7371 7646

3209 3343 3625 3788 3860 4106 4252 4507 4716 4900 5133 5414 5610 5958 5449 5914 6061 6452 6737 6989

2972 3097 3357 3509 3575 3803 3938 4175 4368 4539 4754 5015 5198 5521 5049 5480 5616 5980 6244 6478

2872 2992 3243 3390 3455 3675 3806 4034 4221 4386 4594 4847 5024 5336 4880 5296 5429 5780 6035 6262

2489 2594 2811 2938 2994 3185 3299 3497 3660 3803 3983 4202 4358 4629 4234 4595 4711 5016 5239

2228 2035 2322 2121 2516 2298 2630 2402 2680 2449 2851 2605 2953 2698 3131 2861 3276 2993 3405 3111 3566 3258 3762 3438 3904 3569 4147 3793 3468 4116 4222 Outside the permitted speed range

4000

1765 1839 1992 2083 2123 2259 2340 2481 2596

Ordering example: ARPEX ARC-8 NHN coupling, size 270-8, with shaft distance S = 1000 mm, Bore ∅D1 120H7 mm, with keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set set screw, screw, Bore ∅D2 130K7 mm, with keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set set screw. screw. Product code: 2LC0400-2BF99-0AZ0-Z L1S+M1U+Q0Y+M13 clear text to Q0Y S = 1000 mm


6/31

6

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All- Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARC-8/-10 Series Se ries Type BUB

■ Selection and ordering data Torsionally rigid coupling type BUB with split intermedi ate spacer. Type Type BUB permits shor test shaft distances.

LG NL1 S1

P

NL2 A Z S

S 1 A 1 D D D N Ø Ø

2 2 D D Ø N

Ø

Ø

Z D Ø

6

G_MD10_XX_00156

B

Size

Rated torque


DA

T KN

n Kmax

mm 225-8 255-8 270-8 295-8 325-8 355-8 385-8 420-8 455-8 505-8 545-8 595-8 630-8 700-8 630-10 700-10 760-10 860-10 950-10 1035-10

kNm 8.5 12.7 16.5 23 33 45 56 70 88 120 165 210 260 340 340 430 550 770 1050 1450

rpm 8500 7500 7000 6500 6000 5500 5000 4500 4200 3800 3500 3200 3000 2700 3000 2700 2500 2200 2000 1850

6/32

D1 D 1/D2 Keyway DIN 6885 max. 105 125 130 135 140 150 180 200 220 2 45 2 60 2 85 3 00 3 32 2 60 3 10 3 20 3 50 400 430


ND1/ DZ ND2

136 160 169 185 195 215 235 260 285 316 334 364 381 431 377 430 452 515 574 615

150 175 185 202 217 238 259 285 311 347 374 408 428 482 428 482 512 579 644 698

U

SZ

4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.5 12.0 14.5 15.0 17.0 17.5 23.0 24.0 26.0 28.0 31.0 38.0

NL1/ S1 NL2

90 100 100 110 130 135 155 170 180 220 240 260 280 310 280 310 330 380 400 420

16 17 14 17 20 22 25 27 29 31 33 36 58 62 58 62 74 82 92 102

B

Shaft distance S A

5 8 8 7 10 12 8 10 10 12 16 16 16 20 16 20 20 20 25 25

12 13 13 15 16 19 20 23 23 24 26 27 28 29 28 29 34 38 40 42

P

47 49 46 55 65 71 79 87 90 97 103 112 150 160 150 160 191 209 233 257

LG

185 208 208 227 270 282 318 350 370 452 496 536 576 640 576 640 680 780 825 865

Mass moment Product code of inertia Order codes for bore diameters and tolerances are specified in J catalog cata log section section 3

Weight

kgm2 0.19 0.34 0.43 0.70 1.23 1.89 2.87 4.51 6.42 11.1 15.9 24.0 37.4 62.3 41.0 66.4 104 191 311 477

kg 27 38 43 61 90 116 143 187 226 322 400 507 688 936 794 1023 1354 1993 2592 3332

2LC0400-0AF99-0AA0 2LC0400-1AF99-0AA0 2LC0400-2AF99-0AA0 2LC0400-3AF99-0AA0 2LC0400-4AF99-0AA0 2LC0400-5AF99-0AA0 2LC0400-6AF99-0AA0 2LC0400-7AF99-0AA0 2LC0400-8AF99-0AA0 2LC0401-0AF99-0AA0 2LC0401-1AF99-0AA0 2LC0401-2AF99-0AA0 2LC0401-3AF99-0AA0 2LC0401-4AF99-0AA0 2LC0410-0AF99-0AA0 2LC0410-1AF99-0AA0 2LC0410-2AF99-0AA0 2LC0410-3AF99-0AA0 2LC0410-4AF99-0AA0 2LC0410-5AF99-0AA0

m

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Al l-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARC-8/-10 Series Ser ies Type BUB Split intermediate spacer permits preassembly of the coupling halves at the factory and easy final assembly by the customer (optional). Power transmission via patented conical screw connection. The hubs are standard-manufactured from high-grade steel. In the case of smaller bore diameters hig her-grade material is used, depending on the application (additional price). Weights and mass moments of inertia ap ply to the entire coupling with maximum bores D1/D2. Ordering example: ARPEX ARC-8 BUB coupling, size 270-8, Bore ∅D1 120H7 mm, with keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set set screw, screw, Bore ∅D2 130K7 mm, with keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set set screw. screw. Product code: 2LC0400-2AF99-0AA0-Z L1S+M1U+M13

6


6/33

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All- Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARC-8/-10 Series Se ries Types MFEFM/MFHFM

■ Selection and ordering data Torsionally rigid coupling types MFEFM and MFHFM with radially freely dismountable FEF or FHF transmission unit and variable spacer length. Power transmission via patented conical screw connection.

NL1

S LZ

BF

NL2 S1 G_MD10_XX_00157a

Z S

A 1 1 F D D D N Ø

Z D Ø

Ø Ø

2 2 D D Ø N

A D Ø

Ø

6

M

Size

Rated torque

Maximum speed

Type

DA

T KN

n Kmax

mm 225-8

kNm 8.5

rpm 8500

255-8

12.7

7500

270-8

16.5

7000

295-8

23

6500

325-8

33

6000

D1 D 1/D2 Keyway DIN 6885 max. MFEFM 160 MFHFM MFEFM 180 MFHFM MFEFM 195 MFHFM MFEFM 210 MFHFM MFEFM 230

355-8

45

5500

385-8

56

5000

420-8

70

4500

455-8

88

4200

505-8

120

3800

545-8

165

3500

595-8

210

3200

6/34

MFHFM MFEFM MFHFM MFEFM MFHFM MFEFM MFHFM MFEFM MFHFM MFEFM MFHFM MFEFM MFHFM MFEFM MFHFM

F

E, H

F

M

Dimensions in mm

ND1/ DFA ND2

225

283

255

313

270

328

295

353

325

389

255

355

419

275

385

465

300

420

507

325

455

542

361

505

601

389

545

641

425

595

691


DZ

135.0 139.7 147.0 152.4 172.0 177.8 188.0 193.7 197.0 203.0 222.0 229.0 238.0 244.5 266.0 273.0 291.0 298.5 315.0 323.9 346.0 355.6 384.0 394.0

SZ

6.0 8.0 7.0 8.8 7.0 7.1 8.0 8.8 10.5 12.5 12 11.0 12.5 12 12.0 14.2 14 12.0 14.2 14 13.0 14.2 14 15.0 17.5 17 17.0 20.0 20 18.0 20.0 20

NL1/ S1 NL2

170

16

180

17

185

14

190

17

210

20

230

22

250

25

270

27

295

29

325

31

350

33

385

36

LZ min.

91 240 94 250 96 300 121 310 134 380 145 390 151 450 177 470 180 470 188 590 202 600 212 610

Shaft distance S BF min.

171 320 178 334 176 380 215 404 246 492 267 512 285 584 325 618 334 624 354 756 378 776 404 802

24 25 26 30 36 39 42 47 48 52 55 60


kgm2 0.81 0.83 1.37 1.39 1.70 1.74 2.55 2.62 4.30 4.45 6.45 6.65 10.0 10.4 15.3 15.8 22.2 22.8 37.9 39.2 54.3 56.2 82.8 85.5


2LC0400-0AV99-0AZ0 2LC0400-0AX99-0AZ0 2LC0400-1AV99-0AZ0 2LC0400-1AX99-0AZ0 2LC0400-2AV99-0AZ0 2LC0400-2AX99-0AZ0 2LC0400-3AV99-0AZ0 2LC0400-3AX99-0AZ0 2LC0400-4AV99-0AZ0 2LC0400-4AX99-0AZ0 2LC0400-5AV99-0AZ0 2LC0400-5AX99-0AZ0 2LC0400-6AV99-0AZ0 2LC0400-6AX99-0AZ0 2LC0400-7AV99-0AZ0 2LC0400-7AX99-0AZ0 2LC0400-8AV99-0AZ0 2LC0400-8AX99-0AZ0 2LC0401-0AV99-0AZ0 2LC0401-0AX99-0AZ0 2LC0401-1AV99-0AZ0 2LC0401-1AX99-0AZ0 2LC0401-2AV99-0AZ0 2LC0401-2AX99-0AZ0

Weight

m

kg 81 85 109 114 119 125 153 161 215 231 270 288 354 379 454 483 563 593 773 829 959 1029 1236 1310

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Al l-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARC-8/-10 Series Ser ies Types MFEFM/MFHFM Size

Rated torque

Maximum speed

Type

Dimensions in mm

DA

T KN

n Kmax

mm 630-8

kNm 260

rpm 3000

700-8

340

2700

630-10

340

3000

700-10

430

2700

760-10

550

2500

860-10

770

2200

950-10

1050

2000

1035-10 1450

1850

D1 D 1/D2 Keyway DIN 6885 max. MFEFM 450 MFHFM MFEFM 500 MFHFM MFEFM 450 MFHFM MFEFM 500 MFHFM MFEFM 545 MFHFM MFEFM 615 MFHFM MFEFM 680 MFHFM MFEFM 740 MFHFM

ND1/ DFA ND2

630

DZ

SZ

736

409.0 419.0 700 816 459.0 470.0 630 746 396.0 406.4 700 816 459.0 470.0 760 878 483.0 495.0 860 991 546.0 559.0 950 1083 596.0 610.0 1035 1168 645.0 660.4

19.0 20.0 19.0 20.0 29.0 30.0 26.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30 33.0 36.0 36 38.0 40.0 40 46.0 50 5 0.0

NL1/ S1 NL2

405

58

450

62

405

58

450

62

490

74

555

82

615

92

670

102

LZ min.

281 630 300 700 281 630 300 700 359 760 393 860 437 950 481 1035

Shaft distance S BF min.

549 898 586 986 549 898 586 986 701 1102 769 1236 857 1370 947 1501


kgm2 76 116 1 19 81 194 1 98 76 121 1 25 81 197 2 03 97 301 308 106 547 563 118 892 916 131 1371 1412


2LC0401-3AV99-0AZ0 2LC0401-3AX99-0AZ0 2LC0401-4AV99-0AZ0 2LC0401-4AX99-0AZ0 2LC0410-0AV99-0AZ0 2LC0410-0AX99-0AZ0 2LC0410-1AV99-0AZ0 2LC0410-1AX99-0AZ0 2LC0410-2AV99-0AZ0 2LC0410-2AX99-0AZ0 2LC0410-3AV99-0AZ0 2LC0410-3AX99-0AZ0 2LC0410-4AV99-0AZ0 2LC0410-4AX99-0AZ0 2LC0410-5AV99-0AZ0 2LC0410-5AX99-0AZ0

Weight

m

kg 1567 1634 2106 2192 1631 1727 2136 2273 2810 2940 3993 4213 5368 5654 7005 7432

FEF or FHF transmission unit preassembled at the factory enables easy final assembly by the customer.

In the case of individual order of the intermediate spacer, the length (LZ) must be specified.

The permitted length of the intermediate spacer depends on the maximum operating speed of the coupling (see foll owing table).

Weights and mass moments of inertia apply to the entire coupling with maximum bores D1/D2 and S = S min.

Permitted shaft distance S of type MFHFM relative to speed Size

225-8 255-8 270-8 295-8 325-8 355-8 385-8 420-8 455-8 505-8 545-8 595-8 630-8 700-8 630-10 700-10 760-10 860-10 950-10 1035-10


800

900

1000

1200

1400

1500

2000

2500

3000

3974 4141 4488 4696 4795 5102 5286 5608 5866 6099 6389 6743 7010 7445 6812 7391 7600 8096 8466 8798

3751 3908 4235 4432 4526 4816 4990 5294 5537 5758 6032 6366 6621 7032 6435 6981 7181 7650 8001 8316

3562 3711 4021 4208 4299 4574 4739 5029 5260 5469 5729 6048 6292 6683 6115 6634 6826 7272 7607 7908

3257 3393 3677 3848 3932 4184 4336 4601 4812 5004 5243 5534 5762 6120 5601 6076 6255 6664 6973 7251

3020 3147 3409 3569 3647 3881 4022 4269 4464 4643 4864 5135 5350 5683 5201 5642 5810 6192 6480 6740

2920 3042 3295 3450 3527 3753 3890 4128 4317 4490 4704 4967 5176 5498 5032 5458 5623 5992 6271 6524

2537 2644 2863 2998 3066 3263 3383 3591 3756 3907 4093 4322 4510 4791 4386 4757 4905 5228 5475

2276 2083 2372 2171 2568 2350 2690 2462 2752 2521 2929 2683 3037 2782 3225 2955 3372 3089 3509 3215 3676 3368 3882 3558 4056 3721 4309 3945 3620 4278 4416 Outside the permitted speed range

4000

1813 1889 2044 2143 2195 2337 2424 2575 2692

Ordering example: ARPEX ARC-8 MFHFM coupling, size 270-8, with shaft distance S = 1000 mm, Bore ∅D1 150H7 mm, with keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set set screw, screw, Bore ∅D2 160K7 mm, with keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set set screw. screw. Product code: 2LC0400-2AX99-0AZ0-Z L1W+M1X+Q0Y+M13 clear text to Q0Y: Q0Y: S = 1000 mm


6/35

6

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All- Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARC-8/-10 Series Se ries Spare and wear parts Plate pack ARC-8/-10


S1

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

A D Ø

6 8 5 1 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

Plate packs of the ARC-8 series up to size 595-8 comprise ring plates (Fig. 1) and from size 630-8 side-bar plates (Fig. 2). Dimensions in mm Size

Plate pack Series S1

225-8 255-8 270-8 295-8 325-8 355-8 385-8 420-8 455-8 505-8 545-8 595-8 630-8 700-8 630-10 700-10 760-10 860-10 950-10 1035-10

16 17 14 17 20 22 25 27 29 31 33 36 58 62 58 62 74 82 92 102

ARC-8 ARC-8 ARC-8 ARC-8 ARC-8 ARC-8 ARC-8 ARC-8 ARC-8 ARC-8 ARC-8 ARC-8 ARC-8 ARC-8 ARC-10 ARC-10 ARC-10 ARC-10 ARC-10 ARC-10

The plate pack of the ARC-8/-10 series is readily available as a spare part. The plate pack is delivered with conical screw connection.

Plate packs of the ARC-10 series in all sizes comprise side-bar plates (Fig. 3). Mass moment of inertia J kgm2 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.07 0.12 0.20 0.30 0.46 0.64 1.01 1.47 2.26 4.03 6.33 5.00 7.85 13.73 24.49 41.26 65.64

Product code

2LC0400-0AT00-0AA0 2LC0400-1AT00-0AA0 2LC0400-2AT00-0AA0 2LC0400-3AT00-0AA0 2LC0400-4AT00-0AA0 2LC0400-5AT00-0AA0 2LC0400-6AT00-0AA0 2LC0400-7AT00-0AA0 2LC0400-8AT00-0AA0 2LC0401-0AT00-0AA0 2LC0401-1AT00-0AA0 2LC0401-2AT00-0AA0 2LC0401-3AT00-0AA0 2LC0401-4AT00-0AA0 2LC0410-0AT00-0AA0 2LC0410-1AT00-0AA0 2LC0410-2AT00-0AA0 2LC0410-3AT00-0AA0 2LC0410-4AT00-0AA0 2LC0410-5AT00-0AA0

Ordering example: ARPEX ARC-8 plate pack, size 225-8, complete with screw connection Product code: 2LC0400-0AT00-0AA0

6/36


Weight m kg 2.4 3.1 3.4 4.8 7.2 9.8 12.7 16.2 19.2 24.5 30.8 39.8 67.2 84.5 78.0 98.0 147 203 277 374

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARP-6 Series General information

■ Overview

Coupling can be used for potentially explosive environments environments in accordance with 94/9/EC.

■ Benefits ARPEX couplings of the ARP-6 series are outstanding for their application-optimized construction. The two types NAN and MCECM have been specially designed for drives with uniform to medium loads and at the same time meet the requirements of API 610. The type MCECM with preassembled preassembled CEC intermedi-

ate unit can also be optionally designed to API 671. A special catcher device serves to secure the intermediate spacer in the event of plate breakage. Their use in potentially explosive environments in accordance with Directive 94/9/EC is possible.

■ Application ARPEX series ARP-6 couplings have been specially developed for pump drives and specifically for centrifugal pump drives. Special care was taken to meet meet the requirements of API 610 and API 671 (API = American American Petroleum Petroleum Institu Institute). te). Power Power is transmittransmitted via close-fitting bolts and nuts from size 310-6 with conical screw connection and plate packs in hexagonal design. Torques of between 100 and 17000 Nm can be transmitted transmitted at a permitted angular misalignment of 0.7°. The closed fl ange shape and a compact construction permit high peripheral speeds and high speeds. The intermediate spacer can be fitted radially without moving the connected units. Main areas of application for the ARP-6 s eries: • Centrif Centrifugal ugal pumps pumps • Boiler Boiler feed feed pumps pumps • Propell Propeller er pumps pumps • Wing Wing pump pumps s • Pipel Pipelin ine e pumps pumps • Turbo compr compress essors ors • Screw Screw comp compres ressor sors s • Turbo blower blowers s • Axial, Axial, radia radiall blowers blowers • Rot Rotaryary-pist piston on blower blowers s • Fans


6/37

6

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All-S teel Couplings — ARPEX ARP-6 Series Serie s General information

■ Design NAN: The design of an ARPEX NAN coupling of the ARP-6 series is shown in the following illustration. The plate packs are bolted alternately between the flanges of the coupling hubs and the intermediate spacer. Up to size 298-6 close-fitting bolts and from size 325-6 conical screw connections are used for fastening. The intermediate spacer is available from stock in various fixed lengths. Hubs are designed with threaded pull- off holes.

MCECM: The design of an ARPEX MCECM coupling of the ARP-6 series is shown in the following illustration. Bolted between two hubs is the CEC transmission unit, the preassembled plate packs of which are bolted alternately between flanges and intermediate spacer. Up to size 275-6 close-fitting bolts and from size 310-6 conical screw connections are used for fastening. The intermediate spacer is available from stock in various fixed lengths. Jumbo hubs for large bore diameters can be optionally used. Type NAN

Type MCECM

Plate pack Intermediate flange

6

Intermediate spacer Collar nut

Intermediate spacer Collar nut

Guard ring

Guard ring

Plate pack Hub Close-fitting bolt

Close-fitting bolt

Hub G_MD10_EN_00159a

Design of the ARPEX coupling, ARP-6 series

Variants Variant s of the ARPEX coupling, ARP-6 series Types NAN

Variant with intermediate spacer, various fixed lengths available from stock Variant with preassembled intermediate unit and spacer machined on all sides, various fixed lengths available from stock

MCECM

Further application-specific coupling types are available in selection module X.CAT NG at www.siemens.com/couplings.. NG at www.siemens.com/couplings Dimension sheets and further infor mation are available on request.

■ Technical data Power ratings, type NAN Size

88-6 115-6 135-6 150-6 176-6 185-6 212-6 225-6 256-6 272-6 298-6 325-6

6/38

Rated torque

Maximum torque

Overload torque

Fatigue torque

Maximum speed

T KN

T Kmax

T KOL

T KW

n Kmax

Nm

Nm

Nm

Nm

rpm

mm

190 270 580 660 1220 1875 2850 4200 5750 8050 10000 12000

270 410 870 100 1900 2900 4230 6300 8700 12000 15000 18000

450 680 1450 1650 3100 4700 7200 10500 15000 20000 25000 30000

70 110 230 270 490 750 1200 1700 2300 3200 4000 4800

21700 16600 12700 11400 9750 9300 8100 7650 6700 6300 5150 4700

1.10 1.81 2.02 2.41 2.75 2.85 3.06 3.14 3.69 3.85 4.19 4.45


Maximum permitted shaft misalignment

Torsional stiffness


0.7°

S= 100 mm mm

S= 140 mm mm

S= 180 mm mm

S= 200 mm mm

S= 250 mm mm

1.15 1.15 1.14 1.14 1.11 1.09 1.10 – – – – –

1.64 1.64 1.62 1.62 1.6 1.58 1.59 1.59 1.56 1.51 1.47 –

– 2.13 2.11 2.11 2.09 2.06 2.08 2.08 2.05 2 1.95 1.93

– – – 2.36 2.33 2.31 2.32 2.32 2 .3 2.25 2.2 2.17

– – – 2.97 2.94 2.92 2.93 2.93 2.91 2.86 2.81 2.79

C T S= 100 mm MNm/ rad 0.04 0.09 0.21 0.27 0.44 0.56 0.81 – – – – –

S= S= S= S= 140 180 200 250 mm mm mm mm MNm/ MNm/ MNm/ MNm/ rad rad rad rad 0.04 – – – 0.09 0.08 – – 0.19 0.17 – – 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.21 0.40 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.52 0.49 0.47 0.44 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.85 0.81 0.79 0.74 1.37 1.31 1.29 1.22 1.44 1.39 1.36 1.3 1.47 1.43 1.41 1.37 – 2.48 2.44 2.34

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARP-6 Series General information Power Pow er ratings, type MCECM Size

Rated torque

Maximum torque

Overload torque

Fatigue torque

Maximum speed


T KN

T Kmax

T KOL

T KW

n Kmax

Nm

Nm

Nm

Nm

rpm

mm

100 210 490 925 1600 2500 3900 5200 7000 9800 12900 17000

150 310 740 1400 2400 3800 5900 7800 10500 15000 20000 26000

250 530 1250 2300 4000 6300 9800 13000 18000 25000 33000 43000

40 85 200 370 640 1000 1600 2100 2800 4000 5200 6800

22500 19900 15900 13400 11800 10000 8900 8300 7800 6250 5550 5000

0.80 1.15 1.47 1.73 2.07 2.36 2.67 2.88 2.99 3.38 3.85 4.24

Torsional stiffness


64-4 96-6 120-6 142-6 162-6 190-6 214-6 230-6 245-6 275-6 310-6 345-6

0.7°

The permitted shaft misalignments ∆Ka, ∆Kr and ∆Kw are maximum values and must not occur at the same time ( see following table). The permitted shaft misalignment ∆Kr applies to the shaft distance S specified in each case. T Kmax permitted only five times per hour. hour.

S= 100 mm mm

S= 140 mm mm

S= 180 mm mm

S= 200 mm mm

S= 250 mm mm

0.78 0.78 0.65 – – – – – – – – –

1.27 1.27 1.14 1.04 0.92 0.93 0.78 – – – – –

– – 1.62 1.53 1.40 1.42 1.27 1.25 1.00 – – –

– – – – 1.65 1.66 1.51 1.49 1.25 1.22 – –

– – – – 2.26 2.27 2.13 2.10 1.86 1.83 1.64 1.61

C T S= 100 mm MNm/ rad 0.009 0.06 0.17 – – – – – – – – –

S= 140 mm MNm/ rad 0.008 0.05 0.15 0.28 0.43 0.71 1.01 – – – – –

S= S= S= 180 200 250 mm mm mm MNm/ MNm/ rad rad – – – – – – 0.13 – – 0.25 – – 0.39 0.38 0.34 0.65 0.63 0.57 0.94 0.92 0.85 1.36 1.32 1.22 1.49 1.45 1.37 – 1.65 1.58 – – 2.96 – – 4.12

The values for torsional stiffness apply to the complete coupling. The torsional stiffness of the plate packs applies to the rated coupling torque T KN. To To determine the torsional stiffness for a specific operating point, e.g. for calculating torsional vibration, the manufacturer must be consulted.

Permitted shaft misalignments, type NAN Size

88-6 115-6 135-6 150-6 176-6 185-6 212-6 225-6 256-6 272-6 298-6 325-6

Permitted an angular mi misalignment ±∆Kw 0.0° 0.1° 0.2° Permitted axial misalignment ±∆Ka in mm 1.10 0.94 0.79 1.81 1.55 1.29 2.02 1.73 1.44 2.41 2.06 1.72 2.75 2.36 1.96 2.85 2.45 2.04 3.06 2.63 2.19 3.14 2.69 2.24 3.69 3.16 2.64 3.85 3.30 2.75 4.19 3.59 2.99 4.45 3.82 3.18

0.3°

0.4°

0.5°

0.6°

0.7°

0.63 1.03 1.15 1.38 1.57 1.63 1.75 1.80 2.11 2.20 2.39 2.54

0.47 0.77 0.86 1.03 1.18 1.22 1.31 1.35 1.58 1.65 1.80 1.91

0.31 0.52 0.58 0.69 0.79 0.82 0.88 0.90 1.05 1.10 1.20 1.27

0.16 0.26 0.29 0.34 0.39 0.41 0.44 0.45 0.53 0.55 0.60 0.64

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.3°

0.4°

0.5°

0.6°

0.7°

0.46 0.66 0.84 0.99 1.18 1.35 1.53 1.65 1.71 1.93 2.20 2.42

0.34 0.49 0.63 0.74 0.89 1.01 1.14 1.23 1.28 1.45 1.65 1.82

0.23 0.33 0.42 0.49 0.59 0.67 0.76 0.82 0.85 0.97 1.10 1.21

0.11 0.16 0.21 0.25 0.30 0.34 0.38 0.41 0.43 0.48 0.55 0.61

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Permitted shaft misalignments, type MCECM Size

64-4 96-6 120-6 142-6 162-6 190-6 214-6 230-6 245-6 275-6 310-6 345-6

Permitted an angular mi misalignment ±∆Kw 0.0° 0.1° 0.2° Permitted axial misalignment ±∆Ka in mm 0.80 0.68 0.57 1.15 0.99 0.82 1.47 1.26 1.05 1.73 1.48 1.23 2.07 1.77 1.48 2.36 2.02 1.68 2.67 2.29 1.91 2.88 2.47 2.06 2.99 2.56 2.13 3.38 2.90 2.41 3.85 3.30 2.75 4.24 3.64 3.03


6/39

6

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All-S teel Couplings — ARPEX ARP-6 Series Serie s Type NAN

■ Selection and ordering data Torsionally rigid type NAN coupling with radially freely dis mountable intermediate spacer and catcher device for securing the intermediate spacer in the event of plate breakage. Standard coupling type in accordance with API 610. 610.

LG S

NL1

NL2

S1

G_MD10_XX_00160

Z S 1 A 1 D D N D

2 2 D D N

Z D

Ø Ø Ø

Ø

Ø

Ø

6

N

Size

A

Rated torque


DA

T KN

n Kmax

mm

Nm 19 190

115-6

rpm 21 700

D1/D2 Keyway DIN 6885 max. 35

48

45

2.5

40

6

27 270

16 600

55

75

72

2.5

55

6

135-6

58 580

12 700

65

86

84

2.5

65

7

150-6

660

11 400

75

101

99

2.5

75

7

176-6

1 220

9 750

85

117

114

2.5

85

9

185-6

1 875

9 300

90

122

120

3.0

90

11

88-6

6/40


ND1/ND2 DZ DZ

SZ

NL1/ NL2

N

S1

Shaft distance S LG

100 140 100 140 180 100 140 180 100 140 180 200 250 100 140 180 200 250 100 140 180 200 250

180 220 210 250 290 230 270 310 250 290 330 350 400 270 310 350 370 420 280 320 360 380 430

Mass Product code moment of Order codes for bore inertia diameters and tolerances are specified in J catalog cata log section section 3

Weight

kgm2 0.001 0.001 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.011 0.012 0.012 0.019 0.020 0.021 0.021 0.022 0.041 0.042 0.043 0.044 0.045 0.056 0.057 0.058 0.058 0.060

kg 1.6 1.7 3.2 3.4 3.6 5.2 5.4 5.6 7.2 7.5 7.7 7.8 8.1 11.4 11.7 12.0 12.1 12.4 13.5 13.9 14.2 14.4 14.8

2LC0450-0AD99-0AA0 2LC0450-0AD99-0AB0 2LC0450-1AD99-0AA0 2LC0450-1AD99-0AB0 2LC0450-1AD99-0AC0 2LC0450-2AD99-0AA0 2LC0450-2AD99-0AB0 2LC0450-2AD99-0AC0 2LC0450-3AD99-0AA0 2LC0450-3AD99-0AB0 2LC0450-3AD99-0AC0 2LC0450-3AD99-0AD0 2LC0450-3AD99-0AE0 2LC0450-4AD99-0AA0 2LC0450-4AD99-0AB0 2LC0450-4AD99-0AC0 2LC0450-4AD99-0AD0 2LC0450-4AD99-0AE0 2LC0450-5AD99-0AA0 2LC0450-5AD99-0AB0 2LC0450-5AD99-0AC0 2LC0450-5AD99-0AD0 2LC0450-5AD99-0AE0

m

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARP-6 Series Type NAN Size

Rated torque


DA

T KN

n Kmax

mm 212-6

Nm 2 850

225-6

rpm 8 100

D1/D2 Keyway DIN 6885 max. 100

ND1/ND2 DZ DZ

SZ

NL1/ NL2

S1

134

131

3.0

100

10

4 200

7 650

105

141

139

4.0

105

10

256-6

5 750

6 700

120

163

162

5.0

120

12

272-6

8 050

6 300

125

171

170

5.0

130

16

298-6

10 000

5 150

140

189

186

6.0

140

20

325-6

12 000

4 700

150

203

200

6.5

150

22

Hubs are designed with threaded pull-off holes. Type NAN with spacer machined on all sides, available in various standard lengths. A spacers are also available in the following inch dimensions: S = 3.5"/5 3.5"/5"/7 "/7"/8 "/8"/1 "/10". 0". Other spacer lengths are available on request. Weights and mass moments of inertia ap ply to the entire coupling with maximum bores D1/D2.

Shaft distance S LG

100 140 180 200 250 140 180 200 250 140 180 200 250 140 180 200 250 140 180 200 250 180 200 250

300 340 380 400 450 350 390 410 460 380 420 440 490 400 440 460 510 420 460 480 530 480 500 550

Mass Product code moment of Order codes for bore inertia diameters and tolerances are specified in J catalog cata log section section 3

Weight

kgm2 0.095 0.097 0.098 0.099 0.101 0.134 0.136 0.137 0.140 0.262 0.267 0.270 0.276 0.373 0.378 0.381 0.388 0.559 0.567 0.572 0.582 0.851 0.857 0.872

kg 18.3 18.6 19.0 19.2 19.7 22.8 23.3 23.6 24.2 34.3 35.1 35.5 36.5 42.9 43.7 44.1 45.1 53.6 54.7 55.2 56.5 69.4 70.0 71.6

2LC0450-6AD99-0AA0 2LC0450-6AD99-0AB0 2LC0450-6AD99-0AC0 2LC0450-6AD99-0AD0 2LC0450-6AD99-0AE0 2LC0450-7AD99-0AB0 2LC0450-7AD99-0AC0 2LC0450-7AD99-0AD0 2LC0450-7AD99-0AE0 2LC0450-8AD99-0AB0 2LC0450-8AD99-0AC0 2LC0450-8AD99-0AD0 2LC0450-8AD99-0AE0 2LC0451-0AD99-0AB0 2LC0451-0AD99-0AC0 2LC0451-0AD99-0AD0 2LC0451-0AD99-0AE0 2LC0451-1AD99-0AB0 2LC0451-1AD99-0AC0 2LC0451-1AD99-0AD0 2LC0451-1AD99-0AE0 2LC0451-2AD99-0AC0 2LC0451-2AD99-0AD0 2LC0451-2AD99-0AE0

m

Ordering example: ARPEX ARP-6 NAN coupling, size 135-6, with shaft distance S = 140 m m , Bore ∅D1 50H7 mm, with keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set screw screw,, Bore ∅D2 60K7 mm, with keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set screw screw.. Product code: 2LC0450-2AD99-0AB0-Z L1C+M1E+M13


6/41

6

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All-S teel Couplings — ARPEX ARP-6 Series Serie s Type MCECM

■ Selection and ordering data Torsionally rigid type MCECM coupli ng with radially freely dismountable inter mediate unit and catcher device for securing the intermediate spacer in the event of plate breakage. Standard coupling type in accordance with API 610. 610. Coupling type in accordance with API 671 possible. 671 possible. LG S

NL1 BF

NL2

S1 Z S

1 A 1 D D N D

Ø

M

6

2 2 D D Ø N

Z D

Ø Ø Ø

C

Ø

E

C

P

A

1 D N 1 Ø D = A Ø D

Ø Ø

C

E

Rated torque

Maximum speed

DA

T KN

n Kmax

mm 64-4

Nm 100

rp r pm 22500 JCECJ

96-6

210

19900 MCECM 50

Type

C

M

J

D1/D2 Keyway DIN 6885 max. max. 46 46

ND1 ND2 DZ

SZ

NL1/ S1 NL2

BF

A

64

28

3.0

25

6

14.5 5

50

70

70

45

2.5

50

6

15

JCECM 65

50

96

70

65

65

96

96 96

15900 MCECM 65

65

94

94

JCECM 80

65

120

94

80

80

120

120

13400 MCECM 75

75

109

109 72

JCECM 95

75

142

109 10

95

95

142

142

JCECJ

JCECJ

C

Dimensions in mm

64

JCECJ

6/42

Ø

Ø

J

142-6 925

2 D 2 N D Ø = Ø A D

1 D N 1 Ø D = A Ø D

2 2 D D N

Ø

120-6 490

M

P A

Size

1 6 1 0 0 _ X X _ 0 1 D M _ G


– 6

60

3.6

65

7

20

–

6

4.8

75

9

23

– 8

P

42

Shaft distance S

100 140 – 100 140 68 100 68 140 100 140 – 100 140 180 88 10 100 140 180 100 140 180 – 140 180 100 140 180 140 180

E

C

J

Weight

LG

Mass Product code moment Order codes for bore of inertia diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog cata log section section 3 J

150 190 200 240 200 240 200 240 230 270 310 230 270 310 230 270 310 290 330 290 330 290 330

kgm2 0.001 0.001 0.004 0.005 0.006 0. 0.006 0.008 0.008 0.016 0.016 0.016 0.020 0. 0.020 0.020 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.035 0.035 0.045 0.046 0.055 0.056

kg 1.6 1.7 3.8 3.9 4.4 4.5 5.0 5.1 8.1 8.3 8.5 9.1 9.3 9.5 10.2 10.4 10.6 13.2 13.6 15.0 15.3 16.8 17.1

2LC0460-0AG99-0AA0 2LC0460-0AG99-0AB0 2LC0460-1AP99-0AA0 2LC0460-1AP99-0AB0 2LC0460-1AH99-0AA0 2LC0460-1AH99-0AB0 2LC0460-1AG99-0AA0 2LC0460-1AG99-0AB0 2LC0460-2AP99-0AA0 2LC0460-2AP99-0AB0 2LC0460-2AP99-0AC0 2LC0460-2AH99-0AA0 2LC0460-2AH99-0AB0 2LC0460-2AH99-0AC0 2LC0460-2AG99-0AA0 2LC0460-2AG99-0AB0 2LC0460-2AG99-0AC0 2LC0460-3AP99-0AB0 2LC0460-3AP99-0AC0 2LC0460-3AH99-0AB0 2LC0460-3AH99-0AC0 2LC0460-3AG99-0AB0 2LC0460-3AG99-0AC0

m

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARP-6 Series Type MCECM Size

DA

Rated torque

Maximum speed

T KN

D1/D2 Keyway DIN 6885 rp r pm max. max. 11800 MCECM 85 85

mm Nm 162-6 1600

Type

Dimensions in mm

n Kmax

JCECM 108

108

108

162

162

10000 MCECM 105

105

145

145 97.6 7.0

8900

8300

7800

85

11

105 10

190

145

125

125

190

190

MCECM 115

115

164

164 110 9.1

JCECM 140

115

214

164

140

140

214

214

MCECM 125

125

174

174 123 8.8

JCECM 155

125

230

174

155

155

230

230

MCECM 130

130

185

185 128 12.2 130 16

JCECM 165

130

245

185

165

165

245

245

JCECJ

BF

27

A

–

P

–

10 113

105

JCECJ

245-6 7000

NL1/ S1 NL2

JCECM 125

JCECJ

230-6 5200

122 84.5 5.5

162 12 1 22

JCECJ

214-6 3900

122

SZ

85

JCECJ

190-6 2500

ND1 ND2 DZ

27

–

–

12 135

115 10

33

–

–

12 145

125 12

33

–

–

14 158

41

–

–

16 170

Shaft distance S

140 180 200 250 140 180 200 250 140 180 200 250 140 180 200 250 140 180 200 250 140 180 200 250 140 180 200 250 140 180 200 250 140 180 200 250 180 200 250 180 200 250 180 200 250 180 200 250 180 200 250 180 200 250

LG

310 350 370 420 310 350 370 420 310 350 370 420 350 390 410 460 350 390 410 460 350 390 410 460 370 410 430 480 370 410 430 480 370 410 430 480 430 450 500 430 450 500 430 450 500 440 460 510 440 460 510 440 460 510


Weight

kgm2 0.066 0.067 0.067 0.068 0.087 0.088 0.088 0.089 0.108 0. 0.109 0.109 0.110 0.136 0.138 0.138 0.140 0.186 0.187 0.188 0.190 0.236 0. 0.238 0.238 0.240 0.251 0.253 0.254 0.257 0.339 0.342 0.343 0.346 0.428 0. 0.430 0.431 0.434 0.359 0.361 0.365 0.484 0.485 0.489 0.610 0. 0.611 0.615 0.532 0.534 0.540 0.693 0.695 0.701 0.855 0. 0.857 0.863

kg 19.2 19.7 19.9 20.4 22.0 22.4 22.6 23.2 24.8 25.3 25.5 26.0 28.4 29.0 29.4 30.1 33.8 34.4 34.7 35.5 39.2 39.8 40.1 40.9 41.7 42.6 43.1 44.2 48.9 49.8 50.3 51.4 56.2 57.1 57.6 58.7 51.5 52.0 53.2 60.0 60.5 61.7 68.7 69.2 70.5 67.0 67.7 69.5 76.2 76.9 78.6 85.5 86.2 88.0

2LC0460-4AP99-0AB0 2LC0460-4AP99-0AC0 2LC0460-4AP99-0AD0 2LC0460-4AP99-0AE0 2LC0460-4AH99-0AB0 2LC0460-4AH99-0AC0 2LC0460-4AH99-0AD0 2LC0460-4AH99-0AE0 2LC0460-4AG99-0AB0 2LC0460-4AG99-0AC0 2LC0460-4AG99-0AD0 2LC0460-4AG99-0AE0 2LC0460-5AP99-0AB0 2LC0460-5AP99-0AC0 2LC0460-5AP99-0AD0 2LC0460-5AP99-0AE0 2LC0460-5AH99-0AB0 2LC0460-5AH99-0AC0 2LC0460-5AH99-0AD0 2LC0460-5AH99-0AE0 2LC0460-5AG99-0AB0 2LC0460-5AG99-0AC0 2LC0460-5AG99-0AD0 2LC0460-5AG99-0AE0 2LC0460-6AP99-0AB0 2LC0460-6AP99-0AC0 2LC0460-6AP99-0AD0 2LC0460-6AP99-0AE0 2LC0460-6AH99-0AB0 2LC0460-6AH99-0AC0 2LC0460-6AH99-0AD0 2LC0460-6AH99-0AE0 2LC0460-6AG99-0AB0 2LC0460-6AG99-0AC0 2LC0460-6AG99-0AD0 2LC0460-6AG99-0AE0 2LC0460-7AP99-0AC0 2LC0460-7AP99-0AD0 2LC0460-7AP99-0AE0 2LC0460-7AH99-0AC0 2LC0460-7AH99-0AD0 2LC0460-7AH99-0AE0 2LC0460-7AG99-0AC0 2LC0460-7AG99-0AD0 2LC0460-7AG99-0AE0 2LC0460-8AP99-0AC0 2LC0460-8AP99-0AD0 2LC0460-8AP99-0AE0 2LC0460-8AH99-0AC0 2LC0460-8AH99-0AD0 2LC0460-8AH99-0AE0 2LC0460-8AG99-0AC0 2LC0460-8AG99-0AD0 2LC0460-8AG99-0AE0


m

6/43

6

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All-S teel Couplings — ARPEX ARP-6 Series Serie s Type MCECM Size

DA

Rated torque

Maximum speed

Type

T KN

n Kmax

D1/D2 Keyway DIN 6885 max. max. MCECM 150 150

213

213 148 12.6 150 20

JCECM 185

150

275

213

JCECJ

185

185

275

275

MCECM JCECM JCECJ MCECM JCECM JCECJ

170 205 205 190 230 230

170 170 205 190 190 230

240 310 310 267 345 345

240 160 13.5 170 22 240 310 267 172 18.5 190 24 267 345

mm Nm 275-6 9800

6

rp r pm 6250

310-6 12900

5550

345-6 17000

5000

Dimensions in mm

ND1 ND2 DZ

SZ

NL1/ S1 NL2

Hubs are designed with threaded pull-off holes. E spacers are also available in the following inch dimensions on request: request: S = 3.5"/ 3.5"/5"/7"/ 5"/7"/8"/10 8"/10". ". Other spacer lengths are available on request. Plate packs in the CEC intermediate unit assembled at the factory. Jumbo hub for large shaft diameters. Weights and mass moments of inertia ap ply to the entire coupling with maximum bores D1/D2.

6/44


BF

40

47

47

A

–

P

Shaft distance S

–

200 250 16 200 200 250 200 250 – – 250 16 220 – – 250 20 245

LG


kgm2 500 0.917 550 0.927 500 1.207 550 1.217 500 1. 1.499 550 1.509 590 1.670 2.228 2.788 630 2.742 3.684 4.629

2LC0461-0AP99-0AD0 2LC0461-0AP99-0AE0 2LC0461-0AH99-0AD0 2LC0461-0AH99-0AE0 2LC0461-0AG99-0AD0 2LC0461-0AG99-0AE0 2LC0461-1AP99-0AE0 2LC0461-1AH99-0AE0 2LC0461-1AG99-0AE0 2LC0461-2AP99-0AE0 2LC0461-2AH99-0AE0 2LC0461-2AG99-0AE0

Weight

m

kg 91.1 93.3 104.4 106.5 118.0 120.1 131.7 153.2 175.0 176.1 205.1 234.3

Ordering example: ARPEX ARP-6 MCECM coupling, size 120-6, with shaft distance S = 140 m m , Bore ∅D1 50H7 mm, with keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set screw screw,, Bore ∅D2 60K7 mm, with keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set screw screw.. Product code: 2LC0460-2AP99-0AB0-Z L1C+M1E+M13

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARP-6 Series Spare and wear parts Plate pack ARP-6


S1

S1

Figure 1

Figure 2

A D

A D

Ø

Ø

2 6 1 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

6

Mainly ring plates (Fig. 1) are used for the plate packs. Sizes 298-6 and 325-6 comprise side-bar plates (Fig. 2). The plate pack of the ARP-6 s eries is delivered with screw connection and is readily available as a spare par t. • With outside outside diameters diameters up to DA = 300 mm, close-fi close-fitting tting bolts with with collar collar nuts nuts are are used • From outside diameter diameter DA = 300 mm, patent patented ed conical conical screw screw connection connections s are used Plate pack Dimensions in mm Size DA

Mass moment of inertia

Product code

Weight

S1

J kgm2

6 6 7 7 9 11 10 10 12 16 20 22

0.0001 0.0003 0.0010 0.0013 0.0035 0.0053 0.0088 0.0145 0.0269 0.0425 0.0653 0.1081

2LC0450-0AF00-0AA0 2LC0450-1AF00-0AA0 2LC0450-2AF00-0AA0 2LC0450-3AF00-0AA0 2LC0450-4AF00-0AA0 2LC0450-5AF00-0AA0 2LC0450-6AF00-0AA0 2LC0450-7AF00-0AA0 2LC0450-8AF00-0AA0 2LC0451-0AF00-0AA0 2LC0451-1AF00-0AA0 2LC0451-2AF00-0AA0

0.1 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.7 0.9 1.3 1.8 2.6 3.7 4.7 6.6

6 6 7 9 11 10 10 12 16 20 22 24

0.0001 0.0002 0.0006 0.0018 0.0033 0.0060 0.0116 0.0189 0.0299 0.0487 0.0891 0.1461

2LC0460-0AS00-0AA0 2LC0460-1AS00-0AA0 2LC0460-2AS00-0AA0 2LC0460-3AS00-0AA0 2LC0460-4AS00-0AA0 2LC0460-5AS00-0AA0 2LC0460-6AS00-0AA0 2LC0460-7AS00-0AA0 2LC0460-8AS00-0AA0 2LC0461-0AS00-0AA0 2LC0461-1AS00-0AA0 2LC0461-2AS00-0AA0

0.1 0.1 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.2 1.8 2.5 3.5 4.6 6.5 8.7

m kg

Plate pack NAN 88-6 115-6 135-6 150-6 176-6 185-6 212-6 225-6 256-6 272-6 298-6 325-6

Plate pack MCECM 64-4 96-6 120-6 142-6 162-6 190-6 214-6 230-6 245-6 275-6 310-6 345-6

Ordering example for plate pack NAN:

Ordering example for plate pack MCECM:

ARPEX ARP-6 plate pack, size 115-6, complete with screw connection.

ARPEX ARP-6 plate pack, size 120-6, complete with screw connection.

Product code: 2LC0450-1AF00-0AA0

Product code: LC0460-2AS00-0AA0


6/45

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARW-4/-6 Series General information

■ Overview


6

■ Benefits ARPEX couplings of the ARW-4/-6 series are outstanding for their large angular misalignment capacity of 3°. They were specially designed for drives where high misalignments which have

to be compensated for by the coupling are to be expected. The intermediate spacer lengths are variable and are manufactured to customer specifications.

■ Application ARPEX couplings of the ARW-4/-6 series are used where large misalignment capacities are required. In the paper-making machine industry, the ARW coupling has already proved itself as a maintenance-free alternative to the cardan shaft. Torques Torques of between 92 and 80000 80000 Nm can be transmitted at a permitted angular misalignment of 3.0°. The intermediate spacer can be fitted radially without moving the connected units.

Main areas of application for the ARW-4/-6 seri es: • PaperPaper-mak making ing machines machines • Wind Wind power power syste systems ms • Tractio raction n drives drives

■ Design The design of an ARPEX NHN coupling of the ARW-4/-6 series is shown in the following illustration. The plate packs are bolted alternately between the flanges of the coupling hubs and the intermediate spacer. Up to size 292-4 close-fitting bolts and from size 324-4 conical screw connections are used for fastening. Up to

size 647-4 plate packs in rectangular design, from size 695-6 in hexagonal design are used. The intermediate spacers are variable in length and are manufactured specifically to customer specifications.

Plate pack

Hub

Intermediate spacer Close-fitting bolt

Collar nut Variants of the ARPEX coupling, ARW-4/-6 series

6/46


G_MD10_EN_00163a

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARW-4/-6 Series General information Variants of the ARPEX coupling, ARW-4/-6 series Further application-specific coupling types are available in NG at www.siemens.com/couplings selection module X.CAT NG at www.siemens.com/couplings.. Dimension sheets and further information are available on request.

Types Variant with unmachined intermediate spacer, spacer, with variable spacer length

NHN

The coupling parts of the ARPEX ARW-4/-6 series with the exception of H spacers are machined on all sides. These are delivered with unmachined, primed spacer tube.

■ Technical data Power ratings, type NHN Size

Rated torque

Maximum torque

Overload torque

Fatigue torque

Maximum speed


T KN

T Kmax

T KOL

T KW

n Kmax

+∆Ka

–∆Ka

Tension

Compression

mm 2.4

mm 2.0

C Tdyn

for for S = 1000 mm S = 1000 mm

Nm 140

Nm 230

225

340

560

90

7850

3.3

2.2

51.7

0.012

450 800 1250

680 1200 1880

1130 2000 3200

180 320 500

6250 5350 4550

4.2 5.1 5.7

2.2 2 .2 2.2

51.6 51.6 51.6

0.028 0.068 0.108

260-4 292-4 324-4

2000

3000

5000

800

4000

6.6

2.2

51.5

0.174

2700 3850

4100 5800

6800 9700

1080 1540

3550 3200

7.5 8.4

2.8 2.8

51.4 51.4

0.275 0.451

355-4

5250 6650

7900 10000

13200 16700

2100 2660

2950 2700

9.0 10.0

2.8 2. 8

51.4 51.4

0.622 0.657

167-4 196-4 230-4

389-4 439-4

rpm 10400

±∆Kr

Nm 92

101-4 133-4

Nm 37

±∆Kw

Torsional stiffness

3.0°

mm 51.8

MNm/rad 0.006

9850

15000

25000

3940

2350

11.1

3. 0

51.3

1.08

13300 19000 25150

20000 29000 38000

34000 48000 63000

5320 7600 10060

2100 1900 1750

12.4 13.4 14.6

4.8 4.8 4.8

50.8 50.7 50.6

1.32 2.03 2.73

647-4 695-6 756-6

32500

49000

82000

13000

1600

16.0

4.8

50.6

3.93

41000 52000

62000 78000

103000 130000

16400 20800

1500 1350

17.0 18.0

4 .8 4 .8

50.7 50.6

10.1 14.0

817-6

65000 80000

98000 120000

163000 200000

26000 32000

1250 1150

20.0 22.0

4 .8 4.8

50.5 50.5

16.9 21.2

499-4 547-4 600-4

880-6

The radial misalignment ∆Kr applies to a type NHN coupling with a shaft shaft distance distance S = 1000 mm. The The radial radial misalignm misalignment ent ∆Kr for other shaft distances S is calculated as follows: ∆Kr = (S – S1) ⋅ tan(∆Kw) The permitted shaft misalignments ∆Ka, ∆Kr and ∆Kw are maximum values and must not occur at the same time (see following table).

6

The torsional stiffness values apply to the entire coupling with shaft distance distance S = 1000 mm. The The torsional torsional stiffness stiffness of the the plate packs applies to the rated coupl ing torque T KN. To determine the torsional stiffness for a specific operating point, e.g. for calculating torsional vibration, the manufacturer must be consulted. T Kmax permitted only five times per hour. hour.


101-4 133-4 167-4 196-4 230-4 260-4 292-4 324-4 355-4 389-4 439-4 499-4 547-4 600-4 647-4 695-6 756-6 817-6 880-6

Permitted angular misalignment ∆Kw (t (tension +) 3.0° 1.5° 0.0° Permitted axial misalignment ∆Ka in in mm 0 .8 1.6 2.4 1 .1 2.2 3.3 1 .4 2.8 4.2 1 .7 3.4 5.1 1 .9 3.8 5.7 2 .2 4.4 6.6 2 .5 5.0 7.5 2 .8 5.6 8.4 3 .0 6.0 9.0 3 .3 6.7 10.0 3 .7 7.4 11.1 4 .1 8.3 12.4 4 .5 8.9 13.4 4 .9 9.7 14.6 5 .3 10.7 16.0 5 .6 11.4 17.0 6 12.1 18.0 6 .7 13.4 20.0 7 .3 14.8 22.0

Permitted angular misalignment ∆Kw (compression –) 3.0° 1.5° 0.0° Permitted axial misalignment ∆Ka in mm 0.8 1.6 2 1.1 2.2 2.2 1.4 2.2 2.2 1.7 2.2 2.2 1.9 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.5 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 3.0 3.0 3.0 4.1 4.8 4.8 4.4 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8

Because of design specifications, the maximum possible axial shaft misalignment with plate packs pulled apart (tension (tension +) +) is greater than with plate packs pressed together (compression (compression –). –). Siemens MD 10.1 · 2011

6/47

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARW-4/-6 Series Type NHN

■ Selection and ordering data Torsionally rigid type NHN coupling with high angular misalignment capacity up to 3° and radially freely dismountable intermediate spacer and variable shaft distance S.

NL1

S LZ

S1

NL2

G_MD10_XX_00164a

Z S A 1 1 D D N D Ø

2 2 D D N

Z D Ø

Ø Ø

Ø Ø

6

N

H

Size

Rated torque


DA

T KN

n Kmax

mm

Nm 92 225 450 800 1250 2000 2700 3850 5250 6650 9850 13300 19000 25150 32500 41000 52000 65000 80000

rpm 10400 7850 6250 5350 4550 4000 3550 3200 2950 2700 2350 2100 1900 1750 1600 1500 1350 1250 1150

101-4 133-4 167-4 196-4 230-4 260-4 292-4 324-4 355-4 389-4 439-4 499-4 547-4 600-4 647-4 695-6 756-6 817-6 880-6

D1 D1/D2 Keyway DIN 6885 max. 32 45 50 60 75 90 100 110 120 130 150 165 190 205 2 25 2 40 2 55 2 70 3 00

ND1/ ND2

45 60 70 80 100 120 130 145 160 175 200 220 250 275 300 325 340 360 400

DZ

45 48 64 89 102 133 152 168 178 194 219 245 299 324 343 368 394 406 419

SZ

2.9 2. 9 4. 0 4. 0 5. 0 5. 0 5. 0 6. 3 7. 1 7. 1 7. 1 7. 1 8. 8 8. 8 10.0 10.0 12.5 12.5 12.5

NL1/ S1 NL2

32 45 50 60 75 90 100 110 120 130 150 165 190 205 225 240 255 270 300


6/48


N

11 13 15 16 16 17 19 20 20 20 22 30 32 34 35 33 34 36 37

LZ min.

43 59 70 83 83 96 92 120 125 130 166 170 176 182 220 224 232 238 256


65 85 100 115 115 130 130 160 165 170 210 230 240 250 290 290 300 310 330

kgm2 0.002 0.008 0.022 0.056 0.109 0.189 0.359 0.520 0.856 1.09 2.23 3.81 6.24 10.2 16.5 23.7 33.2 49.1 72.8


2LC0530-0AD99-0AZ0 2LC0530-1AD99-0AZ0 2LC0530-2AD99-0AZ0 2LC0530-3AD99-0AZ0 2LC0530-4AD99-0AZ0 2LC0530-5AD99-0AZ0 2LC0530-6AD99-0AZ0 2LC0530-7AD99-0AZ0 2LC0530-8AD99-0AZ0 2LC0531-0AD99-0AZ0 2LC0531-1AD99-0AZ0 2LC0531-2AD99-0AZ0 2LC0531-3AD99-0AZ0 2LC0531-4AD99-0AZ0 2LC0531-5AD99-0AZ0 2LC0540-0AD99-0AZ0 2LC0540-1AD99-0AZ0 2LC0540-2AD99-0AZ0 2LC0540-3AD99-0AZ0

Weight

m

kg 1.5 3.9 7.1 12.1 17.9 24.6 35.1 43.7 59.8 68.9 106 142 191 257 348 441 525 659 849

Mass moments of inertia and weights apply to the entire NHN coupling with maximum bores D1/D2 and a shaft distance S = S min.

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARW-4/-6 Series Type NHN Permitted shaft distance S of type NHN relative to speed Size

101-4 133-4 167-4 196-4 230-4 260-4 292-4 324-4 355-4 389-4 439-4 499-4 547-4 600-4 647-4 695-6 756-6 817-6 880-6

Speed n N rpm 500 600 700 Permitted shaft distance S mm 2822 2577 2387 2949 2693 2494 3376 3083 2856 4029 3679 3407 4297 3924 3634 4943 4514 4181 5305 4844 4487 5562 5079 4704 5709 5214 4828 5968 5450 5047 6361 5809 5380 6738 6154 5699 7442 6797 6295 7762 7089 6565 7980 7287 6750 8000 7553 6995 8000 7797 7221 8000 7920 7335 8000 8000 7456

800

900

1000

1200

1400

1500

2000

2500

3000

4000

2233 2334 2672 3188 3400 3912 4198 4401 4518 4722 5034 5333 5890 6144 6316 6545 6757 6864 6977

2106 2201 2520 3007 3207 3689 3959 4151 4261 4453 4747 5030 5555 5794 5957 6173 6372 6473 6580

1999 2089 2392 2854 3043 3500 3757 3939 4043 4226 4505 4773 5272 5499 5653 5858 6047 6143 6244

1825 1908 2185 2606 2779 3197 3431 3597 3692 3859 4114 4360 4815 5022 5163 5350 5523 5611

1691 1767 2024 2414 2574 2961 3178 3332 3420 3575 3811 4039 4460 4652 4783 4956

1634 1708 1956 2333 2488 2861 3071 3220 3305 3454 3682 3903 4310 4496 4622 4789

1416 1481 1696 2022 2156 2480 2662 2791 2865 2994 3192 3384

1268 1326 1518 1811 1930 2220 2383 2499 2564 2680

1159 1212 1387 1654 1764 2028 2177 2283

1005 1051 1203 1435 1530 1759

Outside the permitted speed range

6

Ordering example: ARPEX ARW-4 NHN coupling, size 133-4, with shaft distance S = 1000 mm, Bore ∅D1 40H7 mm, with with keyway to DIN DIN 6885 and and set screw, screw, Bore ∅D2 45K7 mm, with keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set set screw. screw. Product code: 2LC0530-1AD99-0AZ0-Z L0W+M1A+Q0Y+M13 plain text to Q0Y: Q0Y: S = 1000 mm


6/49

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel Couplings — ARPEX ARW-4/-6 Series Spare and wear parts Plate pack ARW ARW-4/-6 -4/-6

■ Selection and ordering data S1

S1

Figure 1

A D

A D

Ø

Ø

Figure 2

6 5 6 1 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

Plate packs of the ARW-4 series comprise ring plates (Fig. 1), those of the ARW-6 series side-bar plates (Fig. 2). Dimensions in mm Size DA

Mass moment of inertia S1

101-4 133-4 167-4 196-4 230-4 260-4 292-4 324-4 355-4 389-4 439-4 499-4 547-4 600-4 647-4 695-6 756-6 817-6 880-6

11 13 15 16 16 17 19 20 20 20 22 30 32 34 35 33 34 36 37

J kgm2 0.0001 0.0005 0.0017 0.0037 0.0068 0.0136 0.0227 0.0288 0.0452 0.0645 0.1147 0.2235 0.3658 0.5355 0.7939 1.4624 1.2250 1.7497 2.5460

The plate pack of the ARW-4/-6 series is readily available as a spare part. The plate pack is delivered with screw connection. Up to size 292-4 close-fitting bolts with collar nuts, from size 324-4 patented conical screw connections are used.

6/50


Product code

Weight

2LC0530-0AB00-0AA0 2LC0530-1AB00-0AA0 2LC0530-2AB00-0AA0 2LC0530-3AB00-0AA0 2LC0530-4AB00-0AA0 2LC0530-5AB00-0AA0 2LC0530-6AB00-0AA0 2LC0530-7AB00-0AA0 2LC0530-8AB00-0AA0 2LC0531-0AB00-0AA0 2LC0531-1AB00-0AA0 2LC0531-2AB00-0AA0 2LC0531-3AB00-0AA0 2LC0531-4AB00-0AA0 2LC0531-5AB00-0AA0 2LC0540-0AB00-0AA0 2LC0540-1AB00-0AA0 2LC0540-2AB00-0AA0 2LC0540-3AB00-0AA0

m kg 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.5 1.9 2.1 2.7 3.2 4.5 6.9 9.5 11.4 14.6 24.6 20.2 23.9 28.9

Ordering example: ARPEX ARW-4 plate pack, size 133-4, complete with screw connection. Product code: 2LC0530-1AB00-0AA0

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All-Stee l Couplings — ARPEX A RPEX ARF-6 Series General information

■ Overview


■ Benefits ARPEX couplings of the ARF-6 series are extremely short and so suitable for drives with short shaft distances. They also serve as self-aligning couplings for axial, angular and radial misalignment. The hubs are available both as pure clamping hubs for smooth shafts and with parallel keyway for shafts with parallel

key. The variant with slit clamping hubs enables the delivery of fully preassembled couplings. This means that the entire coupling can be dismounted and fitted without moving the connected units.

■ Application ARPEX couplings of the ARF-6 series are designed for minimum fitting spaces without having to sacrifice the advantages of the two-joint coupling. It is thus possible t o compensate for both axial and angular as well as radial misalignment. By using halfshell clamping hubs, the coupling can be radially freely dismounted. Power is transmitted via hexagon socket head cap screws and close-fitting bolts with nuts and ring plate packs in

hexagonal design. Torques Torques of between 120 and 6100 Nm can be transmitted at a permitted angular misalignment of 0.7°. Main areas of application for the ARF-6 series: • Film stretching stretching machines machines • Machines Machines in the the cellulose cellulose industry industry • Machines Machines in confined confined fitting fitting situatio situations ns

■ Design The two plate packs form a unit with the adapter disk and are screwed together with close-fitting bolts and nuts at three points. The alternate connection of this intermediate unit with the flanges of the split coupling hubs is achieved by means of short

hexagon socket head cap screws at further three points. The hubs are designed as axially slit clamping hubs with a half-shell. For larger bores these can b e manufactured as jumbo hubs. Optionally, the hubs are also available without parallel keyway.

Hexagon socket head cap screw

Split hub

Hexagon socket head cap screw

Plate pack unit Hexagon socket head cap screw

G_MD10_EN_00166a

Design of the ARPEX coupling, ARF series


6/51

6

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All-S teel Couplings — ARPEX ARF-6 Series General information Design of the ARF coupling Further application-specific coupling types are available in selection module X.CAT NG at www.siemens.com/couplings www.siemens.com/couplings.. Dimension sheets and further infor mation are available on request.

Types Variant with 2 standard clamping hubs Variant with 1 jumbo clamping hub for large bore diameters

GG GJ

■ Technical data Power Pow er ratings, types GG and GJ Size

6

84-6 111-6 132-6 147-6 171-6 182-6 202-6 218-6 252-6 267-6

Rated torque

Maximum torque

Overload torque

Fatigue torque

Maximum speed

Maxi Maximu mum m perm permit itte ted d shaf shaftt misa misali lign gnme ment nt

Torsi orsion onal al stiffness

T KN Nm 120 190 350 500 900 1450 2150 3200 4500 6100

T Kmax Nm 220 350 650 900 1700 2600 3900 5800 8100 11000

T KOL Nm 3 30 5 20 9 50 1350 2450 4000 5800 8700 12000 16500

T KW Nm 55 90 160 230 400 650 980 1450 2000 2800

n Kmax rpm 12500 9450 7950 7100 6100 5750 5200 4800 4150 3900

±∆Ka

C Tdyn MNm/rad 0.07 0.13 0.20 0.28 0.57 0.66 0.77 1.25 1.55 1.80

The permitted shaft misalignments ∆Ka, ∆Kr and ∆Kw are maximum values and must not occur at the same time ( see following table). T Kmax permitted only five times per hour. hour.

±∆Kw

mm 1.10 1.80 2.02 2.40 2.74 2.86 3.06 3.14 3.70 3.84

0.7°

±∆Kr mm 0.16 0.16 0.20 0.20 0.24 0.29 0.29 0.37 0.45 0.46

The values for torsional stiffness apply to the complete coupling. The torsional stiffness of the plate packs applies to the rated coupling torque T KN. To To determine the torsional stiffness for a specific operating point, e.g. for calculating torsional vibration, the manufacturer must be consulted.


84-6 111-6 132-6 147-6 171-6 182-6 202-6 218-6 252-6 267-6

6/52

Permitted an angular mi misalignment ±∆Kw 0.0° 0.1° 0.2° Permitted axial misalignment ±∆Ka in mm 1.10 0.94 0.79 1.80 1.54 1.29 2.02 1.73 1.44 2.40 2.06 1.71 2.74 2.35 1.96 2.86 2.45 2.04 3.06 2.62 2.19 3.14 2.69 2.24 3.70 3.17 2.64 3.84 3.29 2.74


0.3°

0.4°

0.5°

0.6°

0.7°

0.63 1.03 1.15 1.37 1.57 1.63 1.75 1.79 2.11 2.19

0.47 0.77 0.87 1.03 1.17 1.23 1.31 1.35 1.59 1.65

0.31 0.51 0.58 0.69 0.78 0.82 0.87 0.90 1.06 1.10

0.16 0.26 0.29 0.34 0.39 0.41 0.44 0.45 0.53 0.55

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All-Stee l Couplings — ARPEX A RPEX ARF-6 Series Types GG and GJ

■ Selection and ordering data Radially freely dismountable, torsionally rigid coupling, available as types GG and GJ. Complete dismounting without moving the units with extremely short shaft distances. LG NL1 S1

NL2

Smax

1 A 1 D D N D Ø Ø Ø

2 2 D D Ø N Ø

Smin

G

G

G_MD10_XX_00167

1 1 D D N

2 D N 2 Ø D = Ø A D

Smax

Ø Ø

Smin

6

Ø

G J The shaft tolerance must be specified in the order. To To specify, -Z must be added to the product code and the order codes Y26 and Y27 with plain text specification of the shaft t olerance for D1 and D2 must be added as well. Size

DA

Rated torque T KN

Maximum speed n Kmax

mm

Nm

rpm

84-6

120

12500

111-6 190

9450

132-6 350

7950

147-6 500

7100

171-6 900

6100

182-6 1450

5750

202-6 2150

5200

218-6 3200

4800

252-6 4500

4150

267-6 6100

3900

Type

Dimensions in mm Shaft distance

GG GJ GG GJ GG GJ GG GJ GG GJ GG GJ GG GJ GG GJ GG GJ GG GJ

D1 D2 Keyway DIN 6885 max. max. Parallel Paralkey/ lel clamping key seat 25 25 40 48 48 65 52 52 75 60 60 85 70 70 100 70 70 100 75 75 115 90 90 130 100 100 140 110 110 150

ND1 ND2 NL1/ S1 S NL2 min.

Mass moment Product code of inertia Order codes for bore diameters and tolerLG J ances are specified in catalog cata log section section 3

kgm2 50 76 90 105 122 126 138 149 166 177

50 84 76 111 90 132 105 147 122 171 126 182 138 202 149 218 166 252 177 267

40

6

16

39

99

40

6

16

39

99

55

8

18.5

45

134

65

8

18.5

45

154

75

9

22.5

56

179

85

11 29

71

205

85

11 29

71

205

95

14 35

86

234

105

17 40.5

101

264

110

17 40.5

102

275

Jumbo hubs for larger shaft diameters. G and J hubs in split clamping hub variant. The hub variant with keyway rates as standard. Optionally, the shaft/hub connection can be implemented without keyway as a pure clamping seat. For specification of plate pack, see under spare parts. Weights and mass moments of inertia ap ply to the entire coupling with maximum bores D1/D2.

m

max.

Clamping seat 25 48 48 65 52 80 60 85 70 100 70 110 75 125 90 130 100 150 100 160

Weight

0.0013 0.0021 0.0043 0.0067 0.0110 0.0177 0.0199 0.0324 0.0439 0.0695 0.0649 0.1005 0.0986 0.1519 0.1499 0.2345 0. 0 .2924 0.4651 0. 0 .3827 0.6129

kg

2LC0420-0AB99-0AA0 2LC0420-0AC99-0AA0 2LC0420-1AB99-0AA0 2LC0420-1AC99-0AA0 2LC0420-2AB99-0AA0 2LC0420-2AC99-0AA0 2LC0420-3AB99-0AA0 2LC0420-3AC99-0AA0 2LC0420-4AB99-0AA0 2LC0420-4AC99-0AA0 2LC0420-5AB99-0AA0 2LC0420-5AC99-0AA0 2LC0420-6AB99-0AA0 2LC0420-6AC99-0AA0 2LC0420-7AB99-0AA0 2LC0420-7AC99-0AA0 2LC0420-8AB99-0AA0 2LC0420-8AC99-0AA0 2LC0421-0AB99-0AA0 2LC0421-0AC99-0AA0

1.7 2.1 2.9 3.6 5.7 7.0 8.3 10.4 13.3 16.4 17.5 20.9 21.9 25.6 27.2 33.6 39.9 49.8 45.9 58.1

Ordering example: ARPEX ARF-6 GG coupling, si ze 132-6, for shaft diameter keyway, for shaft diameter ∅D2 ∅D1 45h6 mm, without keyway, 50k6 mm, with keyway to DIN 6885-1, keyway keyway width P9. 2LC0420-2AB99-0AA0-Z Product code: L1A+M1C+L45+Y26+Y27 plain text to Y26: h6 plain text to Y27: k6 Siemens MD 10.1 · 2011

6/53

© Siemens AG 2011


Torsionally Rigid All-Steel All-S teel Couplings — ARPEX ARF-6 Series Spare and wear parts Plate pack ARF-6

■ Selection and ordering data S S1

Figure 1

A D Ø

6

8 6 1 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

Ring plates (Fig. 1) are used for the plate packs. Dimensions in mm Size Type DA

S

S1

84-6

19

111-6 132-6 147-6 171-6 182-6 202-6 218-6 252-6 267-6

GG GJ GG GJ GG GJ GG GJ GG GJ GG GJ GG GJ GG GJ GG GJ GG GJ


6

J kgm2 0.0003

19

6

0.0009

24

8

0.0026

24

8

0.0038

29

9

0.0097

35

11

0.0143

35

11

0.0240

44

14

0.0383

54

17

0.0812

55

17

0.1152

The plate pack unit for the ARF-6 series is readily avail able as a spare part in most sizes. The plate pack unit comprises two preassembled plate packs with adapter disk, including screw connection. The standard screw connection comprises hexagon socket head cap screws and close-fitting bolts with nuts.

6/54


Product code

2LC0420-0AE00-0AA0 2LC0420-0AH00-0AA0 2LC0420-1AE00-0AA0 2LC0420-1AH00-0AA0 2LC0420-2AE00-0AA0 2LC0420-2AH00-0AA0 2LC0420-3AE00-0AA0 2LC0420-3AH00-0AA0 2LC0420-4AE00-0AA0 2LC0420-4AH00-0AA0 2LC0420-5AE00-0AA0 2LC0420-5AH00-0AA0 2LC0420-6AE00-0AA0 2LC0420-6AH00-0AA0 2LC0420-7AE00-0AA0 2LC0420-7AH00-0AA0 2LC0420-8AE00-0AA0 2LC0420-8AH00-0AA0 2LC0421-0AE00-0AA0 2LC0421-0AH00-0AA0

Weight m kg 0.30 0.46 0.90 1.07 1.96 2.58 3.53 4.89 7.90 9.60

7

© Siemens AG 2011

Flexible Couplings N-EUPEX Series 7/2

Overview

7/3

Benefits

7/3

Application

7/3

Function

7/4

Design

7/7

Technical data

7/10 7/10

Type A for for easy elastomer flexible replacement Selection and ordering data

7/11 7/11

Type B Selection and ordering data

7/12 7/12

Type H Selection and ordering data

7/14 7/14

Type D for for easy elastomer flexible replacement Selection and ordering data

7/16 7/16

Type E Selection and ordering data

7/17 7/17

Type P with brake drum for easy elastomer flexible replacement Selection and ordering data

7/18 7/18

Type O with brake drum Selection and ordering data

7/19

Type DBDR with brake disk for easy elastomer flexible replacement Selection and ordering data

7/19 7/20 7/20

Type DBD with brake brake disk for easy elastomer flexible replacement Selection and ordering data

7/21 7/21

Type EBD with brake disk Selection and ordering data

7/22 7/22

Type ADS for easy elastomer flexible replacement Selection and ordering data

7/23 7/23

Type BDS Selection and ordering data

7/24 7/24

Type HDS Selection and ordering data

7/26 7/26



© Siemens AG 2011


Flexible Couplings — N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS Series General information

■ Overview

7

N-EUPEX as overload-holding, fail-safe series

N-EUPEX DS as overload-shedding, overload-shedding, non-fail-safe series

N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS claw couplings connect machines. They compensate for shaft misalignment, generating only low restorative forces.

N-EUPEX couplings are overload-holding. By contrast, the N-EUPEX DS series is designed so that overload or advanced wear causes irreparable damage to the elastomer flexibles. The metal parts of N-EUPEX DS couplings can then rotate freely against one another without contact.

The torque is conducted through elastomer flexibles, so the coupling has typically flexible rubber properties. Elastomer flexible of the N-EUPEX series

Elastomer flexible of the N-EUPEX DS series

The flexibles of the N-EUPEX coupling are subjected to compression. If the flexibles are irreparably damaged, the hub parts come into contact with metal. This “emergency operation capability” is required, e.g., in the case of fire pump drives.

The flexibles of the N-EUPEX DS series are subjected to compression and bending forces. If the flexibles are irreparably damaged, the metal parts tur n against one another without contact, and the power transmission is separated. Fitting new flexibles will make the coupling once more usable. The capacity of the N-EUPEX DS series to shed overloads is especially in demand for highly sensitive machines.

EX N EUP E -

8 6 0 0 0 _ X X _ 0 1 D M _ G

7/2

9 6 0 0 0 _ X X _ 0 1 D M _ G


E U PEX D S N -

-

© Siemens AG 2011



■ Benefits N-EUPEX couplings are designed on the modular pr inciple and have a very simple construction. N-EUPE X types are made up of subassemblies to suit requirements. The couplings are assembled by simply fitting the coupling halves together. Wear is restricted to the elastomer flexibles, which must be replaced at the end of their service life. Depending on type, the elastomer flexibles can be changed without moving the coupled machines. The coupling parts are readily available from stock and are mostly finish-machined, i.e. with finished bore, keyway, set screw and balancing.

Optionally: The wear indicator for N-EUPEX couplings enables the condition of the flexible to be easily assessed. The wear condition can also be ascertained with the aid of a stroboscope while the coupling is rotating. The production process can thus continue undisturbed. If the stroboscope is to be used in a potentially explosive environment, you can enquire about the equipment for this at Siemens.

Pocket part (part 1, 10)

Cam part (part 3, 4, 7) G_MD10_EN_00176

The wear indicator must be attached to the outside diameter of the coupling after the coupling has been fitted.

■ Application The N-EUPEX coupling is available as a catalog standard in 23 sizes with a rated rated torque of between between 19 Nm and 62000 62000 Nm. The coupling is suitable for use at ambient temperatures of between -30 °C and +80 °C. By using alternative alternative elastomer elastomer buffers, buffers, the permissible ambient temperature range can be extended to between tween -50 -50 °C and and +100 +100 °C. Frequently, Frequently, the coupling is used to connect the motor to the gear unit input shaft. The coupling is suitable especially for drives with uniform to average dynamic loads. Examples of applications are pump drives, ventilator dr ives or crane running gear. Furthermore, N-EUPEX couplings can be used as add-on couplings, particularly on FLUDEX fluid couplings or ARPEX AKR safety couplings. In the case of drives with a diesel engine, N-EUPEX couplings are suitable for dri ven machines with a low mass moment of inertia.

In the case of diesel engine drives, the actual dynamic coupling load should be checked by measurement or torsional vibration calculations.

Coupling suitable for potentially explosive environments. Complies with Directive 94/9/EC for: II 2 G T4 / T5 / T6 D120 °C -30 -30 °C ≤ T a ≤ +80 °C / +50 °C / +40 °C I M2

■ Function The motor torque is transmitted to the hub at the drive end via the shaft-hub connection, which is mostly designed as a keyway connection. The torque is transmitted to the hub on the output side with the aid of elastomer flexibles. The hub on the output side further transmits the torque to the driven machine or a gear unit placed in between. Because of the primarily compressionloaded elastomer flexibles, the coupling has a progressive torsional stiffness.

In the case of the N-EUPEX DS coupling series, the elastomer flexible is subjected to bending and compression loads. In the event of overload or advanced wear, the coupling disconnects positively and the flexibles are irreparably damaged. The metal parts then rotate without touching one another. After new elastomer flexibles are fitted, the N-EUPEX DS coupling is once more operable. N-EUPEX DS couplings are maintenance-free, even in potentially explosive environments, so long as the possible torque interruption does not lead to an unacceptable disruption of the production process.


7/3

7

© Siemens AG 2011



■ Design N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS couplings consist of two hub parts mounted on the machine shafts. The coupling parts are connected positively by means of elastomer flexibles. On the twopart variant, the elastomer flexibles can be changed only if one

of the coupled machines is moved. On the three-part variants, the bolted cam ring can be released and moved to enable the flexible to be changed without moving the coupled machines.

Materials Cam parts, pocket parts, adapters and hubs Grey cast iron EN-GJL-250 Flexible materials • N-EU N-EUPEX PEX seri series es Material/description NBR standard type NBR soft NBR hard NBR normal low-backlash NBR soft low-backlash NR for low temperature HNBR high temperature

Hardness 80 ShoreA 65 ShoreA 90 ShoreA 80 S Sh horeA 65 Sh ShoreA 80 Sh ShoreA 80 Sh ShoreA

Identification Flexible black with blue stripe Flexible black with green stripe Flexible black with magenta stripe Flexible black with yellow stripe Flexible black with white stripe Flexible black with orange stripe Flexible black with red stripe

Ambient te temperature -30 °C … +80 °C -30 °C … +80 °C -30 °C … +80 °C -30 °C °C … +8 + 80 °C °C -30 °C °C … +8 +80 °C °C -50 °C °C … +5 +50 °C °C -10 °C °C … +1 +100 °C °C

Material/description

Hardness

Identification

Ambient te temperature

NBR compound flexibles for sizes 66 … 272 NBR hard for sizes 305 ... 556 PU electrically insulating

80/90 ShoreA 2 components 90 ShoreA ShoreA

Flexible black

-30 °C … +80 °C

Flexib Flexible le black black

-30 °C … +80 °C

95 ShoreA

Flexible blue

-30 °C … +50 °C

• N-EUPEX N-EUPEX DS series series

7

PU elastomer flexibles in special design on request.

Low-temperature application

The technical data and product codes do not include the flexible variants NBR low-backlash, HNBR high temperature and NR low temperature and the DS flexibles polyurethane electrically insulating.

Shock loads in the drive caused by e.g. starting of drives with large masses to be accelerated (e.g. in fan drives) result in high component loads, particularly at low temperatures. For such applications a particularly robust coupling series must be selected. Of the flexible couplings, the RUPEX pin-and-bush coupling is especially suited for this.

Technical data, prices and product codes on request. Brake disks EN-GJS-400 spheroidal graphite cast iron or S355J2G3 steel Brake drums Grey cast iron EN-GJL-250 Types of N-EUPEX claw coupling Type A B D E H O P EBD DBD DBDR DBDR ADS BDS BDS HDS HDS

Description Fail-safe, 3-part Fail-safe, 22-part Fail-safe, 3-part, flange variant Fail-safe, 22-part, flflange va variant Fail-safe, with adapter Fail-safe, 2-part, with b ra rake drum Fail-safe, 33-part, wi with br brake dr drum Fail-safe, 2-part, with brake disk Fail-safe, 3-part, with brake disk Fail-s Fail-safe afe,, 3-pa 3-part, rt, with with bra brake ke disk, disk, brake disk radially dismountable Non-fail-safe, 33-par t Non Non-fai -faill-saf -safe, e, 2-pa -part NonNon-fa fail il-s -saf afe, e, with with adap adapte terr

Further application-related coupling types are available. Dimension sheets for and information on these are available on request.

7/4


Types of N-EUPEX claw coupling on request Type AT BT G F K L M

Description Fail Fail-s -saf afe, e, 3-pa 3-part rt,, wit with h Taper aper clam clampi ping ng bush bush Fail Fail-s -saf afe, e, 2-pa 2-part rt,, wit with h Taper aper clam clampi ping ng bush bush Fail-s il-saf afe e, 2-p 2-par art, t, with with inte interm rmed edia iate te sha shaft Fail-s il-saf afe e, 3-par -part, t, with with inte interm rmed edia iate te sha shaft Fail Fail-s -saf afe, e, 3-pa 3-part, rt, with with brak brake e drum drum to cust custom omer er's 's requ requir irem emen entt Fail Fail-s -saf afe, e, 2-p 2-par art, t, wit with h brak brake e drum drum to to cust custom omer er's 's req requi uire reme ment nt Fail-s il-sa afe, fe, 2-p 2-par art, t, with with fla flange dime dimen nsion sions s to to SAE J620d

© Siemens AG 2011


Flexible Couplings — N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS Series General information Modular principle of N-EUPEX types

Part 1

Part 10

Part 3 Part 2

Part 32

Part 4 Part 8

Part 10 Part 5

7 Part 1

Part 32

a 0 7 0 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

Part 1

Part 7

Part 5

Part 1

Part 3

Part 1

Part 2

1 7 0 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

Types A and ADS

Part 6

Part 4

2 7 0 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

Types B and BDS


7/5

© Siemens AG 2011


Flexible Couplings — N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS Series General information Part 10

Part 3

Part 10

Part 2

4 7 0 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

3 7 0 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D

M _ G

Type D

Type E

Part 32

7

Part 4

Part 32

Part 10 Pa P art 3 Part 2

5 7 0 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

Part 10

Part 4

6 7 0 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

Type P

Type O Part 5 Part 8


Part 32


7 7 1 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

Type DBDR

8 7 1 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

Type DBD

Part 1

Part 7

Part 6

Part 5

Part 32 Part 1

Part 4

9 7 1 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

Type EBD

7 7 0 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

Types H and HDS

Further application-related coupling types are available. Dimension sheets for and information on these are available on request.

7/6


© Siemens AG 2011



■ Technical data Power Pow er ratings of the N-EUPEX series Size

Rated torque for flexible type

Torsional stiffness stiffness at 50 % capacity utilization for flexible type

Asse Assembl mbly y

Permi Permitt tted ed sha shaft ft mis misal alig ignm nmen entt at at n = n = 1500 1500 rpm rpm 1)

65 ShoreA

80 ShoreA

90 S ho horeA

65 ShoreA

80 ShoreA

90 Sh ShoreA

Gap Axial dimension 2)

Radial

Angle

T KN

T KN

T KN

C Tdyn Tdyn 50 %

C Tdyn Tdyn 50 %

C Tdyn Tdyn 50 %

∆S

∆Ka

∆Kr

∆Kw

Nm

Nm

Nm

kNm/rad

kNm/rad

kNm/rad

mm

mm

mm

°

58

11

19

19

0.21

0.50

0.93

1.0

0.2

0.2

0.15

68

21

34

34

0.39

0.90

1.80

1.0

0.2

0.2

0.15

80

37

60

60

1.05

2.40

4.50

1.0

0.2

0.2

0.12

95

63

100

100

1.64

4.00

7.40

1.0

0.2

0.2

0.12

110

100

160

160

2.49

6.00

11.4

1.0

0.2

0.2

0.10

125

150

240

240

3.70

9.00

17

1. 0

0.25

0.25

0.10

140

230

360

360

5.60

13.2

25

1. 0

0.25

0.25

0.10

160

350

560

560

11.2

26.7

51

2. 0

0.3

0.3

0.10

180

550

200

850

225

1260

250

1760

280

880

880

19.2

46

88

2. 0

0.3

0.3

0.10

1340

1340

31.6

75

139

2.0

0.3

0.3

0.09

2000

2000

48

115

212

2.0

0.35

0.35

0.09

2800

2800

68

162

302

2.5

0.35

0.35

0.08

2460

3900

3900

95

226

420

2.5

0.4

0.4

0.08

315

3500

5500

5500

171

370

730

2.5

0.4

0.4

0.08

350

4850

7700

7700

235

520

950

2.5

0.5

0.5

0.08

400

6500

10300

10300

316

750

1420

2.5

0.5

0.5

0.08

440

8500

13500

13500

390

930

1920

2.5

0.6

0.6

0.08

480

10500

16600

16600

510

1200

2300

2.5

0.6

0.6

0.07

520

13300

21200

21200

600

1410

2710

2.5

0.65

0.65

0.07

560

18300

29000

29000

1000

2340

4400

3.0

0.65

0.65

0.07

610

24000

38000

38000

1300

3030

5700

3.0

0.75

0.75

0.07

660

30900

49000

49000

1640

3800

7100

3.0

0.8

0.8

0.07

710

39000

62000

62000

2140

4900

9100

3.0

0.9

0.9

0.07

For maximum coupling torque: T Kmax = 3.0 ⋅ T KN

Permitted shaft misalignment

For coupling overload torque: T KOL = 3.5 ⋅ T KN For coupling fatigue torque: T KW = 0.15 0.15 ⋅ T KN, where TN > TW must be adhered to. Torsional stiffness and damping The values stated in the above table apply to a capacity utilization of 50 50 %, an excitation excitation amplitude amplitude of 10 % T KN with the frequency 10 Hz and an ambient temperatu temperature re of 20 °C. Dynamic Dynamic torsional stiffness is dependent on load and increases in proportion to capacity utilization. The following table shows the correction factors for different nominal loads. C Tdyn = C Tdyn Tdyn 50 % ⋅ FKC

Correction factor FKC 65/80/90 ShoreA

Capacity utilization T N / T / T KN 20 % 40 % 50 % 60 % 0.54 0.84 1.00 1.18

7

70 % 1.36

80 % 100 % 1.55 1.97

The permitted shaft misalignment depends on the operating speed. As the speed increases, lower shaft misalignment values are permitted. The following table shows the correction factors for different speeds. The maximum speed for the respective coupling size must be observed!

∆Kperm = ∆K1500 ⋅ FKV

Correction factor FKV

Speed in rpm 500 1000 1.7 1 .2

1500 1.0

3000 0.70

The axial misalignment may occur dynamically at frequencies up to 10 Hz. For fitting, a maximum gap dimension of S max. = S + ∆S and a minimum gap dimension of S mi min. = S – ∆S are permitted. Shaft misalignments ∆Ka, ∆Kr and ∆Kw may occur simultaneously.

The damping coefficient is Ψ = 1.4 Furthermore, torsional stiffness and damping depend on the ambient temperature and the frequency and amplitude of the torsional vibration excitation. More precise torsional stiffness and damping parameters on request.

1)

The maximum speed of the respective type must be noted. For further information on permissible shaft misalignment, please see the operating instructions.

2)

Does not apply to type H.


7/7

© Siemens AG 2011


Flexible Couplings — N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS Series General information Power Pow er ratings of the N-EUPEX DS series Size

Rated torque

T KN

7

Torsional stiffness at 50 % capacity capacity utilization C Tdyn

Assembly

Permitted shaft misalignment at speed n = 1500rpm n = 1500rpm

Gap dimension 1)

Axial

Radial

Angle

∆S

∆Ka

∆Kr

∆Kw

Nm

kNm/rad

mm

mm

mm

°

66

19

0.73

1.0

0.2

0.2

0.15

76

34

1.36

1.0

0.2

0.2

0.15

88

60

2.62

1.0

0.2

0.2

0.12

103

100

4.00

1.0

0.2

0.2

0.12

118

160

6.30

1.0

0.2

0.2

0.10

135

240

10.5

1.0

0.25

0.25

0.10

152

360

13.6

1.0

0.25

0.25

0.10

172

560

27.2

2.0

0.3

0.3

0.10

194

880

47.0

2.0

0.3

0.3

0.10

218

1340

70.0

2.0

0.3

0.3

0.09

245

2000

106

2.0

0.35

0.35

0.09

272

2800

149

2.5

0.35

0.35

0.08

305

3900

214

2.5

0 .4

0.4

0.08

340

5500

350

2.5

0 .4

0.4

0.08

380

7700

480

2.5

0 .5

0.5

0.08

430

10300

730

2.5

0.5

0.5

0.08

472

13500

990

2.5

0.6

0.6

0.08

514

16600

1270

2.5

0 .6

0.6

0.07

556

21200

1540

2.5

0.65

0.65

0.07

Flexibles of sizes 66 to 272 are of the compound type with a hard core and soft thrus t pieces. Sizes 305 to 556 are are completely made of 90 ShoreA NBR material. For maximum coupling torque: T Kmax = 2.0 ⋅ T KN

Permitted shaft misalignment The permitted shaft misalignment depends on the operating speed. As the speed increases, lower shaft misalignment values are permitted. The following table shows the correction factors for different speeds. The maximum speed for the respective coupling size must be noted!

For coupling overload torque: T KOL = 3.0 ⋅ T KN For coupling fatigue torque: T KW = 0.15 0.15 ⋅ T KN Torsional stiffness and damping The values stated in the above table apply to a capacity utilization of 50 50 %, an excitation excitation amplitude amplitude of 10 % T KN with the frequency 10 Hz and an ambient temperatu temperature re of 20 °C. Dynamic Dynamic torsional stiffness is dependent on load and increases in proportion to capacity utilization. The following table shows the correction factors for different rated loads. C Tdyn = C Tdyn Tdyn 50 % ⋅ FKC Capacity utilization T N / T / T KN 20 % 40 % 50 % 60 % Correction factor FKC 0. 0 .7 0.9 1 1.1

70 % 1. 2

80 % 1.3

100 % 1.5

The damping coefficient is Ψ = 1.4 Torsional stiffness and damping is further dependent on the ambient temperature and the frequency and amplitude of the torsional vibration excitation. More precise torsional stiffness and damping parameters on request.

1)

Does not apply to type HDS.

7/8


∆Kperm = ∆K1500 ⋅ FKV Speed in rpm 5 00 1000 Correction factor FKV 1.6 1.20

1500 1.0

3000 0.70

The axial misalignment may occur dynamically at frequencies up to 10 Hz. For fitting, a maximum gap dimension of S max. = S + ∆S and a minimum gap dimension of S min. = S – ∆S are permitted. Shaft misalignments ∆Ka, ∆Kr and ∆Kw may occur simultaneously.

© Siemens AG 2011


Flexible Couplings — N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS Series General information Assignment of N-EUPEX sizes to IEC standard motors The assignment applies to an application factor of 1.25. Outputs P M of IEC motors and assigned N-EUPEX couplings Three-phase Output at motor ≈ 3000 rpm Size P M kW 56 0.09 0.12 63 0.18 0.25 71 0.37 0.55 80 0.75 1.1 1.5 90 S 90 L 2.2 100 L 3 112 M 132 S

4 5.5 7.5

N-EUPEX coupling Size 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 68 68 80 80 95 95

132 M 160 M 160 L 180 M 180 L 200 L

11 15 18.5 22 30 37

95 95 95 110 125 125

225 S

Output at ≈ 1500 rpm P M kW 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5

N-EUPEX coupling Size 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 68 68 80 80 80 95

7.5

95

11

95

15 18.5 22 30

110 110 125 125

37

140

Output at ≈ 1000 rpm P M kW

N-EUPEX coupling Size

0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5

58 58 68 68 80

2.2 3

80 95

4 5.5 7.5

95 95 95

11

110

15 18.5 22

125 125 140

Output at ≈ 750 rpm P M kW

N-EUPEX coupling Size

DE shaft shaft end end D x E to IEC IEC D mm 9

E mm 20

11

23

14

30

19

40

24 24 28

50 50 60

28 38

60 80

0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2

80 80 80 95

3

95

38

80

4 5.5 7.5

95 95 110

42

110

11 15

125 125

42 48 48 55

110 110 110 110

18.5

140

55 60 55 60 60 65 65 75 65 75 65 80 65 80

110 140 110 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 170 140 170

225 M

45

125

45

140

30

140

22

140

250 M

55

140

55

160

37

160

30

160

280 S

75

160

75

180

45

180

37

180

280 M

90

160

90

180

55

180

45

180

315 S

110

160

110

200

75

200

55

200

315 M

132

160

132

200

90

200

75

200


7

7/9

© Siemens AG 2011


Flexible Couplings — N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS Series Type Typ e A for easy elastomer flexible replacement

■ Selection and ordering data J Part 1 1

J2

Part 3 U1

U2

P

1 A 1 D D N D

2 2 D D N

Ø Ø Ø

Ø Ø

NL1

8 7 0 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

NL2 S LG

Size

7 110 125 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 350 400 440 480 520 560 610 660 710 ∅D1: D1:

∅D2: D2:

Rated Speed torque flexible type 80 ShoreA

Dimensions in mm Bore with keyway to DIN 6885 6885

T KN

n Kmax

D1 D2 DA min. min. max max. min min. max max.

Nm 160 240 360 560 880 1340 2000 2800 3900 5500

rpm 5300 5100 4900 4250 3800 3400 3000 2750 2450 2150

Part 2


ND1 ND2 NL1/ S NL2

U1

U2

P

48 38 110 86 86 62 40 3 34 20 33 55 45 125 10 100 75 75 50 3 3 6 23 38 60 50 140 10 100 82 82 55 3 3 4 28 43 65 58 160 10 108 95 95 60 4 3 9 28 47 75 65 180 12 1 25 10 1 08 70 70 4 42 30 5 0 85 75 200 14 1 40 12 1 22 80 80 4 4 7 3 2 53 90 85 225 15 1 50 13 1 38 90 90 4 5 2 3 8 61 46 100 95 250 165 155 100 5.5 60 42 69 49 110 54 105 280 180 172 110 5.5 65 42 73 49 100 46 100 315 165 165 125 5.5 70 47 78 90 120 90 120 200 200 7700 2000 61 110 61 110 350 180 180 140 5.5 74 51 83 90 140 90 140 230 230 10300 1700 66 120 66 120 400 200 200 160 5.5 78 56 88 100 150 100 150 250 250 13500 1550 80 130 80 130 440 215 215 180 7.5 86 64 99 120 160 120 160 265 265 16600 1400 90 145 90 145 480 240 240 190 7.5 90 65 104 136 180 136 180 300 300 21200 1300 100 150 100 150 520 250 250 210 7.5 102 68 115 140 190 140 190 315 315 29000 1200 120 200 120 200 560 320 320 220 9 115 80 125 38000 1100 130 220 130 220 610 352 352 240 9 121 88 135 49000 1000 140 240 140 240 660 384 384 260 9 132 96 145 62000 1000 140 260 140 260 710 416 416 290 9 138 102 155 • With Withou outt fin finis ishe hed d bor bore e – With Withou outt ord order er code codes s • Without finished bore sizes sizes 315 to 520 for 2nd diameter range D1 – Without order order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without • With Withou outt fin finis ishe hed d bor bore e – With Withou outt ord order er code codes s • Without finished bore sizes sizes 315 to 520 for 2nd diameter range D2 – Without order order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without

LG

83 103 113 124 144 164 184 205.5 225.5 255.5 285.5 325.5 367.5 387.5 427.5 449 489 529 589

J 1 / J J2 kgm2 0.003 0.005 0.008 0.014 0.025 0.04 0.08 0. 0.13 0. 0 . 20 0. 0 . 32 0.35 0. 0 . 54 0.61 1. 1 .0 1.1 1. 1 .5 1.7 2. 2 .3 2.6 3.3 3.7 6.0 9.0 13.5 19

-Z) -Z)

-Z) -Z)


2LC0100-4AB 2LC0100-5AB 2LC0100-6AB 2LC0100-7AB 2LC0100-8AB 2LC0101-0AB 2LC0101-1AB 2LC0101-2AB 2LC0101-3AB 2LC0101-4AB

■ ■ -0AA0

2LC0101-5AB

■ ■ -0AA0

2LC0101-6AB

■ ■ -0AA0

2LC0101-7AB

■ ■ -0AA0

2LC0101-8AB

■ ■ -0AA0

2LC0102-0AB

■ ■ -0AA0

2LC0102-1AB 2LC0102-2AB 2LC0102-3AB 2LC0102-4AB

■ ■ -0AA0

■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0

■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0

Weight

m kg 3 4.8 6 8.4 12 17 23 31 41 57 61 78 82 112 117 147 155 184 200 234 254 329 416 546 680

1 2 9 1 2 9

The hub diameter of the component part is assigned according to the diameter of the finished bore. Where bore diameters overlap, the component with the smaller hub diameter is always selected.

Ordering example: N-EUPEX A coupling, size 200, Part 1: Bore Bore D1 65H7 65H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN DIN 6885-1 and set screw screw,, Part 2: Bore Bore D2 50H7 50H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN DIN 6885-1 and set screw screw..

Weights and mass moments of inertia appl y to maximum bore diameters.

Product code: 2LC0101-0AB99-0AA0 L1F+M1C

The product code applies to standard flexibles of 80 ShoreA; the product code for alternative flexible types is available on request.

7/10


© Siemens AG 2011


Flexible Couplings — N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS Series Type B


Part 1

J2

U2

Part 4

U1

2 2 D D N

1 A D 1 D N D

Ø

Ø Ø Ø

NL1

NL2 S LG

Size

58 68 80 95 110 125 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 ∅D1: D1:

∅D2: D2:

Rated Speed torque flexible type 80 ShoreA T KN n Kmax

Ø

9 7 0 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

Dimensions in mm Bore with keyway to DIN 6885 6885 D1 D2 DA min. max. min. max.


ND1 ND ND2 NL NL1/ S NL2

U1

U2

LG

Nm rpm 19 7500 19 24 58 58 40 20 3 20 8 43 34 7000 24 28 68 68 50 20 3 20 8 43 60 6000 30 38 80 80 68 30 3 30 10 63 100 5500 42 42 95 76 76 35 3 30 12 73 160 5300 48 48 110 86 86 86 40 3 34 14 83 240 5100 55 55 125 100 100 50 3 36 18 103 360 4900 60 60 140 100 100 55 3 34 20 113 560 4250 65 65 160 108 108 60 4 39 20 124 880 3800 75 75 180 125 125 70 4 42 20 144 1340 3400 85 85 200 140 140 80 4 47 24 164 2000 3000 90 90 225 150 150 90 4 52 18 184 2800 2750 46 100 46 100 250 165 165 100 5.5 60 18 205.5 3900 2450 49 110 54 110 280 180 180 110 5.5 65 20 225.5 • With Withou outt fin finis ishe hed d bor bore e – With Withou outt or order der cod codes es • With finished bore – With order order codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) • With Withou outt fin finis ishe hed d bor bore e – With Withou outt or order der cod codes es • With finished bore – With order order codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z)

Product code Order codes for bore diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog secti section on 3

J 1 / J J2 kgm2 0.0001 0.0002 0.0006 0.0013 0.003 0.006 0.007 0.01 0.02 0.04 0.07 0. 0.12 0. 0.18

2LC0100-0AA 2LC0100-1AA 2LC0100-2AA 2LC0100-3AA 2LC0100-4AA 2LC0100-5AA 2LC0100-6AA 2LC0100-7AA 2LC0100-8AA 2LC0101-0AA 2LC0101-1AA 2LC0101-2AA 2LC0101-3AA

■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0

Weight

m kg 0.4 0.54 1.3 2.2 3.3 5.2 5.6 7.8 11.5 16 20 29 38

1 9 1 9

Weights and mass moments of inertia appl y to maximum bore diameters. Ordering example: N-EUPEX B coupling, size 95, Part 1: Bore Bore D1 42H7 42H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN DIN 6885-1 and and set screw screw,, Part 2: Bore D2 D2 32H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN DIN 6885-1 and and set screw screw.. Product code: 2LC0100-3AA99-0AA0 L0X+M0T The product code applies to standard flexibles of 80 ShoreA; the product code for alternative flexible types is available on request.


7/11

7

© Siemens AG 2011


Flexible Couplings — N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS Series Type H


J1

Part 7

J2

Part 6

U1

Part 5

LZ

1 A 1 D D N D

2 2 Z D D D Ø N Ø

Ø Ø Ø

Ø

S2 NL1

S

NL2 LG

7

a 0 8 0 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

For dimension U1, see type A Size


Dimensions in mm Bore with keyway to DIN 6885 6885 D1 D2 DA ND1 ND2 NL1 NL NL2 S S2 2 S min min. max. max. min. min. max max.

80

Nm 60

rpm 6000

30

32

80

80

55

30

45

5

95

100

5500

42

42

95

76

70

35

45

5

110

125

140

160

180

∅D1: ∅D2:

7/12

160

240

360

560

880

• • • •

5300

5100

4900

4250

3800

48

55

60

65

75

48

55

60

65

75

110 86 86

80

125 10 100 90

40

50

140 10 100 100 55

160 10 108 108 60

180 12 1 25 125 70

50 50 60 50 50 60 70 80 65 65 65 65 80 70 70 70 70 80 80

5

5

5

6

6

LZ

Mass moment Product code of inertia Order codes for bore diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog DZ LG J 1 J 2 secti section on 3

100 87 87 51 140 12 127 100 87 87 63 140 12 127 100 85 85 73 140 125 180 165 100 85 85 85 140 125 180 165 200 185 250 235 100 82 82 91 140 122 180 162 200 182 250 232 100 81 8 1.5 111 140 12 121.5 180 16 161.5 200 18 181.5 250 23 231.5 140 12 1 21.5 13 1 31 180 16 1 61.5 200 18 1 81.5 250 23 2 31.5

kgm2 kgm2 175 0. 0.0006 0. 0.001 2LC0100-2AG 215 0.001 2LC0100-2AG 180 0. 0.001 0.003 2LC0100-3AG 220 0.003 2LC0100-3AG 190 0. 0.003 0.005 2LC0100-4AG 230 0.006 2LC0100-4AG 280 0.006 2LC0100-4AG 200 0. 0.005 0.01 2LC0100-5AG 240 0.01 2LC0100-5AG 290 0.011 2LC0100-5AG 320 0.012 2LC0100-5AG 380 0.012 2LC0100-5AG 220 0. 0.007 0.018 2LC0100-6AG 260 0.019 2LC0100-6AG 300 0.02 2LC0100-6AG 320 0.021 2LC0100-6AG 385 0.022 2LC0100-6AG 23 2 30 0. 0.013 0.03 2LC0100-7AG 270 0.032 2LC0100-7AG 310 0.034 2LC0100-7AG 330 0.035 2LC0100-7AG 390 0.037 2LC0100-7AG 29 2 90 0. 0 .023 0.054 2LC0100-8AG 33 0 0.058 2LC0100-8AG 35 0 0.060 2LC0100-8AG 40 0 0.065 2LC0100-8AG

Withou Withoutt fini finishe shed d bore bore – With Without out order order codes codes With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) Withou Withoutt fini finishe shed d bore bore – With Without out order order codes codes With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z)


■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AB0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AB0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AB0 ■ ■ -0AC0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AB0 ■ ■ -0AC0 ■ ■ -0AD0 ■ ■ -0AE0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AB0 ■ ■ -0AC0 ■ ■ -0AD0 ■ ■ -0AE0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AB0 ■ ■ -0AC0 ■ ■ -0AD0 ■ ■ -0AE0 ■ ■ -0AB0 ■ ■ -0AC0 ■ ■ -0AD0 ■ ■ -0AE0

1 9 1 9

Weight

m kg 2.6 2.7 3.5 3.8 5.2 5.4 6.0 7.2 7.7 8.2 8.5 9 10.0 10.5 11.0 11.3 12.0 13 13.7 14.5 14.9 15.9 18.5 19.4 21 22

© Siemens AG 2011


Flexible Couplings — N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS Series Type H Size

200

225

250

280 315 350 400 440

∅D1:

∅D2:

Rated Speed torque flexible type 80 ShoreA T KN n Kmax Nm 1340

2000

2800

3900 5500

Dimensions in mm Bore with keyway to DIN 6885 6885 D1 D2 DA ND1 ND2 NL1 NL NL2 S S2 2 S min min. max. max. min. min. max max.

rpm 3400

85

3000

2750

85

90

46

100

90

46

100

200 14 1 40 140 80

225 15 1 50 150 90

90

6

10 0 6

250 165 165 100 110 8

2450 2150

LZ

Mass moment Product code of inertia Order codes for bore diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog DZ LG J 1 J 2 secti section on 3

140 11 1 18.5 14 1 44 180 15 158.5 200 17 1 78.5 250 22 228.5 140 11 1 18.5 16 1 69 180 15 158.5 200 17 178.5 250 22 228.5 180 152.5 185 200 17 172.5 250 22 222.5 250 222.5 215 250 222.5 250

kgm2 kgm2 31 3 10 0. 0 .04 0.095 2LC0101-0AG 35 0 0.1 2LC0101-0AG 37 0 0.105 2LC0101-0AG 42 0 0.11 2LC0101-0AG 33 3 30 0.07 0.158 2LC0101-1AG 37 0 0.16 2LC0101-1AG 39 0 0.17 2LC0101-1AG 44 0 0.18 2LC0101-1AG 390 0.12 0.27 2LC0101-2AG 41 0 0.28 2LC0101-2AG 46 0 0.3 2LC0101-2AG 480 0.20 0.52 2LC0101-3AG 515 0.32 0.87 2LC0101-4AG 0.35 2LC0101-4AG 540 0.54 1.4 2LC0101-5AG 0.61 2LC0101-5AG 590 1.0 2.9 2LC0101-6AG 1.1 2LC0101-6AG 610 1.5 4.1 2LC0101-7AG 1.7 2LC0101-7AG

49 110 51 110 280 180 180 110 120 8 49 100 51 120 315 165 200 125 140 8 90 120 200 7700 2000 61 110 51 140 350 180 230 140 150 8 250 220.5 272 90 140 230 10300 1700 66 120 51 150 400 200 250 160 180 8 250 185.5 310 100 150 250 13500 1550 80 130 51 160 440 215 265 180 180 10 250 182 354 120 160 265 • Withou Withoutt fini finishe shed d bore bore – With Without out order order codes codes • Without finished bore sizes 315 315 to 440 for 2nd diameter range D1 – Without Without order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) • Withou Withoutt fini finishe shed d bore bore – With Without out order order codes codes • Without finished bore sizes 315 315 to 440 for 2nd diameter range D2 – Without Without order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z)

■ ■ -0AB0 ■ ■ -0AC0 ■ ■ -0AD0 ■ ■ -0AE0 ■ ■ -0AB0 ■ ■ -0AC0 ■ ■ -0AD0 ■ ■ -0AE0 ■ ■ -0AC0 ■ ■ -0AD0 ■ ■ -0AE0 ■ ■ -0AE0 ■ ■ -0AE0 ■ ■ -0AE0 ■ ■ -0AE0 ■ ■ -0AE0 ■ ■ -0AE0 ■ ■ -0AE0 ■ ■ -0AE0 ■ ■ -0AE0

Weight

m kg 25.6 26.5 27.2 28.5 34 35 36 38 48 50 52 70 98 100 120 125 195 200 225 230

1 2 9 1 2 9

During assembly, the gap dimension S2 must not exceed the permissible tolerance of +1 mm. The hub diameter of the component part is assigned according to the diameter of the finished bore. Where bore diameters overlap, the component with the smaller hub diameter is always selected. Weights and mass moments of inertia appl y to maximum bore diameters. Ordering example: N-EUPEX H coupling, size 160, S = 200 mm, Part 1: Bore D1 60H7 60H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN DIN 6885-1 6885-1 and set screw screw,, Part 2: Bore D2 D2 55H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN 6885-1 and and set screw screw.. Product code: 2LC0100-7AG99-0AD0 L1E+M1D The product code applies to standard flexibles of 80 ShoreA; the product code for alternative flexible types is available on request.


7/13

7

© Siemens AG 2011


Flexible Couplings — N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS Series Type Typ e D for easy elastomer replacement


Part 10

Part 3

J2

ZF x DFB

FB

U2

P

2 2 A D D N D

A K N F F F D D D

Ø Ø Ø

Ø Ø Ø

S2 S

NL2 LG

7

Part 2

1 8 0 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

For dimensions U2 and P, P, see type A Size


Di Dimensions in mm Bore with keyway to DIN 6885 6885

Flange connection dimensions

D2 DA ND2 NL NL2 S2 S min. max.

LG

110

Nm 160

rpm 5300

38

110 62 62

40

3

30

70

125

240

5100

45

125 75 75

50

3

34

84

140 160 180

360 560 880

4900

50

4250

58

3800

65

140 82 82 160 95 95

55 60

180 10 108 70

3 4 4

37 43 46

92 103 116

200

1340

3400

75

200 12 1 22 80

4

51

131

225

2000

3000

85

225 13 1 38 90

4

56

146

250

2800

2750

280

3900

2450

315

5500

2150

350

400

∅D2: D2:

7/14

95 54

105

250 155 100 5.5 65 6 5.5 280 172 110 5.5 70 7 0.5

165.5 180.5


DFA D FN DF DFK FB F B ZF DF DFB J 1 J 2 h8 H7 kgm2 kgm2 144 62 128 10 6 9 0.0034 0.003 2LC0100-4AD1 M8 2LC0100-4AD2 158 75 142 10 6 9 0.0052 0.005 2LC0100-5AD1 M8 2LC0100-5AD2 180 82 160 13 6 11 0.011 0.008 2LC0100-6AD1 M10 2LC0100-6AD2 200 95 180 13 7 11 0.017 0.014 2LC0100-7AD1 M10 2LC0100-7AD2 220 110 200 13 8 11 0.026 0.025 2LC0100-8AD1 M10 2LC0100-8AD2 248 120 224 16 8 14 0.051 0.04 2LC0101-0AD1 M12 2LC0101-0AD2 274 135 250 16 8 14 0.085 0.08 2LC0101-1AD1 M12 2LC0101-1AD2 31 3 14 150 282 20 8 18 0.16 0.13 2LC0101-2AD1 M16 2LC0101-2AD2 344 170 312 20 8 18 0.24 0.2 2LC0101-3AD1 M16 2LC0101-3AD2 380 200 348 22 9 18 0.4 0.32 2LC0101-4AD1 0.35 380 200 348 22 9 M16 0.4 0.32 2LC0101-4AD2 0.35 430 225 390 25 9 22 0.7 0.54 2LC0101-5AD1 0.61 430 225 390 25 9 M20 0.7 0.54 2LC0101-5AD2 0.61 480 265 440 25 10 22 1.1 1.0 2LC0101-6AD1 1.1 480 265 440 25 10 M20 1.1 1.0 2LC0101-6AD2 1.1

46 100 315 165 125 5.5 75 7 5.5 200.5 90 120 200 5500 2150 46 100 315 165 125 5.5 75 7 5.5 200.5 90 120 200 7700 2000 61 110 350 180 140 5.5 79 7 9.5 219.5 90 140 230 7700 2000 61 110 350 180 140 5.5 79 7 9.5 219.5 90 140 230 10300 1700 66 120 400 200 160 5.5 83.5 243.5 100 150 250 10300 1700 66 120 400 200 160 5.5 83.5 243.5 100 150 250 • With Withou outt fini finish shed ed bor bore e – With Withou outt ord order er code codes s • Without finished bore – Only for sizes 315 to 520 in each case with a larger diameter D2 – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z)


Product code Weight Order codes for bore diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog sectio section n3 m

■ -0AA0

kg 2.7

■ -0AA0 ■ -0AA0

3.9

■ -0AA0 ■ -0AA0

5.6

■ -0AA0 ■ -0AA0

7.5

■ -0AA0 ■ -0AA0

10.3

■ -0AA0 ■ -0AA0

14.7

■ -0AA0 ■ -0AA0

19.5

■ -0AA0 ■ -0AA0

28.0

■ -0AA0 ■ -0AA0

35.0

■ -0AA0 ■ -0AA0

■ -0AA0

■ -0AA0

■ -0AA0

■ -0AA0

■ -0AA0

1 2 9

47 50 47 50 64 67 64 67 86 90 86 90

© Siemens AG 2011


Flexible Couplings — N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS Series Type Typ e D for easy elastomer replacement Size

440

480

520

∅D2: D2:

Rated Speed torque flexible type 80 ShoreA T KN n Kmax Nm 13500

rpm 1550


Flange connection dimensions

D2 DA ND2 NL NL2 S2 S min. max.

LG


DFA D FN DF DFK FB F B ZF DF DFB J 1 J 2 h8 H7 kgm2 kgm2 93.5 273.5 520 295 480 25 10 22 1.7 1.5 1.7 93.5 273.5 520 295 480 25 10 M20 1.7 1.5 1.7 97.5 287.5 575 325 528 30 10 26 2.7 2.3 2.6 97.5 287.5 575 325 528 30 10 M24 2.7 2.3 2.6 109.5 319.5 615 355 568 30 10 26 3.8 3.3 3.7 109.5 319.5 615 355 568 30 10 M24 3.8 3.3 3.7

Product code Weight Order codes for bore diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog sectio section n3 m

80 130 440 215 180 7.5 2LC0101-7AD1 ■ -0AA0 120 160 2 65 26 13500 1550 80 130 440 215 180 7.5 2LC0101-7AD2 ■ -0AA0 120 160 2 65 26 16600 1400 90 145 480 240 190 7.5 2LC0101-8AD1 ■ -0AA0 136 180 3 00 30 16600 1400 90 145 480 240 190 7.5 2LC0101-8AD2 ■ -0AA0 136 180 3 00 30 21200 1300 100 150 520 250 210 7.5 2LC0102-0AD1 ■ -0AA0 140 190 3 15 31 21200 1300 100 150 520 250 210 7.5 2LC0102-0AD2 ■ -0AA0 140 190 3 15 31 • With Withou outt fini finish shed ed bor bore e – With Withou outt ord order er code codes s 1 • Without finished bore – Only for sizes 315 to 520 in each case with a larger diameter D2 – Without order codes 2 • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) 9

kg 114 119 114 119 146 155 146 155 177 190 177 190


7

Weights and mass moments of inertia appl y to maximum bore diameters. Ordering example: N-EUPEX D coupling, size 125, Part 10: with through through bores, bores, Part 2: Bore D2 38H7 mm, with keyway to DIN 6885-1 and set screw. Product code: 2LC0100-5AD19-0AA0 M0V The product code applies to standard flexibles of 80 ShoreA; the product code for alternative flexible types is available on request.


7/15

© Siemens AG 2011


Flexible Couplings — N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS Series Type E


J1

J2

FB ZF x DFB

Part 4

U2

2 2 A D D N D

A K N F F F D D D

Ø Ø Ø

Ø Ø Ø

G_MD10_EN_00082

S2 NL2

S LG

For dimension U2, see type B Size

7


80 95 110 125 140 160 180 200 225 250 280

∅D2: D2:

n Kmax

D2 DA min. max.

ND2 NL NL2 S2 S

Flange connection dimensions LG

Weights and mass moments of inertia appl y to maximum bore diameters. Ordering example: N-EUPEX E coupling, size 125, Part 10 with through through bores, bores, Part 4: Bore D2 38H7 38H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN 6885-1 and set screw screw..

7/16



DFA DFN DF DFK FB F B ZF DFB J 1 J 2 h8 H7 Nm rpm kgm2 kgm2 34 7000 28 68 50 20 3 23 43 90 34 80 7 6 5.5 0.0004 0. 0.0002 2LC0100-1AC1 ■ -0AA0 M5 2LC0100-1AC2 ■ -0AA0 60 6000 38 80 68 30 3 24 54 106 42 94 8 6 6.6 0.0008 0. 0.0006 2LC0100-2AC1 ■ -0AA0 M6 2LC0100-2AC2 ■ -0AA0 100 5500 42 95 76 35 3 27 62 120 52 108 8 6 6.6 0.0014 0. 0.0013 2LC0100-3AC1 ■ -0AA0 M6 2LC0100-3AC2 ■ -0AA0 160 5300 48 110 86 40 3 30 70 144 62 128 10 6 9 0.0034 0. 0 .0030 2LC0100-4AC1 ■ -0AA0 M8 2LC0100-4AC2 ■ -0AA0 240 5100 55 125 100 50 3 34 84 158 75 142 10 6 9 0.0052 0. 0 .0060 2LC0100-5AC1 ■ -0AA0 M8 2LC0100-5AC2 ■ -0AA0 360 4900 60 140 100 55 3 37 92 180 82 160 13 6 11 0.011 0.007 2LC0100-6AC1 ■ -0AA0 M10 2LC0100-6AC2 ■ -0AA0 560 4250 65 160 108 60 4 43 103 200 95 180 13 7 11 0.017 0.01 2LC0100-7AC1 ■ -0AA0 M10 2LC0100-7AC2 ■ -0AA0 880 3800 75 180 125 70 4 46 116 220 110 200 13 8 11 0.026 0.02 2LC0100-8AC1 ■ -0AA0 M10 2LC0100-8AC2 ■ -0AA0 1340 3400 85 200 140 80 4 51 131 248 120 224 16 8 14 0.051 0.04 2LC0101-0AC1 ■ -0AA0 M12 2LC0101-0AC2 ■ -0AA0 2000 3000 90 225 150 90 4 56 146 274 135 250 16 8 14 0.085 0.7 2LC0101-1AC1 ■ -0AA0 M12 2LC0101-1AC2 ■ -0AA0 2800 2750 46 100 250 165 100 5.5 65.5 165.5 314 150 282 20 8 18 0.16 0.12 2LC0101-2AC1 ■ -0AA0 M16 2LC0101-2AC2 ■ -0AA0 3900 2450 54 110 280 180 110 5.5 70.5 180.5 344 170 312 20 8 18 0.24 0.18 2LC0101-3AC1 ■ -0AA0 M16 2LC0101-3AC2 ■ -0AA0 • With Withou outt fin finis ishe hed d bor bore e – With Withou outt or order der cod codes es 1 • With finished bore – With order order codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) 9 T KN

68

Dimensions in mm Bore with keyway to DIN 6885


Weight

m kg 0.63 1.35 2.0 3.0 4.5 5.6 7.2 10.3 14 17 26 32

Product code: 2LC0100-5AC19-0AA0 M0V The product code applies to standard flexibles of 80 ShoreA; the product code for alternative flexible types is available on request.

© Siemens AG 2011


Flexible Couplings — N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS Series Type P with brake drum for easy elastomer replacement


Part 32

BB

J2

Part 10 Pa P art 3

U2

Part 2

P

1 B 1 D D D Ø N Ø

2 2 A D D N D Ø Ø Ø

Ø

S

NL1

S2 NL2

LG

3 8 0 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G




T KN

n Kmax

D1 D2 DA ND1 ND2 NL1/ N L2 S 2 S BB min. min. max max. min min. max max.

125 140 160 180

Nm 240 360 560 880

200

1340

225

2000

250

2800

280

3900

315

5500

315

5500

350

7700

350

7700

rpm kgm2 kgm2 3400 55 45 125 84 84 75 75 50 3 31 200 23 23 156 0.043 0. 0.004 2LC0100-5AF ■ ■ -0BA0 2750 60 50 140 12 128 82 95 55 3 34 250 28 28 184 0.13 0.008 2LC0100-6AF ■ ■ -0CA0 2750 70 58 160 12 128 95 95 60 4 40 250 28 28 195 0.14 0.014 2LC0100-7AF ■ ■ -0CA0 2750 70 65 180 12 128 108 95 70 4 41 250 30 30 206 0.16 0.025 2LC0100-8AF ■ ■ -0CA0 2150 80 128 118 43 31 3 15 231 0.35 2LC0100-8AF ■ ■ -0DA0 2150 80 75 200 12 128 122 118 80 4 48 315 32 32 246 0.37 0.04 2LC0101-0AF ■ ■ -0DA0 1700 90 160 150 48 40 4 00 278 1. 1 .1 2LC0101-0AF ■ ■ -0FA0 1400 110 175 190 48 500 318 2.8 2LC0101-0AF ■ ■ -0HA0 2150 80 85 225 12 128 138 118 90 4 51 315 38 38 259 0.39 0.08 2LC0101-1AF ■ ■ -0DA0 1700 90 160 150 53 40 4 00 293 1. 1 .1 2LC0101-1AF ■ ■ -0FA0 1400 38 110 175 190 53 500 333 3.1 2LC0101-1AF ■ ■ -0HA0 1700 100 95 250 160 155 150 100 5.5 63.5 40 4 00 42 313.5 1. 1 .16 0.13 2LC0101-2AF ■ ■ -0FA0 1400 38 110 175 190 63.5 500 353.5 2.9 2LC0101-2AF ■ ■ -0HA0 1700 100 54 105 280 160 172 150 110 5.5 65.5 40 4 00 42 325.5 1.24 0.2 2LC0101-3AF ■ ■ -0FA0 1400 48 110 175 190 68.5 500 368.5 3.1 2LC0101-3AF ■ ■ -0HA0 1100 48 110 175 236 68.5 630 414.5 8.0 2LC0101-3AF ■ ■ -0KA0 1700 100 46 100 315 160 165 150 125 5.5 73.5 40 4 00 47 348.5 1.4 0.32 2LC0101-4AF ■ ■ -0FA0 1400 48 110 175 190 73.5 500 388.5 3.3 2LC0101-4AF ■ ■ -0HA0 1100 48 110 175 236 73.5 630 434.5 8.2 2LC0101-4AF ■ ■ -0KA0 1000 55 120 192 265 73.5 710 463.5 14.2 2LC0101-4AF ■ ■ -0LA0 1700 100 90 120 315 160 200 150 125 5.5 73.5 40 4 00 47 348.5 1.4 0.35 2LC0101-4AF ■ ■ -0FA0 1400 48 110 175 190 73.5 500 388.5 3.3 2LC0101-4AF ■ ■ -0HA0 1100 48 110 175 236 73.5 630 434.5 8.2 2LC0101-4AF ■ ■ -0KA0 1000 55 120 192 265 73.5 710 463.5 14.2 2LC0101-4AF ■ ■ -0LA0 1100 48 110 61 110 350 175 180 236 140 5.5 76.5 630 51 452.5 8.5 0.54 2LC0101-5AF ■ ■ -0KA0 1000 55 120 192 265 76.5 710 481.5 14.6 2LC0101-5AF ■ ■ -0LA0 1100 48 110 90 140 350 175 230 236 140 5.5 76.5 630 51 452.5 8.5 0.61 2LC0101-5AF ■ ■ -0KA0 1000 55 120 192 265 76.5 710 481.5 14.6 2LC0101-5AF ■ ■ -0LA0 • Without finished bore – Without order codes 1 • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance tolerance (product code without -Z) -Z) 9 • Without finished bore – Without order codes 1 • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance tolerance (product code without -Z) -Z) 9

∅D1: ∅D2:


DB U2 LG

J 1

J 2


Weight

7 m kg 10.9 21 22 28 35 40 60 98 47 65 104 76 113 85 118 171 96 134 183 236 97 136 185 238 200 253 203 257



7/17

© Siemens AG 2011


Flexible Couplings — N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS Series Type O with brake drum


Part 32

J2

BB

Part 10

Part 4

U2

2 2 A D D N D

1 B 1 D D D Ø N Ø

Ø Ø Ø

Ø

S2 NL1

Size

7


125 140 160 180

Nm 240 360 560 880

200

1340

225

2000

250

2800

280

3900

∅D1: ∅D2:

NL2



D1 D2 DA ND1 ND2 NL1 NL2 S2 S BB min min. max. max. min min. max max.

DB

U2 LG

J 1

J 2


rpm kgm2 kgm2 3400 55 55 125 84 84 100 75 50 3 31 200 18 156 0.043 0.006 2LC0100-5AE ■ ■ -0BA0 2750 60 60 140 12 128 100 95 55 3 34 250 20 184 0.13 0.007 2LC0100-6AE ■ ■ -0CA0 2750 70 65 160 12 128 108 95 60 4 40 250 20 195 0.14 0.01 2LC0100-7AE ■ ■ -0CA0 2750 70 75 180 12 128 125 95 70 4 41 250 20 206 0.16 0.02 2LC0100-8AE ■ ■ -0CA0 2150 80 118 43 315 231 0.35 2LC0100-8AE ■ ■ -0DA0 2150 80 85 200 12 1 28 140 118 80 4 48 315 24 246 0.37 0.04 2LC0101-0AE ■ ■ -0DA0 1700 90 160 150 48 40 4 00 278 1.10 2LC0101-0AE ■ ■ -0FA0 1400 110 175 190 48 500 318 2.80 2LC0101-0AE ■ ■ -0HA0 2150 80 90 225 12 1 28 150 118 90 4 51 315 18 259 0.39 0.07 2LC0101-1AE ■ ■ -0DA0 1700 90 160 150 53 40 4 00 293 1.10 2LC0101-1AE ■ ■ -0FA0 1400 38 110 175 190 53 500 333 3.10 2LC0101-1AE ■ ■ -0HA0 1700 100 46 100 250 160 165 150 100 5.5 63.5 40 4 00 18 313.5 1.16 0.12 2LC0101-2AE ■ ■ -0FA0 1400 38 110 175 190 63.5 500 353.5 2.90 2LC0101-2AE ■ ■ -0HA0 1700 100 54 110 280 160 180 150 110 5.5 65.5 40 4 00 20 325.5 1.24 0.18 2LC0101-3AE ■ ■ -0FA0 1400 48 110 175 190 68.5 500 368.5 3.10 2LC0101-3AE ■ ■ -0HA0 1100 48 110 175 236 68.5 630 414.5 8.0 2LC0101-3AE ■ ■ -0KA0 • Without finished bore – Without order codes 1 • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) 9 • Without finished bore – Without order codes 1 • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) 9

Weights and mass moments of inertia appl y to maximum bore diameters. Ordering example: N-EUPEX O coupling, size 200, brake brake dru drum m 31 315 5 x 118 118 mm mm,, Part 32: Bore Bore D1 55H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN 6885 P9 and set set screw, Part 4: Bore D2 60H7 60H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and and set screw. screw. Coupling micro-balanced G6.3 at 1500 rpm in accordance with half parallel key standard.

7/18

S LG

4 8 0 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G


Weight

m kg 11.3 22.3 24 28 35 40 60 98 45 63 102 73 108 82 115 168

Product code: 2LC0101-0AE99-0DA0-Z L1D+M1E+W02 The product code applies to standard flexibles of 80 ShoreA; the product code for alternative flexible types is available on request.

© Siemens AG 2011


Flexible Couplings — N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS Series Type DBDR with brake disk for easy elastomer flexible replacement


G_MD10_EN_00085

Part 5

J2

Part 8

Part 1

Part 3

Part 2

L6 BB U2

P

S2

1 B 6 1 D D D N D Ø Ø Ø Ø

2 2 A D D N D

NL1

S LG

NL2

Ø

Ø Ø


140

160

180

200

225

250

280

315

315

350

350

∅D1: ∅D2:

Rated torque flexible type 80 ShoreA T KN Nm


360

55


D1 D2 DA ND1 ND2 NL1 NL2 S max. min. max. 50

140 85

S2 D B D 6 B B min. min.

82

L6

LG

72 55 54.35 3 315 175 12.7 74 7 4 181.35 72 57.5 15 76 184.5 188 73 30 200 316 560 70 58 160 105 95 90 60 58.35 4 315 175 12.7 91 9 1 208.35 90 62.5 15 94 212.5 188 78 30 200 326 880 80 65 180 125 108 90 70 60.35 4 355 200 12.7 91 9 1 220.35 90 64.5 15 94 224.5 188 80 30 200 338 1340 90 75 200 135 122 95 80 67.35 4 400 220 12.7 97 9 7 242.35 95 70.5 15 99 245.5 188 86 30 200 354 2000 105 85 225 160 138 100 90 72.35 4 450 250 12.7 103 262.35 100 74.5 15 104 264.5 188 90 30 200 368 2800 110 95 250 170 155 105 100 83.35 6 500 280 12.7 107 288.35 105 86.5 15 109 291.5 188 102 30 200 390 3900 130 54 105 280 200 172 120 110 87.35 6 560 310 12.7 122 317.35 120 90.5 15 124 320.5 188 106 30 200 404 5500 130 46 100 315 200 165 130 125 87.35 6 630 350 12.7 130 342.35 130 92.5 15 134 347.5 188 108 30 200 421 5500 130 90 120 315 200 200 130 125 87.35 6 630 350 12.7 130 342.35 130 92.5 15 134 347.5 188 108 30 200 421 7700 140 61 110 350 230 180 135 140 97.35 6 710 390 12.7 136 372.35 135 101.5 15 13 139 376.5 188 117 30 200 445 7700 140 90 140 350 230 230 135 140 97.35 6 710 390 12.7 136 372.35 135 101.5 15 13 139 376.5 188 117 30 200 445 • Withou Withoutt finis finished hed bore bore – With Without out order order codes codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) • Withou Withoutt finis finished hed bore bore – With Without out order order codes codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z)

Weights and mass moments of inertia appl y to maximum bore diameters. Maximum speed in rpm n max = 1 114 146/ 6/DB DB DB in m

Product code Plain text specification DB; BB; D6; NL1 required NL1 required for order code P0Y Order codes for bore J 1 J 2 diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog min. section n3 kgm2 kgm2 sectio 0.11 0.008 2LC0100-6AV ■ ■ -0ZA0 P0Y 0.13 0.24 0.12 0.014 2LC0100-7AV ■ ■ -0ZA0 P0Y 0.14 0.26 0.35 0.025 2LC0100-8AV ■ ■ -0ZA0 P0Y 0.37 0.57 0.32 0.04 2LC0101-0AV ■ ■ -0ZA0 P0Y 0.36 0.67 0.52 0.08 2LC0101-1AV ■ ■ -0ZA0 P0Y 0.59 0. 1.1 1.6 0.13 2LC0101-2AV ■ ■ -0ZA0 P0Y 1.7 2.5 1.3 1.5 2.7 2.1 2.3 4.2 2.1 2.3 4.2 3.3 3.8 3. 6.7 3.3 3.8 3. 6.7

0.20

2LC0101-3AV P0Y

■ ■ -0ZA0

0.32

2LC0101-4AV P0Y

■ ■ -0ZA0

0.35

2LC0101-4AV P0Y

■ ■ -0ZA0

0.54

2LC0101-5AV P0Y

■ ■ -0ZA0

0.61

2LC0101-5AV P0Y

■ ■ -0ZA0

Weight

m min. kg 15.5 17 28.5 19 20.5 32 25.5 27 43 33 36 55 44 47 72 58 61 90 76 80 115 98 100 140 100 105 145 130 135 190 135 140 190

1 9 1 9

Other brake disk diameters DB and brake disk widths BB on request.


7/19

7

© Siemens AG 2011


Flexible Couplings — N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS Series Type DBD with brake disk Type for easy elastomer flexible replacement


G_MD10_EN_00086

Part 32

J2

Part 1

L6

Part 3

Part 2

BB U2

P

S2

1 B 6 1 D D D D N Ø Ø Ø

2 2 A D D N D

Ø

NL1

S LG

NL2

Ø Ø Ø


7

Rated torque flexible type 80 ShoreA T KN

Dimensions in mm Bore with keyway to DIN 6885 6885 D 1 D2 DA max. min. max.


ND1 ND N D2 NL1

140

Nm 360

55

50

140 85

160

560

70

58

160 105 95

180

880

80

65

180 125 108

200

1340

90

75

200 135 122

225

2000

1 05

85

225 160 138

250

2800

1 10

95

250 170 155

280

3900

1 30 5 4

105 280 200 172

315

5500

1 30 4 6

100 315 200 165

315

5500

1 30 9 0

120 315 200 200

350

7700

1 40 6 1

110 350 230 180

350

7700

1 40 9 0

140 350 230 230

∅D1: D1:

• • • •

∅D2: D2:

82

81.5 81.5 211.5 98.5 98.5 211.5 98.5 98.5 211.5 104.5 104.5 211.5 111.5 111.5 211.5 116.5 116.5 211.5 131.5 131.5 211.5 141.5 141.5 211.5 141.5 141.5 211.5 146.5 146.5 211.5 146.5 146.5 211.5

NL2 S

55

49.5 3

60

54.5 4

70

56.5 4

80

62.5 4

90

66.5 4

100 78.5 6

110 82.5 6

125 87.5 6

125 87.5 6

140 93.5 6

140 93.5 6

315 175 12.7 15 30 315 175 12.7 15 30 355 200 12.7 15 30 400 220 12.7 15 30 450 250 12.7 15 30 500 280 12.7 15 30 560 310 12.7 15 30 630 350 12.7 15 30 630 350 12.7 15 30 710 390 12.7 15 30 710 390 12.7 15 30

200 390 122 324 121 324 200 404 130 351 129 351 200 421 130 351 129 351 200 421 136 380 134 380 200 445 136 380 134 380 200 445

With Withou outt fini finish shed ed bore bore – Wit Witho hout ut ord order er cod codes es With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) With Withou outt fini finish shed ed bore bore – Wit Witho hout ut ord order er cod codes es With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z)

Weights and mass moments of inertia appl y to maximum bore diameters. Maximum speed in rpm n max = 1 114 146/ 6/DB DB DB in m

7/20

S 2 D B D 6 BB min. min.

Product code Plain text specification DB; BB; D6; NL1 required NL1 required for order code P0Y Order codes for bore L6 LG J 1 J 2 diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog mi n. section n3 kgm2 kgm2 sectio 74 186 0.10 0.008 2LC0100-6AU ■ ■ -0ZA0 P0Y 73 186 0.12 200 316 0.22 91 213 0.11 0.014 2LC0100-7AU ■ ■ -0ZA0 P0Y 90 213 0.13 200 326 0.23 91 225 0.33 0.025 2LC0100-8AU ■ ■ -0ZA0 P0Y 90 225 0.36 200 338 0.53 97 247 0.30 0.04 2LC0101-0AU ■ ■ -0ZA0 P0Y 96 247 0.34 200 354 0.61 103 268 0.48 0.08 2LC0101-1AU ■ ■ -0ZA0 P0Y 102 268 0.55 200 368 1.0 107 295 1.5 0.13 2LC0101-2AU ■ ■ -0ZA0 P0Y 106 295 1.6


2.3 1.2 1.3 2.4 1.9 2.1 3.8 1.9 2.1 3.8 3.8 4.2 6.0 3.8 4.2 6.0

0.20

2LC0101-3AU P0Y

■ ■ -0ZA0

0.32

2LC0101-4AU P0Y

■ ■ -0ZA0

0.35

2LC0101-4AU P0Y

■ ■ -0ZA0

0.54

2LC0101-5AU P0Y

■ ■ -0ZA0

0.61

2LC0101-5AU P0Y

■ ■ -0ZA0

Weight

m min. kg 15 16 26 18 19 30 24 25.5 40 32.5 34 51 43 45 66 56 58 83 73 76 107 93 97 130 96 100 135 145 150 170 150 155 175

1 9 1 9

Other brake disk diameters DB and brake disk widths BB on request.

© Siemens AG 2011


Flexible Couplings — N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS Series Type Typ e EBD with brake disk


J2

Part 32

L6 BB

Part 1 S2

Part 4 U2 G_MD10_EN_00087

1 B 6 1 D D D N D Ø Ø Ø Ø

NL1

S LG

NL2

2 2 A D D N D Ø Ø Ø

For dimension U2, see type B Size

Rated torque flexible type 80 ShoreA T KN

140

Nm 360

160

560

180

880

200

1340

225

2000

250

2800

280

3900

∅D1: ∅D2:

Dimensions in mm Bore with keyway to DIN 6885 6885 D 1 D2 DA max. min. max. 55

60


ND1 ND2 NL1

NL2 S

S2

140 85

D B D 6 BB min. min.

L6

Product code Plain text specification DB; BB; D6; NL1 required NL1 required for order code P0Y Order codes for bore LG J 1 J 2 diameters and tolerances are specified in catalog min. section on 3 2 2 secti kgm kgm 186 0.10 0.007 2LC0100-6AW ■ ■ -0ZA0 P0Y 186 0.12 316 0.22 213 0.11 0.01 2LC0100-7AW ■ ■ -0ZA0 P0Y 213 0.13 326 0.23 225 0.33 0.02 2LC0100-8AW ■ ■ -0ZA0 P0Y 225 0.36 338 0.53 247 0.30 0.04 2LC0101-0AW ■ ■ -0ZA0 P0Y 247 0.34 354 0.61 268 0.48 0.07 2LC0101-1AW ■ ■ -0ZA0 P0Y 268 0.55 368 1.0 295 1.5 0.12 2LC0101-2AW ■ ■ -0ZA0 P0Y 295 1.6 390 2.3 324 1.2 0.18 2LC0101-3AW ■ ■ -0ZA0 P0Y 324 1.3 404 2.4

100 81.5 55 49.5 3 315 175 12.7 74 81.5 15 73 211.5 30 200 70 65 160 105 108 98.5 60 54.5 4 315 175 12.7 91 98.5 15 90 211.5 30 200 80 75 180 125 125 98.5 70 56.5 4 355 200 12.7 91 98.5 15 90 211.5 30 200 90 85 200 135 140 104.5 80 62.5 4 400 220 12.7 97 104.5 15 96 211.5 30 200 1 05 90 225 160 150 111.5 90 66.5 4 450 250 12.7 103 111.5 15 102 211.5 30 200 110 46 100 250 170 165 116.5 100 78.5 6 500 280 12.7 107 116.5 15 106 211.5 30 200 130 54 110 280 200 180 131.5 110 82.5 6 560 310 12.7 122 131.5 15 121 211.5 30 200 • Without finished bo bore – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order order codes for diameter and tolerance tolerance (product code without -Z) -Z) • Without finished bo bore – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order order codes for diameter and tolerance tolerance (product code without -Z) -Z)

Weights and mass moments of inertia appl y to maximum bore diameters. Ordering example: N-EUPEX EBD coupling, size 200, brake brake disk disk DIN DIN 1543 15432-A 2-AMM-40 400 0 mm x 30 mm mm,, Bore D1 55H7 mm, with keyway keyway to DIN 6885 P9 and set screw, screw, Bore D2 60H7 mm, with keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set screw screw.. Coupling micro-balanced G6.3 at 1500 rpm in accordance with the half parallel key standard.

Weight

m min. kg 15 16 26 18 19 30 24 25.5 40 32.5 34 51 43 45 66 56 58 83 73 76 107

1 9 1 9

Product code: 2LC0101-0AW99-0ZA0-Z L1D+M1E+P0Y+W02 plain text to P0Y: P0Y: DB = 400 mm; BB = 30 mm; D6 = 220 mm; NL1 = 211.5 mm The product code applies to standard flexibles of 80 ShoreA; the product code for alternative flexible types is available on request. Other brake disk diameters DB and brake disk widths BB on request. Maximum speed in rpm n max = 1146 1146/D /DB B DB in m


7/21

7

© Siemens AG 2011


Flexible Couplings — N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS Series Type ADS for easy elastomer flexible replacement


J1

Part 3

U1

J2

Part 2

P

U2

1 A 1 D D N D

2 2 D D Ø N

Ø Ø Ø

Ø

NL1

NL2 S LG

Size

Rated torque

Speed

T KN

n Kmax

118 135 152 172 194 218 245 272 305 340

Nm 160 240 360 560 880 1340 2000 2800 3900 5500

rpm 5300 5100 4900 4250 3800 3400 3000 2750 2450 2150

380

7700

430

10300

472

13500

514

16600

556

21200

7

∅D1: ∅D2:

Dimensions in mm Bore with keyway to DIN 6885 6885 D1 D2 DA min. max. min. max.

8 8 0 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

Mass moment of inertia ND1 ND2 NL1/ S NL2

U1 U 2 P

LG

J 1 / J J 2 kgm2 0.003 0.006 0.011 0.019 0.036 0.062 0.10 0. 0.18 0. 0 .28 0. 0 .45 0.50 0. 0 .75 0.80 1. 1 .2 1.4 2. 2 .0 2.1 2. 2 .9 3.2 4.3 4.7

48 38 118 86 86 62 40 3 34 20 33 83 55 45 135 10 1 00 75 7 5 50 3 36 23 38 103 60 50 152 10 1 08 82 8 2 55 3 36 28 43 113 65 58 172 11 1 18 95 9 5 60 4 41 28 47 124 75 65 194 13 1 35 10 1 08 70 70 4 44 30 50 144 85 75 218 150 122 80 4 47 32 53 164 90 85 245 15 1 50 13 1 38 90 90 4 52 38 61 184 46 100 95 272 165 155 100 5.5 60 42 69 205.5 49 110 54 105 305 180 172 110 5.5 65 42 73 225.5 49 120 46 100 340 200 165 125 5.5 70 47 78 255.5 90 120 200 2000 61 140 61 110 380 230 180 140 5.5 74 51 83 285.5 90 140 230 1700 66 150 66 120 430 250 200 160 5.5 78 56 88 325.5 100 150 250 1550 80 160 80 130 472 265 215 180 7.5 86 64 99 367.5 120 160 265 1400 90 180 90 145 514 300 240 190 7.5 90 65 104 387.5 136 180 300 1300 100 190 100 150 556 315 250 210 7.5 102 68 115 427.5 140 190 315 • Wi W ithout finished bore – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) • Wi W ithout finished bore – Without order codes • Without finished bore from from size 340 for 2nd diameter range D2 – Without order order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z)


2LC0110-4AB 2LC0110-5AB 2LC0110-6AB 2LC0110-7AB 2LC0110-8AB 2LC0111-0AB 2LC0111-1AB 2LC0111-2AB 2LC0111-3AB 2LC0111-4AB

■ ■ -0AA0

2LC0111-5AB

■ ■ -0AA0

2LC0111-6AB

■ ■ -0AA0

2LC0111-7AB

■ ■ -0AA0

2LC0111-8AB

■ ■ -0AA0

2LC0112-0AB

■ ■ -0AA0

■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0

Weight

m kg 3.5 5.5 7.7 10.5 15 21 28 40 50 72 73 100 104 135 140 174 180 220 237 281 290

1 9 1 2 9


Ordering example: N-EUPEX ADS coupling, size 135, Part 1: Bore D1 42H7 42H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set set screw, screw, Part 2: Bore D2 32H7 32H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set set screw. screw.


Product code: 2LC0110-5AB99-0AA0 L0X+M0T The product code applies to NBR standard flexibles; the product code for alternative flexible type is available on request.

7/22


© Siemens AG 2011


Flexible Couplings — N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS Series Type BDS


J2

Part 1

Part 4

U2 U1

1 A 1 D D N D

2 2 D D Ø N

Ø Ø Ø

Ø

NL1

9 8 0 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

NL2 S LG

Size

Rated torque

Speed

T KN

66 76 88 103 118 135 152 172 194 218 245 272 305 ∅D1:

∅D2:

Nm 19 34 60 100 160 240 360 560 880 1340 2000 2800 3900

Dimensions in mm Bore with keyway to DIN 6885 6885 D1 D2 DA min. min. max. max. min. min. max. max.

Mass moment of inertia ND1 ND2 NL1/ S NL2

U1

U2

LG

J 1 / J J 2

n Kmax rpm kgm2 7500 19 24 66 66 40 20 3 20 8 43 0.0001 7000 24 28 76 76 50 20 3 20 8 43 0.0002 6000 30 38 88 88 68 30 3 30 10 63 0.0006 5500 42 42 103 76 76 35 3 30 12 73 0.0015 5300 48 48 118 86 86 40 3 34 14 83 0.003 5100 55 55 135 100 100 50 3 36 18 103 0.007 4900 60 60 152 108 100 55 3 36 20 113 0.011 4250 65 65 172 118 108 60 4 41 20 124 0.019 3800 75 75 194 135 125 70 4 44 20 144 0.035 3400 85 85 218 150 140 80 4 47 24 164 0.06 3000 90 90 245 150 150 90 4 52 18 184 0.085 2750 46 100 46 100 272 165 165 100 5.5 60 18 205.5 0. 0.15 2450 49 110 49 110 305 180 180 110 5.5 65 20 225.5 0. 0.25 • Without finished bo bore – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) • Without finished bo bore – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order codes codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z)


2LC0110-0AA 2LC0110-1AA 2LC0110-2AA 2LC0110-3AA 2LC0110-4AA 2LC0110-5AA 2LC0110-6AA 2LC0110-7AA 2LC0110-8AA 2LC0111-0AA 2LC0111-1AA 2LC0111-2AA 2LC0111-3AA

■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0 ■ ■ -0AA0

Weight

m kg 0.50 0.65 1.8 3 3.7 6.1 7.0 11 17 23 27 36 47

1 9 1 9

Weights and mass moments of inertia appl y to maximum bore diameters. Ordering example: N-EUPEX BDS coupling, size 103, Part 1: Bore D1 42H7 42H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set set screw, screw, Part 4: Bore D2 32H7 32H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN 6885 and set set screw. screw. Product code: 2LC0110-3AA99-0AA0 L0X+M0T The product code applies to NBR standard flexibles; the product code for alternative flexible type is available on request.


7/23

7

© Siemens AG 2011


Flexible Couplings — N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS Series Type HDS


Part 1

J2

Part 7

Part 6

U1

Part 5

LZ

1 A 1 D D N D

2 2 Z D D D Ø N Ø

Ø Ø Ø

Ø

S2 NL1

7

S LG

NL2

a 0 9 0 0 0 _ N E _ 0 1 D M _ G

For dimension U1, see type A Size

Rated torque

Speed

T KN

n Kmax

88

Nm 60

rpm 6000

30

32

88

88

55

30

45

5

103

100

5500

42

42

103 76 76

70

35

45

5

118

160

5300

48

48

118 86 86

80

40

50 50 60 50 50 60 70 80 65 65 65 65 80 70 70 70 70 80 80

5

135

152

172

194

218

∅D1: ∅D2:

7/24

240

360

560

880

1340

5100

4900

4250

3800

3400

• • • •

Dimensions in mm Bore with keyway to DIN 6885 6885 D1 D2 DA ND1 ND2 NL1 NL NL2 S S2 2 S min. min. max. max. min. min. max. max.

55

60

65

75

85

55

60

65

75

85

135 10 100 90

50

152 10 108 100 55

172 11 1 18 108 60

194 13 1 35 125 70

218 150 140 80

90

5

5

6

6

6

Mass moment of inertia LZ

DZ LG J 1

100 87 87 51 140 12 127 100 87 87 63 140 12 127 100 85 85 73 140 125 180 165 100 85 85 85 140 125 180 165 200 185 250 235 100 82 82 91 140 122 180 162 200 182 250 232 100 81 8 1.5 111 140 12 121.5 180 16 161.5 200 18 181.5 250 23 231.5 140 12 1 21.5 13 1 31 180 16 1 61.5 200 18 1 81.5 250 23 2 31.5 140 11 1 18.5 14 1 44 180 15 158.5 200 17 178.5 250 22 228.5

kgm2 kgm2 175 0. 0.0007 0. 0.0014 2LC0110-2AC 215 0.0015 2LC0110-2AC 180 0. 0.001 0.003 2LC0110-3AC 220 0.0033 2LC0110-3AC 190 0. 0.003 0.006 2LC0110-4AC 230 0.0064 2LC0110-4AC 280 0.0068 2LC0110-4AC 200 0. 0.006 0.01 2LC0110-5AC 240 0.01 2LC0110-5AC 290 0.012 2LC0110-5AC 320 0.012 2LC0110-5AC 380 0.013 2LC0110-5AC 220 0. 0.011 0.02 2LC0110-6AC 260 0.02 2LC0110-6AC 300 0.022 2LC0110-6AC 320 0.023 2LC0110-6AC 385 0.024 2LC0110-6AC 23 2 30 0. 0 .019 0.03 2LC0110-7AC 270 0.034 2LC0110-7AC 310 0.036 2LC0110-7AC 330 0.037 2LC0110-7AC 390 0.039 2LC0110-7AC 29 2 90 0. 0 .037 0.058 2LC0110-8AC 330 0.062 2LC0110-8AC 350 0.064 2LC0110-8AC 400 0.069 2LC0110-8AC 31 3 10 0. 0 .062 0.10 2LC0111-0AC 350 0.11 2LC0111-0AC 370 0.11 2LC0111-0AC 420 0.12 2LC0111-0AC

Without finished bore – Without order codes With finished bore – With order order codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) Without finished bore – Without order codes With finished bore – With order order codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z)


J 2


■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ -0AA0 ■ -0AB0 ■ -0AA0 ■ -0AB0 ■ -0AA0 ■ -0AB0 ■ -0AC0 ■ -0AA0 ■ -0AB0 ■ -0AC0 ■ -0AD0 ■ -0AE0 ■ -0AA0 ■ -0AB0 ■ -0AC0 ■ -0AD0 ■ -0AE0 ■ -0AA0 ■ -0AB0 ■ -0AC0 ■ -0AD0 ■ -0AE0 ■ -0AB0 ■ -0AC0 ■ -0AD0 ■ -0AE0 ■ -0AB0 ■ -0AC0 ■ -0AD0 ■ -0AE0

1 9 1 9

Weight

m kg 2.8 2.9 4.0 4.3 5.3 5.7 6.1 7.6 8.1 8.6 8.9 9.4 11.2 11.7 12.2 12.5 13.1 14.3 15.0 15.9 16.2 17.2 21 22 23 24 30 31 32 33

© Siemens AG 2011


Flexible Couplings — N-EUPEX and N-EUPEX DS Series Type HDS Size

245

272

305 340 380 430 472 ∅D1:

∅D2:

Rated torque

Speed

T KN

n Kmax

Nm 2000

rpm 3000

2800

3900 5500 7700 10300 13500

2750

Dimensions in mm Bore with keyway to DIN 6885 6885 D1 D2 DA ND1 ND2 NL1 NL NL2 S S2 2 S min. min. max. max. min. min. max. max. 90

46

100 46

90

100

245 150 150 90

100 6

272 165 165 100 110

Mass moment of inertia LZ

DZ LG J 1

140 11 1 18.5 16 1 69 180 15 158.5 200 17 178.5 250 22 228.5 8 180 152.5 185 200 17 172.5 250 22 222.5 8 250 222.5 215 8 250 222.5 250 8 250 220.5 272 8 250 185.5 310 10 250 182 354

J 2

kgm2 kgm2 33 3 30 0. 0 .09 0.16 370 0.17 390 0.18 430 0.19 390 0.16 0.3 410 0.31 460 0.33 480 0.28 0.52 515 0.50 0.87 540 0.80 1.4 590 1.4 2.5 610 2.1 4.1

2450 49 110 51 110 305 180 180 110 120 2150 49 120 51 120 340 200 200 125 140 2000 61 140 51 140 380 230 230 140 150 1700 66 150 51 150 430 250 250 160 180 1550 80 160 51 160 472 265 265 180 180 • Without finished bore – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order order codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z) • Without finished bore – Without order codes • With finished bore – With order order codes for diameter and tolerance (product (product code without -Z) -Z)


2LC0111-1AC 2LC0111-1AC 2LC0111-1AC 2LC0111-1AC 2LC0111-2AC 2LC0111-2AC 2LC0111-2AC 2LC0111-3AC 2LC0111-4AC 2LC0111-5AC 2LC0111-6AC 2LC0111-7AC

■ ■ -0AB0 ■ ■ -0AC0 ■ ■ -0AD0 ■ ■ -0AE0 ■ ■ -0AC0 ■ ■ -0AD0 ■ ■ -0AE0 ■ ■ -0AE0 ■ ■ -0AE0 ■ ■ -0AE0 ■ ■ -0AE0 ■ ■ -0AE0

Weight

m kg 35 36 37 39 51 52 55 74 105 130 205 235

1 9 1 9

During assembly, the gap dimension S2 must not exceed the permissible tolerance of +1 mm. For sizes 305 to 472 the outer diameter of part 5 and part 7 is smaller than ØDA.

7

Weights and mass moments of inertia appl y to maximum bore diameters. Ordering example: N-EUPEX HDS coupling, size 103, S3 = 100 Part 1: Bore D1 42H7 42H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN 6885-1 and set screw screw,, Part 5: Bore D2 32H7 32H7 mm, keyway keyway to DIN 6885-1 and and set screw. screw. Coupling micro-balanced G6.3 at 1500 rpm in accordance with the half parallel key standard. Product code: 2LC0110-3AC99-0AA0-Z L0X+M0T+W02 The product code applies to NBR standard flexibles; the product code for alternative flexible type is available on request.


7/25

Couplings Siemens

Recommend Documents